Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • 2015-2019  (208)
  • Edward Elgar Publishing  (208)
Datasource
Material
Language
Years
Year
  • 1
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788114363
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (192 pages)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Also issued as:
    Keywords: Special events Management ; Research ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction to a research agenda for event management / Erik Lundberg, Tommy D. Andersson and John Armbrecht -- Part I: Events in society -- 2. Re-thinking event sustainability / Judith Mair -- 3. The past, present and future of event safety research / Morten Thanning Vendelø -- 4. Event bidding: a research agenda for major and mega sport events / David McGillivray, Daniel Turner and John Lauermann -- 5. Event evaluation and impact assessment: five challenges / Donald Getz -- Part II: The event consumer -- 6. Re-thinking the value of events for event attendees: emerging themes from psychology / Eliza Kitchen and Sebastian Filep -- 7. Event experience research directions / Greg Richards -- 8. Managing extraordinary event experiences: understanding consumer immersion / Lena Mossberg -- 9. Participant events and the active event consumer / Tommy D. Andersson, John Armbrecht and Erik Lundberg -- Part III: The event organisation -- 10. Revisiting and advancing the research agenda for event volunteering / Karen A. Smith, Leonie Lockstone-Binney and Kirsten Holmes -- 11. Knowledge management in event and festival organisations: Challenges and future directions / Raphaela Stadler -- Index.
    Abstract: "Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Offering a unique collection of established and emerging perspectives on event management, this Research Agenda investigates contemporary themes and innovative methodologies. 10 chapters cover core topics in the current academic debate, exploring the development of event management from a management-oriented field into a multidisciplinary research area. Organised into three parts, the Research Agenda contains international contributions from academics across tourism, geography, management, psychology and sociology fields. Initially tackling events in society, the book moves on to look specifically at the consumer, and finally examines the event organization. Chapters recommend the integration of events in geographical and political contexts, suggesting research agendas for the future that focus on the spectator, the participant and, ultimately, the consumer. Critical reading for management and tourism scholars, this book offers key insights to developing topics in the field. Event practitioners and policy makers will also greatly benefit from reading this"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788116237
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 349 pages)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on intervention and statebuilding
    DDC: 327.1
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Intervention (International law) ; Nation-building ; Intervention ; Nationenbildung ; Intervention ; Konfliktregelung ; Internationaler Konflikt ; Internationale Politik ; Internationale Organisation ; Problemlösen ; Fähigkeit ; Failed State ; Begrenzte Staatlichkeit ; Institutionalisierung ; Handbuch ; Nation-building ; Intervention (International law) ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Intervention ; State building
    Abstract: "This innovative Handbook offers a new perspective on the cutting-edge conceptual advances that have shaped - and continue to shape - the field of intervention and statebuilding. Bringing together leading global scholars, the Handbook on Intervention and Statebuilding offers a cross-cutting perspective on a wide array of themes. Chapters cover democracy promotion, transitional justice and humanitarianism, as well as the involvement of drones and cyber technology in conflicts. Employing state-of-the-art perspectives on the most crucial themes, this Handbook explores issues at the heart of contemporary statebuilding. This Handbook will be critical reading for researchers at all levels in the broad field of international relations and peace and conflict studies. Upper-level students of political science will also benefit from the breadth of topics covered"--
    Abstract: 1. Introduction to the handbook on intervention and statebuilding: Moving beyond the current orthodoxy / Nicolas Lemay-Hébert -- 2. Intervention and statebuilding beyond the human / David Chandler -- 3. Knowledge, expertise and the politics of intervention and statebuilding / Berit Bliesemann de Guevara and Roland Kostić -- 4. Post-conflict reconstruction, the local, and the indigenous / Elisa Randazzo -- 5. Data in the context of intervention and statebuilding / Isabel Rocha de Siqueira -- 6. The ambiguity of statebuilding / Florian P. Kühn -- 7. International statebuilding interventions and the politics of scale / Shahar Hameiri and Fabio Scarpello -- 8. Intervening in a diverse world: Revisiting the 'problem' of difference in international statebuilding / Pol Bargués-Pedreny and Xavier Mathieu -- 9. Decolonial 'interventions'? Potentials and challenges of decolonial perspectives / Philipp Lottholz -- 10. Democracy promotion and statebuilding / Sonja Grimm -- 11. Post-conflict statebuilding as contentious politics / Outi Donovan -- 12. State formation in the context of hybrid political orders / Volker Boege -- 13. The everyday politics of international intervention / Janosch Neil Kullenberg -- 14. Non-state actors, service delivery and statebuilding / Claire Mcloughlin -- 15. Clear, hold, build ... A 'local' state: Counterinsurgency and territorial orders in somalia / Louise Wiuff Moe -- 16. International political sociology of interventions / Médéric Martin-Mazé -- 17. From international justice and statebuilding to international justice as statebuilding / Sara Dezalay -- 18. Mapping the nexus of transitional justice and peacebuilding / Catherine Baker and Jelena Obradovic-Wochnik -- 19. Civilian protection in the context of interventions / Cecilia Jacob -- 20. The spatial dimensions of statebuilding / Annika Björkdahl and Stefanie Kappler -- 21. The temporal dimension in the study of interventions / Róisín Read and Roger Mac Ginty -- 22. Statebuilding and narrative / Josefin Graef and Raquel da Silva -- 23. Myths and the international politics of intervention and statebuilding / Berit Bliesemann de Guevara and Catherine Goetze -- 24. Cyber security: States, development and intervention / Kristan Stoddart -- 25. The plain drone, the armed drone and human security / Astri Suhrke -- 26. New forms of intervention: The case of humanitarian refugee biometrics / Katja Lindskov Jacobsen -- 27. Transnational environmental crime: From securitization to intervention and statebuilding / Lorraine Elliott -- 28. The aid bunker: Security risk management in conflict zones / Florian Weigand -- 29. From gendered war to gendered peace? Feminist perspectives on international intervention in sites of conflict / Maria O'Reilly -- 30. Romanticising the locals and the externals? Identifying challenges to a gendered ssr / Nina Wilén -- 31. The political economy of gender and peacebuilding / Yasmin Chilmeran and Jacqui True -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 1788111753 , 9781788111751
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 216 pages)
    Uniform Title: Elgaronline: Social and Political Science Collection 2019
    DDC: 306.2
    Keywords: Political culture ; Political sociology ; Sociologie politique ; Political culture ; Political sociology
    Abstract: "This insightful book develops a new theoretical account of governance as regimes of governing practices that shape the political ordering of social relations. This account develops insights from sociology, politics and political economy and is 'post'-poststructuralist in scope. Chapters explore and synthesise three key features of governing that are often treated as contradictory: the historical contingency of statehood, the structured and unequal distribution of power and authority in governing, and the transformative possibilities of political action. This book proposes an innovative approach to governance analysis as a critical mode of empirical enquiry that is systematic, contextualised and holistic. In doing so, it also provides a new analytical framework to facilitate empirical investigation. Featuring tools of situated critique and analytical contextualisation, and with case study chapters that apply this framework in a range of empirical settings, this book is vital reading for all researchers of public policy and governance. Furthermore, researchers applying state theories to empirical investigation, and postgraduate students scrutinising complex governance settings, will also benefit from this book's theoretical account, analytical framework and case examples".
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I: Ontology, theory, epistemology -- 1. Introduction to governance analysis: critical enquiry at the intersection of politics, policy and society / Emma Carmel -- 2. Regimes of governing practices, socio-political order and contestation / Emma Carmel -- 3. Governance analysis: epistemological orientations and analytical framework / Emma Carmel -- Part II: Governing practices, statehoods and social inequalities -- 4. Governing skills, governing workplaces: explaining the new labour skills strategy for England / Hannah Durrant -- 5. The political ordering of migrant workers through labour admission policies / Regine Paul -- 6. Understanding the complexity and implications of the English care policy system / Fiona Morgan -- 7. Understanding the state-third sector relationship in public services delivery / Jenny Harlock -- Part III: Governing practices, social politics and contestation -- 8. Participatory governing through co-production and co-design / Michelle Farr -- 9. Participatory governing at the margins of the state / Sarah Morgan-Trimmer -- 10. Governing, politics and policy contestation within European networks / Hester Kan -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788119788
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series 367
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of agglomeration
    Keywords: Agglomerationseffekt ; Ballungsraum ; Mikrofundierung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Agglomerationseffekt ; Ballungsraum ; Mikrofundierung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Urban economics ; Megacities Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Gilles Duranton and Henry G. Overman (2005), 'Testing for localization using micro-geographic data', Review of economic studies, 72 (4), December, 1077-106 -- 2. J. Vernon Henderson (2003), 'Marshall's scale economies', Journal of urban economics, 53 (1), January, 1-28 -- 3. Pierre-Philippe Combes, Gilles Duranton, and Laurent Gobillon (2008), 'Spatial wage disparities: sorting matters!', Journal of urban economics, 63 (2), March, 723-42 -- 4. Michael Greenstone, Richard Hornbeck and Enrico Moretti (2010), 'Identifying agglomeration spillovers: evidence from winners and losers of large plant openings', Journal of political economy, 118 (3), June, 536-98 -- 5. Pierre-Philippe Combes (2012), 'The productivity advantages of large cities: distinguishing agglomeration from firm selection', Econometrica, 80 (6), November, 2543-94 -- 6. Stuart S. Rosenthal and William C. Strange (2003), 'Geography, industrial organization, and agglomeration', Review of economics and statistics, 85 (2), May, 377-93 -- 7. Mohammad Arzaghi and J. Vernon Henderson (2008), 'Networking off Madison Avenue', Review of economic studies, 75 (4), October, 1011-38 -- 8. Gabriel M. Ahlfeldt, Stephen J. Redding, Daniel M. Strum and Nikolas Wolf (2015), 'The economics of density: evidence from the Berlin Wall', Econometrica, 86 (6), November, 2127-89 -- 9. Glenn Ellison, Edward L. Glaeser and William R. Kerr (2010), 'What causes industry agglomeration? Evidence from coagglomeration patterns', American economic review, 100 (3), June, 1195-213 -- 10. Stuart S. Rosenthal and William C. Strange (2001), 'The Determinants of Agglomeration', Journal of Urban Economics, 50 (2), September, 191-229 -- 11. Jordi Jofre-Monseny, Raquel Marín-López and Elisabet Viladecans-Marsal (2011), 'The mechanisms of agglomeration: evidence from the effect of inter-industry relations on the location of new firms', Journal of urban economics, 70 (2-3), September-November, 61-74 -- 12. Stephen B. Billings and Erik B. Johnson (2016), 'Agglomeration within an urban area', Journal of urban economics, 91, January, 13-25 -- 13. Giulia Faggio, Olmo Silva and William C. Strange (2017), 'Heterogeneous agglomeration', Review of economics and statistics, 99 (1), February, 80-94 -- 14. Gilles Duranton and Diego Puga (2001), 'Nursery cities: urban diversity, process innovation, and the life cycle of products', American economic review, 91 (5), December, 1454-77 -- 15. Jeffrey Lin (2011), 'Technological adaptation, cities, and new work', Review of economics and statistics, 93 (2), May, 554-74 -- 16. Donald R. Davis and David E. Weinstein (2002), 'Bones, bombs, and break points: the geography of economic activity', American economic review, 92 (5), December, 1269-89 -- 17. Ajay Agrawal, Devesh Kapur and John McHale (2008), 'How do spatial and social proximity influence knowledge flows? Evidence from patent data', Journal of urban economics, 64 (2), September, 258-69 -- 18. Edward L. Glaeser, Sari Pekkala Kerr and William R. Kerr (2015), 'Entrepreneurship and urban growth: an empirical assessment with historical mines', Review of economics and statistics, 97 (2), April, 498-520 -- 19. Bruce Fallick, Charles A. Fleischman and James B. Rebitzer (2006), 'Job-Hopping in Silicon Valley: some evidence concerning the microfoundations of a high-technology cluster', Review of economics and statistics, 88 (3), October, 472-81.
    Abstract: 20. Hoyt Bleakley and Jeffrey Lin (2012), 'Thick-market effects and churning in the labor market: evidence from US cities', Journal of urban economics, 72 (2-3), September-November, 87-103 -- 21. Jorge De La Roca and Diego Puga (2017), 'Learning by working in big cities', Review of economic studies, 84 (1), January, 106-42 -- 22. Nathaniel Baum-Snow and Ronni Pavan (2011), 'Understanding the city size wage gap', Review of economic studies, 79 (1), August, 88-127 -- 23. Rebecca Diamond (2016), 'The determinants and welfare implications of US workers' diverging location choices by skill: 1980-2000', American economic review, 106 (3), March, 479-524 -- 24. Marigee Bacolod, Bernardo S. Blum and William C. Strange (2016), 'Skills in the city', Journal of urban economics, 65 (2), March, 136-53 -- 25. Joseph Gyourko, Christopher Mayer, and Todd Sinai (2013), 'Superstar cities', American economic journal: economic policy, 5 (4), November, 167-99 -- 26. Gianmarco Ottaviano, Takatoshi Tabuchi and Jacques-François Thisse (2002), 'Agglomeration and trade revisited', International economic review, 43 (2), May, 409-35 -- 27. Treb Allen and Costas Arkolakis (2014), 'Trade and the topography of the spatial economy', Quarterly journal of economics, 129 (3), June, 1085-140 -- 28. Thomas J. Holmes (2011), 'The diffusion of Wal-Mart and economies of density', Econometrica, 79 (1), January, 253-302.
    Abstract: "This inspiring collection compiles the most essential papers encompassing agglomeration economies. Agglomeration economies are manifested in cities and industry clusters shaping the neighborhoods and the regions that contain them. The literature is unified around several themes: Improvements in econometric methods and data, geographic scales at which agglomeration economies operate, micro-neighborhoods and mega-regions. The volume also uncovers the forces driving the field including labor markets, input markets and dynamic phenomena such as innovation, technology change and growth. Prefaced by an original introduction from the editor, this collection promises to be a useful tool for scholars as well as a fascinating read to those interested in the subject area"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    ISBN: 9781783472666
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Exploring the entrepreneurial society
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Institutionenökonomik ; Gesellschaft ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftswachstum
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Entrepreneurship and formal and informal institutions -- 1. Understanding the drivers of an 'entrepreneurial' economy: Lessons from Japan and the Netherlands / Hiroyuki Okamuro, André van Stel and Ingrid Verheul -- 2. Hofstede's cultural dimensions and modes of entry into entrepreneurship / Joern H. Block and Sascha G. Walter -- 3. Entrepreneurs using regulation as a source of opportunity: a study combining quantitative and qualitative approaches / Amélie Jacquemin and Frank Janssen -- 4. Determinants of high-growth firms: why do some countries have more high-growth firms than others? / Mercedes Teruel and Gerrit de Wit -- 5. Institutions, entrepreneurship, and regional growth in Indonesia (1994-2010) / François Facchini and Subandono -- 6. Sub-national market-supporting institutions and export behaviors / Ngo Vi Dung and Frank Janssen -- Part II: Entrepreneurial choice, orientation and success -- 7. Are French industrial establishments equally sensitive to the local atmosphere? An analysis resting upon a panel of manufacturing plants over the period 2003-2010 / Nadine Levratto, Denis Carré and Luc Tessier -- 8. Labor market and successful entrepreneurship / Jean Bonnet and Nicolas Le Pape -- 9. The relationship between knowledge management and innovation level in Mexican SMEs: empirical evidence / Gonzalo Maldonado Guzman, Maria del Carmen Martinez Serna and Domingo García Perez de Lema -- Part III: Entrepreneurial behaviors -- 10. Entrepreneurial opportunity recognition and exploitation in academic spin-offs / Ugo Rizzo -- 11. Firm location choice in the new economy: exploring the role of entrepreneurial work-lifestyles of neighbourhood entrepreneurs in the business location decision / Anne Risselada and Veronique Schutjens -- 12. How to explain gender differences in self-employment ratios. Towards a socioeconomic approach / Dieter Bögenhold and Uwe Fachinger -- Part IV: Entrepreneurial finance, growth and economic crises -- 13. Entrepreneurship and Schumpeterian growth / Paolo E. Giordani -- 14. Venture capital contracts and the institutional theory: differences between public and private Spanish venture capital firms / Ma Camino Ramón-Llorens and Ginés Hernández-Cánovas -- 15. Exploring SME's strategic response to the financial and economic crisis: empirical evidence from Catalonia. / Eleni Papaoikonomou, Xiaoni Li and Pere Segarra -- 16. Does the financial crisis make SMEs reluctant to ask for finance in Luxembourg? / Serge Allegrezza, Leila Ben Aoun-Peltier, Anne Dubrocard and Solène Larue -- Part V: Entrepreneurship, social dimensions and outcomes -- 17. Self-employment and independent professionals: labour market transitions and myths of entrepreneurship / Dieter Bögenhold, Jarna Heinonen and Elisa Akola -- 18. How distinct social entrepreneurship is from commercial entrepreneurship? / Alicia Rubio Bañon, Antonio Aragón Sánchez and Nuria Esteban-Lloret -- 19. Self-employed people and pension. Is old age poverty the inevitable dark side of an entrepreneurial society? / Uwe Fachinger and Anna Frankus -- Index
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is the engine of economic development, which in turn impacts the challenges facing future entrepreneurs. Understanding the development of a vivid entrepreneurial society requires attention to several interacting factors, as well as expected transversal policies provided by ministries and administrations as a whole. This timely book explores institutional, behavioral and policy issues of primary importance to seizing the entrepreneurial society. Exploring the Entrepreneurial Society collects original work from renowned scholars involved in entrepreneurship research, with theoretical and empirical contributions anchored in economics, management and sociology. The chapters are structured in five distinct parts: entrepreneurship in relation to formal and informal institutions; entrepreneurial choice, orientation and success; entrepreneurial behaviors; entrepreneurial finance, growth and economic crises; and entrepreneurship, social dimensions and outcomes. By examining themes at the forefront of research interest, this book will appeal to scholars, as well as MA and PhD students, in entrepreneurship, business administration and economics. Policy makers will also be able to apply the results in a more practical context
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785362965
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for human resource management
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Personnel management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: The future research agenda for HRM / Paul Sparrow and Cary Cooper -- 2. HR Strategy, structure, and architecture / Dave Lepak, Kaifeng Jiang and Robert E. Ployhart -- 3. Talent management / David G. Collings, Anthony McDonnell and John McMackin -- 4. Using a risk-optimisation lens: Maximizing talent readiness for an uncertain future. / Wayne F. Cascio, John W. Boudreau and Allan H. Church -- 5. Managing the selection and retention of human capital resources / Robert E. Ployhart and Jason Kautz -- 6. Human resource management and employee engagement / Alan M. Saks and Jamie A. Gruman -- 7. Workplace well-being: responsibilities, challenges and future directions / Susan Cartwright -- 8. Leadership models: the future research agenda for HRM / Patrick C. Flood and Johan Coetsee -- 9. Architectures of value: moving leaders beyond analytics and big data / Anthony Hesketh -- 10. HRM and productivity / Paul Sparrow and Lilian Otaye-Ebede -- 11. 'We are not creative here!' -- Creativity and innovation for non-creatives through HRM / Helen Shipton, Veronica Lin, Karin Sanders and Huadong Yang -- 12. Globalisation and human resource management / Chris Brewster, Adam Smale and Wolfgang Mayrhofer -- Index.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. This state-of-the-art book takes a forward-looking perspective on the field of Human Resource Management (HRM). Each contribution takes a view, or position, on the likely development of the HR function, and identifies interesting areas and subjects of research that would help address this future positioning. The book's expert contributors provide short and succinct reviews of 12 key topics in strategic HRM, including HR strategy and structure, talent management, selection, assessment and retention, employee engagement, workplace well-being, leadership, HR analytics, productivity, innovation, and globalisation. Each chapter identifies the strengths and gaps in our knowledge, maps out the important intellectual boundaries for their field, and outlines current and future research agendas and how these should inform practice. In examining these strategic topics the authors point to the key interfaces between the field of HRM and cognate disciplines, enabling researchers and practitioners to understand the models and theories that help tie this agenda together. Offering a comprehensive guide to current research and pioneering perspectives for future avenues of inquiry, this Research Agenda will be essential reading for academics, practitioners and researchers in the field of HRM
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781788110150
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (176 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hatum, Andrés Mastering creativity in organizations
    Keywords: Kreativität ; Lernende Organisation ; Organizational effectiveness ; Créativité dans les affaires ; Organisation de l'entreprise ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. The role of talent for organizational creativity -- 3. New ways of organizing -- 4. Human resource management as facilitator of creativity -- 5. Creative leadership and a creative organizational culture: a conceptual approach -- 6. Challenges ahead for creative firms -- Index.
    Abstract: This book identifies best practices, leadership styles, and organizational structures for the stimulation of organizational creativity. Andrés Hatum first explains what creativity means in an organizational context. He then explores the ways in which an organization can foster it, with an aim to help any company - not just companies in creative fields or industries - become an organization in which new ideas flow, new processes are developed, and new products are brought to market. In doing so, he provides scholars with a solid framework for studying and understanding the deeper meaning of creativity. Andrés Hatum's new framework for understanding organizational creativity offers examples from a rich variety of companies and situations. The book balances theory and practice for a multifaceted approach that brings its analysis into the real world. In-depth case studies include FC Barcelona, elBulli, Almodovar, and Cirque du Soleil. Managers will find case studies describing exceptional organizational creativity and practical takeaways that can be applied in their own firms. Students will find concrete analytical frameworks for thinking about creativity in organizations, and academics will find a different approach to the study of creativity, one that is grounded in practice
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    ISBN: 9781785364624
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship
    DDC: 338/.04082
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Weibliche Führungskräfte ; Entwicklungsländer ; Entrepreneurship ; Women in finance ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Weibliche Führungskraft ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Part I -- Cross-Country Comparisons -- 1. Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship / Tatiana S. Manolova, Candida G. Brush, Linda F. Edelman, Alicia Robb and Friederike Welter -- 2. Women entrepreneurship within the ASEAN economic community: challenges and opportunities / Ulrike Guelich and Siri Roland Xavier -- 3. Women's entrepreneurship in Latin America and the Caribbean: a multidimensional approach / Daniela Gimenez, Patricia Gabaldon and Cathrine Seierstad -- Part II -- Country Studies -- 4. Survived, but cannot prosper! Examining the impact of gender inequality on success of women-owned entrepreneurial ventures through a liberal feminist lens / Dev K. Dutta and R. Isil Yavuz -- 5. Assessing the relational embeddedness of women entrepreneurs in entrepreneurial ecosystems: a social network perspective / Xaver Neumeyer, Susana C. Santos and Julia Poncela-Casasnovas -- 6. Socio-economic background: a key element in understanding growth aspirations of women entrepreneurs in the tourism industry in Tanzania / Irene M. Lugalla, Luchien Karsten, and Clemens Lutz -- 7. Understanding motivation of women entrepreneurs in Ethiopia / Atsede T. Hailemariam, Brigitte Kroon and M.J.P.M. van Veldhoven -- 8. Exploring entrepreneurial finance and gender in an emergent entrepreneurial ecosystem: the case of the Punjab, northern India / Navjot Sandhu, Jonathan M. Scott, Jenny Gibb, Javed Ghulam Hussain, Michèle Akoorie and Paresha Sinha -- 9. Chilean entrepreneurial ecosystem: understanding the gender gap in entrepreneurial activity / José Ernesto Amorós and Vesna Mandakovic -- Part III -- Public Policy Implications -- 10. Gender equality in regional entrepreneurial ecosystems: the implementation of policy initiatives / Gry Agnete Alsos, Margrete Haugum and Elisabet Ljunggren -- 11. Women's entrepreneurship policy: a 13-nation cross country comparison / Colette Henry, Barbara Orser, Susan Coleman, Lene Foss and Friederike Welter -- Index.
    Abstract: The renowned group of international contributors to this volume provide analysis of where and how gender plays a role in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. Eleven essays examine how ecosystems influence women entrepreneurs and how women entrepreneurs influence their local ecosystems, both cross-nationally and through in-depth country studies. The studies build on rich qualitative and quantitative data from diverse contexts including the United States, Norway, India, Tanzania, Ethiopia, and Chile. A special section of the book examines national and regional policies in support of growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship. The contributions highlight the significant variety of entrepreneurial ecosystems around the world and provide valuable insights for promoting growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship at the local, regional, and country level. Academic researchers in the areas of entrepreneurship, management, business strategy, economic geography, and gender studies as well as policy-makers at the regional, national, and supra-national levels will all find something valuable in this illuminating book. The renowned group of international contributors to this volume provide analysis of where and how gender plays a role in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. Eleven essays examine how ecosystems influence women entrepreneurs and how women entrepreneurs influence their local ecosystems, both cross-nationally and through in-depth country studies. The studies build on rich qualitative and quantitative data from diverse contexts including the United States, Norway, India, Tanzania, Ethiopia, and Chile. A special section of the book examines national and regional policies in support of growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship. The contributions highlight the significant variety of entrepreneurial ecosystems around the world and provide valuable insights for promoting growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship at the local, regional, and country level. Academic researchers in the areas of entrepreneurship, management, business strategy, economic geography, and gender studies as well as policy-makers at the regional, national, and supra-national levels will all find something valuable in this illuminating book
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785363863
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (496 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on gender and leadership
    DDC: 658.4/09082
    RVK:
    Keywords: Geschlecht ; Führungsstil ; Welt ; Women executives ; Leadership Sex differences ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Diversity Management ; Weibliche Führungskraft
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / Susan R. Madsen -- Part I: Setting the stage -- 1. The current status of women leaders worldwide / Elizabeth Goryunova, Robbyn T. Scribner and Susan R. Madsen -- 2. Asilomar declaration and call to action on women and leadership : women and leadership affinity group, international leadership association -- 3. Reflections on glass : second wave feminist theorizing in a third wave feminist age? / Savita Kumra -- Part II: Advancing women & leadership theory -- 4. Creativity in theorizing for women and leadership : a multi-paradigm perspective / Julia Storberg-Walker and Kristina Natt Och Dag -- 5. Social psychological approaches to women and leadership theory / Crystal L. Hoyt and Stefanie Simon -- 6. Sociological approaches to women and leadership theory / Christy Glass and Alicia Ingersoll -- 7. Sociolinguistic approaches to gender and leadership theory / Judith Baxter -- 8. Using organizational and management science theories to understand women and leadership / Chantal Van Esch, Karlygash Assylkhan and Diana Bilimoria -- 9. No woman left behind : critical leadership development to build gender consciousness and transform organizations / Laura Bierema -- Part III: Individual motivators to lead -- 10. Women's leadership aspirations / Lynne E. Devnew, Ann M. Berghout Austin, Marlene Janzen Le Ber and Mary Shapiro -- 11. Women's leadership ambition in early careers / Ruth Sealy and Charlotte Harman -- 12. Women's leadership identity : exploring person and context in theory / Wendy Fox-Kirk, Constance Campbell and Chrys Egan -- 13. The role of purpose and calling in women's leadership experiences / Karen A. Longman and Debbie Lamm Bray -- 14. Women, leadership, and power / Katharina Pick -- 15. Using neuroscience methods to explore gender differences in leadership / Suzanne J. Peterson and Amy L. Bartels -- 16. The connection between success, choice, and leadership for women / Sarah Leberman and Jane Simmonds -- Part IV: Gender-based leadership challenges and barriers -- 17. An overview of gender-based leadership barriers / Amy B. Diehl and Leanne M. Dzubinski -- 18. Organizational processes and systems that affect women in leadership / Michelle Bligh and Ai Ito -- 19. Individual stresses and strains in the ascent to leadership : gender, work, and family / Amy E. Smith and Deneen M. Hatmaker -- 20. Gender stereotypes and unconscious bias / Deborah L. Rhode -- 21. Theorizing women leaders' negative relations with other women / Sharon Mavin, Gina Grandy and Jannine Williams -- 22. The effect of media on women and leadership / Carole Elliot and Valerie Stead -- Part V: Developing women leaders -- 23. Advancing women through developmental relationships / Wendy M. Murphy, Kerry Roberts Gibson and Kathy E. Kram -- 24. Gender differences in developmental experiences / Cathleen Clerkin and Meena S. Wilson -- 25. Women-only leadership programs : a deeper look / Mary Ellen Kassotakis -- 26. Supporting women's career development / Ronald J. Burke -- 27. Future strategies for developing women as leaders / Faith Wambura Ngunjiri and Rita A. Gardiner -- Afterword / Susan R. Madsen -- Index.
    Abstract: Although some progress has been made in recent decades in getting women into top positions in government, business and education, there are on-going, persisting challenges with efforts to improve the opportunities for women in leadership. The Handbook of Research on Gender and Leadership comprises the latest research from the world's foremost scholars on women and leadership, exposing problems and offering both theoretical and practical solutions on how to best strengthen the impact of women around the world. The Handbook provides a brief overview of the current state of women in global leadership, explores theories (both established and emerging) focused specifically on women, and examines with both theoretical and empirical research some of the factors that influence women's motivations to lead. The authors delineate some of the most persistent barriers to women's leadership success and conclude with the latest research findings on how to best develop women leaders to improve their status worldwide. The Handbook of Research on Gender and Leadership will appeal to scholars and advanced students in leadership and entrepreneurship. It will be essential reading for leadership coaches, practitioners and business people, particularly those who facilitate leadership programs for women
    Note: Contributors include: K. Assylkhan, A.M.B. Austin, A.L. Bartels, J. Baxter, L.L. Bierema, D. Bilimoria, M. Bligh, D.L. Bray, R.J. Burke, C. Campbell, C. Clerkin, L.E. Devnew, A.B. Diehl, L.M. Dzubinski, C. Egan, C. Elliot, W. Fox-Kirk, R.A. Gardiner, K.R. Gibson, C. Glass, E. Goryunova, G. Grandy, C. Harman, D.M. Hatmaker, C.L. Hoyt, A. Ingersoll, A. Ito, M. Janzen Le Ber, M.E. Kassotakis, K.E. Kram, S. Kumra, S. Leberman, K.A. Longman, S.R. Madsen, S. Mavin, W.M. Murphy, K. Natt Och Dag, F.W. Ngunjiri, S.J. Peterson, K. Pick, D.L. Rhode, R.T. Scribner, R. Sealy, M. Shapiro, S. Simon, A.E. Smith, V. Stead, J. Storberg-Walker, C. van Esch, J. Williams, M.S. Wilson , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    ISBN: 9781781954188
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of international human resource development
    DDC: 658.3
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Personalentwicklung ; Manpower policy Evaluation ; Manpower planning ; Electronic books ; Personalentwicklung ; Internationales Management
    Abstract: Contents: 1. International HRD: context, processes and people - Introduction / Thomas Garavan, Alma McCarthy and Ronan Carbery -- Part 1: context -- 2. IHRD in MNCs / Yanqing Lai, Thomas Garavan and Ronan Carbery -- 3. IHRD in international non-governmental organisations, not-for-profits and public sector / Hussain Alhejji and Thomas Garavan -- 4. IHRD in small firms and internationalising SMEs / Ciara T. Nolan -- 5.IHRD: national cultural and cross-cultural perspectives / Yanqing Lai -- 6. IHRD: international perspectives on competence and competencies / Jonathan Winterton -- 7 IHRD: investment in human capital and performance / Maura Sheehan and Valerie Shanahan -- Part 2: processes -- 8. Green IHRD, sustainability and environmental issues / Claire Valentin -- 9. IHRD and managing knowledge / Alexandre Ardichvili -- 10. IHRD, offshoring and outsourcing / Valerie Anderson and Vijay Pereira -- 11. IHRD and lean management / Meera Alagaraja -- 12. IHRD and strategic learning capability / Hanna Moon and Wendy E.A. Ruona -- 13. IHRD and virtual HRD / Elisabeth Bennett and Rochell McWhorter -- 14. IHRD, social capital and networking / Claire Gubbins -- Part 3: People development practices -- 15. IHRD: developing expatriates and inpatriates / Gary N. McLean, Junhee Kim and Oranuch (Jued) Pruetipibultham -- 16 .IHRD and global careers / Michelle Hammond, Deirdre O'Shea and Jill Pearson -- 17. IHRD and leader development / Nicholas Clarke -- 18. IHRD and developing global teams / Gary N. McLean and Sewon Kim -- 19. IHRD, diversity and inclusion / Julie Gedro -- 20. IHRD and global talent development / Andrew Bratton, Thomas Garavan, Norma D'Annunzio Green and Kirsteen Grant -- Part 4: researching IHRD -- 21. Researching IHRD: context, processes and people / Anthony McDonnell -- Index.
    Abstract: This comprehensive Handbook sets out the nature and scope of International Human Resource Development (IHRD) to advance our understanding of research and practice in the field. Drawing on expertise from a global team representing some of the field's most distinguished researchers, the Handbook explores a range of contextual, process and people development practice issues impacting IHRD research and practice. Focusing on IHRD as a distinct field of research and practice, the authors offer comprehensive coverage of a number of critical contextual dimensions that shape the IHRD goals that organisations pursue; impact the IHRD systems, policies and practices that are implemented; and influence the types of IHRD research questions that are investigated. The Handbook examines the processes or actions taken by organisations to globalise IHRD practices and discusses important people development practices that come within the scope of IHRD. By bringing together a variety of research strands and engaging in key debates while also acknowledging the emergent, dynamic and constantly evolving nature of the field, the authors of this Handbook have created an invaluable resource for academics, students, professionals and practitioners in IHRD, HRD, HRM, international management, organisational behaviour and leadership
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783473250
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (520 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Floyd, Steven W., 1950 - Handbook of middle management strategy process research
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mittleres Management ; Strategisches Management ; Middle managers ; Executives Training of ; Middle managers ; Electronic books ; Mittleres Management ; Führungskraft ; Abteilungsleiter
    Abstract: Contents: Part 1: -- The unit of analysis -- 1. The role of middle and top managers in the strategy process / Xavier Castañer and Howard Yu -- 2. Functions of the mezzanine / Anurag Sharma -- 3. Some middle managers are more influential than others: -- an approach for identifying strategic influence / Bill Wooldridge and Steven W. Floyd -- Part 2: -- Explorations of existing theory -- 4. The role of issue selling in effective strategy making / Susan J. Ashford, Madeline Ong, Gareth D. Keeves -- 5. Strategy-as-practice research on middle managers and sensemaking / Juila Balogun and Linda Rouleau -- 6. Middle managers' emotion management in strategy process / Quy Nguyen Huy and Yidi Guo -- 7. Middle managers : the lynchpins in the corporate entrepreneurship process / Donald F. Kuratko -- Part 3: -- Theoretical developments -- 8. Developing theory about the development of theory / Henry Mintzberg -- 9. Complex strategic integration at nike : strategy process and strategy-as-practice combined / Robert A. Burgelman -- 10. A conceptual framework of middle managers' strategic role flexibility / Ruifang Wang, Patrick T. Gibbons, Ciaran Heavey -- 11. Minztberg's pattern : Middle managers in polyphonic strategy process / Saku Mantere -- 12. Middle management engagement in strategic planning routines - a mindfulness perspective / Carola Wolf -- Part 4: -- Methodological alternatives -- 13. Middle management and strategy process : Toward a pluralistic theory of power / Torsten Schmid -- 14. Measuring the middle : the use of social network analysis in middle management research / David G. Cohen and Sudhir Nair -- 15. Choreographies we strategize by : using video methodology in the study of embodiment / Philip Gylfe -- Part 5: -- Empirical explorations -- 16. A psychological perspective on middle managers' strategic championing behavior / Nüfer Yasin Ates, Murat Tarakci, Yoojung Ahn, Steven W. Floyd and Bill Wooldridge -- 17. The knowledge brokering role of middle managers : the case of hybrid middle managers in a professionalalized organization / Graeme Currie and Nicola Burgess -- 18. Middle managers and corporate entrepreneurship : unpacking strategic roles and assessing performance implications / Johanna Mair -- 19. The interface of top and middle managers : taking stock and moving forward / Anneloes Raes and Koen van Vlijmen -- Index.
    Abstract: With contributions from some of the field's most influential scholars, this Handbook provides a path forward for students and researchers interested in strategy process research from a middle management perspective. This groundbreaking Handbook both reviews existing theory and explores new ground concerning key issues surrounding middle managers' influence on strategy making. Split into five distinct sections, the book explicates the unit of analysis and presents foundational theories, emerging models, cutting-edge methods, and original empirical research in strategy process research. Contributors with diverse theoretical and methodological perspectives identify and address a wide range of research issues relevant to middle managers' participation in strategy making, such as social network analysis and video methodology. Standout chapters include one on complex strategic integration by Robert A. Burgelman and one on the development of theory by Henry Mintzberg. This Handbook is a must-read for academics interested in strategy process research as it suggests novel research approaches for addressing relevant phenomena and provides an up-to-date review of the extant literature in the area
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784713263
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (304 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on entrepreneurial teams
    DDC: 658.4/21
    RVK:
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; Arbeitsgruppe ; Entrepreneurship Methodology ; Family-owned business enterprises Methodology ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmer ; Gruppe
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / Mike Wright -- 1. Introduction / Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh and Thomas M. Cooney -- Part I Learning from theory and practice -- 2. Entrepreneurial teams research in movement / Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh -- 3. Urban legends or sage guidance: a review of common advice about entrepreneurial teams / Phillip H. Kim and Howard E. Aldrich -- Part II Developing entrepreneurial teams -- 4. Entrepreneurial team formation: the role of the family / Giovanna Campopiano, Tommaso Minola and Lucio Cassia -- 5. Entrepreneurs' perspectives on the structuring phase of the entrepreneurial team / L. Martin Cloutier, Sandrine Cueille and Gilles Recasens -- 6. Which deep-level diversity compositions of new venture teams lead to success or failure? / Stephanie Schoss, René Mauer and Malte Brettel -- 7. The more the merrier: how owner-manager team size influences the potential economic contribution of owner-managed businesses across the world / Jonathan Levie and Johan P. de Borst -- 8. Dispositional antecedents of shared leadership emergent states on entrepreneurial teams / Wencang Zhou and Donald Vredenburgh -- Part III Contextualizing entrepreneurial teams -- 9. Family entrepreneurial teams / Allan Discua Cruz, Elias Hadjielias and Carole Howorth -- 10. Te Ohu Umanga Māori: temporality and intent in the Māori entrepreneurial team / Mānuka Hēnare, Billie Lythberg, Amber Nicholson and Christine Woods -- 11. Ethnic diversity in entrepreneurial teams and the role of culture shock on performance / Jean-François Lalonde -- 12. Women empowerment through Government Loaned Entrepreneurship Teams (GLETs) in Kenya / Mary Wanjiru Kinoti, Moses Kibe Kihiko and Thomas M. Cooney -- 13. Entrepreneurial teams in social entrepreneurship: when team heterogeneity facilitates organizational hybridity / Frédéric Dufays and Benjamin Huybrechts -- Index.
    Abstract: In recent years there has been an increasing body of evidence suggesting that firms founded by entrepreneurial teams are more likely to achieve fast growth than firms founded by lone actors. This Research Handbook explores the position of entrepreneurial teams within existing literature and challenges current perspectives through a diverse range of research lenses. Research Handbook on Entrepreneurial Teams expands the boundaries of entrepreneurship literature by examining essential issues such as formation, structuring, deep-level diversity and emergent states. The chapters also consider different contexts of application and investigate under-researched topics such as entrepreneurial teams within indigenous communities, ethnically diverse groups and women entrepreneurs. This comprehensive Research Handbook offers a wide range of research methodologies, perspectives and insights that will appeal to scholars, practitioners and entrepreneurs alike
    Note: Contributors include: H.E. Aldrich, C. Ben-Hafaïedh, M. Brettel, G. Campopiano, L. Cassia, L.M. Cloutier, T.M. Cooney, S. Cueille, J.P. De Borst, A. Discua Cruz, F. Dufays, E. Hadjielias, M. Hēnare, C. Howorth, B. Huybrechts, M.K. Kihiko, P.H. Kim, M.W. Kinoti, J.-F. Lalonde, J. Levie, B. Lythberg, R. Mauer, T. Minola, A. Nicholson, G. Recasens, S. Schoss, D. Vredenburgh, C. Woods, W. Zhou , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    ISBN: 9781783475520
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Capturing the innovation opportunity space
    DDC: 658.4/063
    RVK:
    Keywords: Innovationsmanagement ; Geschäftsmodell ; Social Web ; Business enterprises Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Innovation ; Kunde ; Kooperation ; Geschäftsmodell
    Abstract: Contents: 1. The new frontier of innovation -- 2. Innovation pioneers - the essential role of users, on-line user communities and the crowd -- 3. Exploring the changing landscape of Innovation: the rise of users, on-line communities and the crowd -- 4. Mapping the new world of innovation - the innovation opportunity space -- 5. Defending territory - changing forms of intellectual protection -- 6. New frontier business models - creating value through innovation -- 7. Emerging business models in settled contexts -- 8. Emerging business models in frontier contexts -- 9. Capturing the innovation opportunity space -- Index
    Abstract: Innovation is changing and this exciting book explores how the shift to more collaborative ways of working with users, online communities and the crowd opens up novel business possibilities. The Innovation Opportunity Space approach enables managers, policymakers and academics to better understand emerging new business opportunities. Drawing on the findings of the latest international research, this book provides a systematic and clear understanding of the radical business models that new forms of innovation are making possible. The authors offer a wide range of examples and case studies that explore how firms have benefited from these new forms of innovation. A novel approach to innovation planning and strategy is also introduced, and the book concludes with a four-stage process that shows how firms can work to capture their own Innovation Opportunity Space. Defining the state of the art in the field, this will be an essential resource for managers, academics and researchers of business organisation and innovation
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781782545569
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (456 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on corporate governance and entrepreneurship
    RVK:
    Keywords: Corporate Governance ; Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; KMU ; Corporate governance ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Corporate Governance
    Abstract: Contents: Part I Corporate governance and entrepreneurship as a research field -- 1. Corporate governance and entrepreneurship: Current states and future directions / Jonas Gabrielsson -- 2. Governance theory: Origins and implications for researching boards and governance in entrepreneurial firms / Jonas Gabrielsson and Morten Huse -- Part II Corporate governance in start-ups and early stage ventures -- 3. Advisory boards in entrepreneurial companies / Eythor Ivar Johnson -- 4. Top management team organization of high-tech venture firms: Structural arrangements and their potential consequences / Till Talaulicar -- 5. Research on board of directors in high-tech start-ups: An assessment and suggestions for future research -- Ekaterina S. Bjornali -- 6. Corporate governance in early stage high tech ventures: The impact of top management team and outside board human capital on innovation speed / Elien Vandenbroucke and Mirjam Knockaert -- 7. The effects of private equity investors on the governance of companies -- Stefano Bonini and Vincenzo Capizzi -- Part III Corporate governance in SMEs -- 8. Corporate governance practices in smaller privately held businesses - insights from the Rhine Valley region / Susanne Durst and Julia Brunold -- 9. Alliance governance in entrepreneurial firms: The influence of family control and organizational size / Daniel Pittino, Franscesca Visintin and Paola Mazzurana -- 10. Corporate governance and innovation in small entrepreneurial firms: The board chairperson's role / Daniel Yar Hamidi and Jonas Gabrielsson -- Part IV Corporate governance in fast growing firms and IPOs -- 11. An engagement theory of governance: The dynamics of governance structures in high growth, high potential firms / Teresa Nelson and Huseyin Leblebici -- 12. Founder status and defensive mechanisms at IPO: Evidence from French firms / Asma Fattoum and Frédéric Delmar -- 13. Corporate governance and accounting in small growing firms: A comparison of financial reporting and cost of debt across Gazelles and Non-Gazelles / Marita Blomkvist and Mari Paananen -- Part V Corporate governance and corporate entrepreneurship -- 14. Corporate governance and corporate entrepreneurship in different organisational forms / Elin Smith and Sven-Olof Collin -- 15. Corporate entrepreneurship in a large company - skunk works or guided evolution? / Seppo Laukkanen, Martin Lindell and Anssi Vanioki -- Index
    Abstract: Issues and challenges surrounding corporate governance in entrepreneurial firms remain relatively unexamined. The Handbook of Research on Corporate Governance and Entrepreneurship brings together leading academic experts within their specific fields to examine the most important issues surrounding corporate governance in various entrepreneurial settings, including start-ups, owner-managed firms, fast-growing firms and IPOs. The Handbook also considers how corporate governance and board leadership is associated with entrepreneurship and innovation in mature companies. Detailed chapters span a wide range of topics, methodologies and levels of analysis, all designed to contribute to advancements in the understanding of corporate governance in entrepreneurial firms. The Handbook begins with a succinct investigation into governance and entrepreneurship as a research field, followed by clearly delineated and thematic parts dedicated to different business settings. Key topics include governance in early stage, high-tech ventures and dynamics of governance structures in high-growth, high-potential firms. This innovative Handbook will provide fresh insights and unique practical perspectives for advanced students and academics in business management and entrepreneurship. Collectively, the chapters provide new insights into the topic across different organizational and geographical settings and offer guidance to practitioners and policy-makers working within these domains
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785369018
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Jain, Subhash C., 1942 - Reshaping India in the new global context
    DDC: 338.954
    Keywords: Entwicklung ; Wachstumspolitik ; Indien ; India Economic conditions 1947- ; India Economic policy 1991- ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. India gains independence -- 3. Birth of the Republic of India -- 4. India's survival -- 5. Independent India -- 6. Contemplating the future -- 7. In search of a dream -- 8. Restarting India: job creation -- 9. Restarting India: enhancing agriculture, infrastructure, education and innovation -- 10. Restarting India: addressing other growth issues -- 11. Future: the strategic thrust -- 12. Future: the strategic levers -- 13. 100 years after independence -- Index.
    Abstract: This book traces the history of India's progress since its independence in 1947 and advances strategies for continuing economic growth. Insiders and outsiders that have criticized India for slow economic growth fail to recognize all it has achieved in the last seven decades, including handling the migration of over 8 million people from Pakistan, integrating over 600 princely states into the union, managing a multi-language population into one nation and resolving the food problem. The end result is a democratic country with a strong institutional foundation. Following the growth strategies outlined in the book and with a strong leadership, India has the potential to stand out as the third largest economy in the world in the next 25 to 30 years. Subhash Jain and Ben Kedia delve into India's development and emergence as an economic power, one of the three countries that can make its own supercomputers, one of the six countries that can launch satellites and that has the second largest small car market in the world. They discuss its need for innovative initiatives and top leadership to pursue an agenda of economic growth, and monitored policies to encourage entrepreneurship at all levels. With an emphasis on the new leadership of Prime Minister Modi, the book identifies policies that need to be adopted to make India's future bright and prosperous. This book is a critical resource for students and scholars interested in India and invested in its progress, as well as policymakers, government officials and corporations considering India as a place to expand and do business
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    ISBN: 9781788110396
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (128 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Decision making ; Business enterprises ; Persons ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: The quake -- 1. Decisions -- 2. Individuals as decision makers -- 3. Organizations as decision makers -- 4. The consequences of decisions -- 5. Complex decision processes -- After the tsunami -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: Decision-making is an activity in which everyone is engaged on a more or less daily basis. In this book, Karin Brunsson and Nils Brunsson explore the intricacies of decision-making for individuals and organizations. When, how and why do they make decisions? The authors identify four distinct ways of reasoning that decision makers use. The consequences of decisions vary: some promote action, others impede it, and some produce more responsibility than others. With in-depth discussions of rationality, justifications and hypocrisy, the authors show how organizational and political decision processes become over-complicated and difficult for both decision makers and external observers to understand. Decisions is a concise and easy-to-read introduction to a highly significant and intriguing topic. Based on research from several fields, it provides useful reading and essential knowledge for scholars and students throughout the social sciences and for everyone who wants to understand their own decisions and those of others
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784710927
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methods in corporate social responsibility
    Keywords: Corporate Social Responsibility ; Theorie ; Social responsibility of business ; Electronic books ; Corporate Social Responsibility ; Unternehmensethik
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / David Crowther and Linne Marie Lauesen -- Part I: Methodology planning -- 1. Grounded theory in corporate social responsibility research / Vilma Žydžiūnaitė and Loreta Tauginienė -- 2. Using a mixed methods approach for corporate social responsibility research / Jane Claydon -- 3. Imperative of meta-study for research in the field of corporate social responsibility and emerging issues in corporate governance / Lukman Raimi -- 4. Ethics in the research process / David Crowther -- 5. Research methods in organization, management and management accounting: an evaluation of quantitative and qualitative approaches / Miriam Green -- 6. Methodological and epistemological perspectives in the study of corporate social responsibility in Colombia / Duván Emilio Ramírez Ospina and José Fernando Muñoz Ospina -- Part II: Quantitative methods -- 7. Game theory as a research tool for sustainability / Shahla Seifi -- 8. Key concerns in longitudinal study design / Rima Kalinauskaitė -- 9. Sampling and sampling procedures in corporate social responsibility research / Habib Zaman Khan and Md. Rashidozzaman Khan -- 10. Food deserts in British cities : comparing food access, obesity, and ethnicity in Leicester and Stoke on Trent / Hillary Shaw -- 11. The application of statistical methods in CSR research / Christopher Boachie and George K. Amoako -- 12. Regression techniques and its application in the corporate social responsibility domain: an overview / Sonali Bhattacharya, Madhvi Sethi, Abhishek Behl and V.G. Venkatesh -- Part III: Qualitative methods -- 13. Analytic autoethnography as a tool to enhance reflection, reflexivity and critical thinking in CSR research / Fernanda de Paiva Duarte -- 14. Insights regarding the applicability of semiotics to CSR communication research / Kemi C. Yekini -- 15. Ethnographic research methods in CSR research : building theory out of people's everyday life with materials, objects, practices, and symbolic constructions / Linne Marie Lauesen -- 16. Interviews as an instrument to explore management motivation for corporate social and environmental reporting / Homaira Semeen and Muhammad Azizul Islam -- 17. Participant observation as the data collection tool and its usage in the CSR researches / Ilke Oruc -- 18. Application of correspondence analysis to determinants of human resources disclosure / Esther Ortiz and José G. Clavel -- 19. The application of survey methodology in CSR research / Christopher Boachie -- 20. Content analysis method: a proposed scoring for quantitative and qualitative disclosures / Juniati Gunawan and Kumalawati Abadi -- 21. Focus groups in social accounting as a stakeholder engagement tool / Sara Moggi -- 22. A phenomenological study of moral discourse, social justice and CSR / Julia J.A. Shaw -- 23. Social network analysis in CSR research / Duygu Turker -- 24.Theoretical storytelling as meta-frame for all research methods in corporate social responsibility / Linne Marie Lauesen -- Part IV: Future research agenda -- 25. Philosophical prolegomena to all future research in CSR / Nicholas Capaldi -- 26. Beyond strategic CSR : the concept of responsibility as the foundation of ethics: political, technological and economic responsibility for the future of humanity / Jacob Dahl Rendtorff -- 27. From positivism to social constructivism: an emerging trend for CSR researchers / Martin Samy and Fiona Robertson -- Index.
    Abstract: Corporate social responsibility now touches upon most aspects of the interaction between business and society. The approaches taken to research in this area are as varied as the topics that are researched; yet this is the first book to address the whole range of methods available. This Handbook identifies the existing methods, evaluates their use and discusses the circumstances in which they might be appropriate. The design of a research project is an essential part of undertaking research, as is choosing appropriate methods for investigation and analysis. In addition, business and management research raises theoretical and practical problems that are not encountered in other fields. The chapters address this challenge over distinct parts. Part I on methodology planning is concerned with various aspects of planning the research project, including secondary data and ethics in the research process. Parts II and III outline quantitative and qualitative methods respectively, covering the vast majority of relevant approaches. Part IV provides forward-thinking guidance from experienced academics on the future directions of research in this area. Aimed specifically at researchers, this comprehensive and in-depth Handbook provides an essential resource for anyone working at the forefront of corporate social responsibility research
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784711016
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in institutional and evolutionary economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Jones, Colin, 1966 - An autecological theory of the firm and its environment
    DDC: 302.3/5
    Keywords: Theorie der Unternehmung ; Ökologie ; Organisationstheorie ; Ecology ; Business enterprises Social aspects ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Unternehmenstheorie ; Autökologie
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: An alternative theory of the firm -- 1. Why we need an alternative theory of the firm and its environment -- Part II: The firm and its environment -- 2. What is a firm? -- 3. What is an environment? -- 4. Modification and matching -- Part III: Explaining adaptation -- 5. The case of transferred demand and other observations -- Part IV: Towards an autecological approach -- 6. Methodological issues -- 7. Opportunities and future directions -- Index.
    Abstract: The ecological study of f ...
    Note: Includes index
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    ISBN: 9781783479580
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Collaborative strategy
    DDC: 658/.044
    RVK:
    Keywords: Strategische Allianz ; Unternehmensnetzwerk ; Collaboration ; Strategic alliances (Business) ; Business networks ; Strategic planning ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Strategische Allianz
    Abstract: pt. I. Theoretical building blocks -- pt. II. Partner selection and alliance investment decisions -- pt. III. Contractual foundations of alliances -- pt. IV. Relational and behavioral aspects of alliances -- pt. V. Alliance networks and portfolios -- pt. VI. Novel collaborative relationships -- pt. VII. Consequences of inter-organizational collaboration.
    Abstract: This book provides approachable and insightful chapters that summarize state-of-the-art thinking and research on alliances and networks. Contributions by leading scholars cover foundations or fundamentals as well as frontier areas through a diverse range of perspectives. Topics include: - the theoretical foundations of collaborative strategy - firms' partner selection and investment decisions - contractual foundations of collaboration - relational and behavioral aspects of collaboration, networks and portfolios - novel collaborative relationships such as ecosystems and public-private partnerships, and the consequences of inter-organizational collaborations. For doctoral and masters students, as well as managers new to the area of collaborative strategy, this collection provides concise chapters and literature reviews that make it an invaluable resource. Business practitioners and consultants who want to learn about this area and the underlying theory will also find this book a useful reference
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: A. Ariño, B. Arslan, N. Asgari, R.P. Bremner, S.M. Bruhs, C. Butter, S. Cabral, L. Capron, T. Chi, J. Choi, F.J. Contractor, Y. Doz, P. Dussauge, J. Dyer, K.M. Eisenhardt, D.W. Elfenbein, A. Gambardella, F. Habasche, J. Hagedoorn, D.P. Hannah, K.R. Harrigan, W. Hesterly, M.A. Hitt, W.H. Hoffmann, P. Kale, A. Keller, I. Kivleniece, T. Kretschmer, D. Lavie, S. Lazzarini, D. Li, J. Li, R. Madhavan, X. Martin, O.J. Martinez, K.J. Mayer, T. Mellewigt, L. Mesquita, A. Milakhin, W. Mitchell, K. Neumann, T. Nguyen, J.E. Oxley, C. Panico, L. Poppo, J. Prescott, B. Quélin, R. Ragozzino, J.J. Reuer, M. Rivera-Santos, A. Seth, B.S. Silverman, H. Singh, K. Singh, I. Stern, M. Stienstra, M. Sytch, S. Tallman, B. Vanneste, F. Wohlgezogen, X. Zhe, M. Zollo
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784713171
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of marketing in emerging economies
    DDC: 658.8009172/4
    Keywords: Marketing ; Konsumentenverhalten ; Schwellenländer ; Marketing ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Marketing ; Verbraucherverhalten
    Abstract: Introduction: Marketing in emerging economies / Marin Marinov -- 1. Data collection procedures equivalence in emerging economy market research / Pervez N. Ghauri and Agnieszka Chidlow -- 2. Globalization, sustainability and marketing of health care in emerging market economies : doing good while doing well / Van R. Wood -- 3. Marketing accountability in emerging economy firms / Maja Arslanagic-Kalajdzic and Vesna Žabkar -- 4. Materialistic tendencies and adolescent healthy food consumption : setting the research agenda / Nesma Ammar, Noha El-Bassiouny and Ronia Hawash -- 5. Psychobranding of emerging economy firms : building emotional connections with local consumers / G. Nicolas Kfuri -- 6. Multinational corporation retailing in emerging economies : interplays of resistance, cooperation and transmutation / Marie-Laure Baron, Ruby Roy Dholakia and Nikhilesh Dholakia -- 7. Perceived advertising intrusiveness and avoidance in emerging economies - the case of China / Dan Petrovici, Svetla Marinova and Marin Marinov -- 8. Value branding in emerging economies as a social dimension in the Indian context / S. Ramesh Kumar and Svetla Marinova -- 9. Researching country image construct in the context of emerging economies / Durdana Ozretic-Dosen, Vatroslav Skare and Zoran Krupka -- 10. Opening the black box of Russian culture in B2B relationships / Carl-Arthur Solberg and Anzhelika Osmanova -- 11. Russian consumer behaviour : in search of a balance between national uniqueness and western mainstream / Sergei Sutyrin and Irina Vorobieva -- 12. Marketing in an emerging economy : the case of marketing in the Russian e-commerce market / Maria Smirnova, Vera Rebiazina and Anna Daviy -- 13. Marketing in Bulgaria : a small emerging economy and multi-cultural markets / Vesselin Blagoev and Mihael Minkov -- 14. Diffusion of supermarkets in Bangladesh - miles to go / M. Yunus Ali and Anisur Rahman Faroque.
    Abstract: Recently, emerging economies have contributed significantly to world economic growth and output. This Research Handbook advances, synthesises and expands the hitherto sparse publications on marketing in emerging economies, investigating specific processes and requirements, as well as the consequences of conducting marketing in these challenging contexts. Addressing diverse issues from a universal as well as regional and country-specific perspective, this book sheds light on general topics such as data collection procedure equivalence and marketing accountability, in addition to exploring specific context, such as Central and Eastern Europe and India. Comparing the ways in which marketing is performed in emerging and advanced economies, the chapters explore various aspects including business-to-business marketing relationships, the role of multicultural markets in marketing and retail marketing of multinational corporations. Timely and engaging, this Research Handbook will appeal to students and scholars interested in international business and marketing in emerging economies. Business practitioners, managers and policy makers working in emerging economies will also benefit from practical guidance on improving approaches to serving customers, as well as creating conducive environments for serving customers
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: M.Y. Ali, N. Ammar, M. Arslanagić-Kalajdžić, M.-L. Baron, V. Blagoev, A. Chidlow, A. Daviy, N. Dholakia, R.R. Dholakia, N. El-Bassiouny, A.R. Faroque, P. Ghauri, R. Hawash, G.N. Kfuri, Z. Krupka, S.R. Kumar, M.A. Marinov, S.T. Marinova, M. Minkov, A. Osmanova, D. Ozretic-Dosen, D.A. Petrovici, V. Rebiazina, V. Skare, M. Smirnova, C.A. Solberg, S. Sutyrin, I. Vorobieva, V.R. Wood, V. Zabkar
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785367281
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks of research methods in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of methods in leadership research
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Forschung ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Leadership Moral and ethical aspects ; Leadership Methodology ; Electronic books ; Führung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Chapter 1: Introduction and overview / Birgit Schyns, Pedro Neves and Rosalie Hall -- Measurement and design -- 2. Implicit measures for leadership research / SinHui Chong, Emilija Djurdjevic and Russell E. Johnson -- 3. Puppet masters in the lab: experimental methods in leadership research / Eric F. Rietzschel, Barbara Wisse and Diana Rus -- 4. Assessing leadership behavior with observational and sensor-based methods: a brief overview / Alexandra (Sasha) R. Cook and Bertolt Meyer -- 5. The contribution of sophisticated facial expression coding to leadership research / Savvas Trichas -- 6. Behavioral genetics and leadership research / Wen-Dong Li, Remus Ilies and Wei Wang -- 7. Biosensor approaches to studying leadership / Aurora J. Dixon, Jessica M. Webb and Chu-Hsiang (Daisy) Chang -- Quantitative analytic approaches -- 8. Mediation analysis in leadership studies: new developments and perspectives / Rex Kline -- 9. Person-oriented approaches to leadership: a roadmap forward / Roseanne J. Foti and Maureen E. McCusker -- 10. Multi-level issues and dyads in leadership research / Francis J. Yammarino and Janaki Gooty -- 11. A social network approach to examining leadership / Markku Jokisaari -- 12. Diary studies in leadership / Sandra Ohly and Viktoria Gochmann -- 13. Modeling leadership-related change with a growth curve approach / Rosalie J. Hall -- Qualitative methods and analytic approaches -- 14. Qualitative content analysis in leadership research: principles, process and application / Jan Schilling -- 15. Biographical methods in leadership research / Miguel Pina e Cunha, Marianne Lewis, Arménio Rego and Wendy K. Smith -- Summary -- 16. Leadership in the future, and the future of leadership research / Robert G. Lord -- 17. Authors' tips for doing top-quality research -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook brings together experts in the field of leadership to provide insights into methods for leadership research. It serves to motivate them to use new research methods to further our knowledge of the leadership field. Illustrating novel approaches to research with sample questions and applications to the field of leadership, this comprehensive and accessible Handbook covers key methodologies in leadership research today, as well as introducing methods that will be invaluable in the future. With chapters written by established leadership scholars, the Handbook of Methods in Leadership Research is arranged to cover three core areas of research: measurement and design, quantitative analytic approaches, and qualitative analytic approaches. The book provides an accessible overview and starting point to discover new methods. All chapters are well researched and provide references for those who want to delve deeper into the topics covered. The volume ends with a summary of tips for each method presented. This book will be an indispensable resource for leadership students, scholars, and practitioners alike, to inspire their future research but also to support their understanding of the quality of research carried out by others
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    ISBN: 9781783475445
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on entrepreneurial opportunities
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship ; Opportunity Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Lebenschance
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: reopening the debate - a Delphi panel of the leading scholars in research on entrepreneurial opportunities -- Part I Entrepreneurial opportunities - theories and approaches -- 1. A brief history of the idea of opportunity / William B. Gartner, Bruce T. Teague, Ted Baker and R. Daniel Wadhwani -- 2. Starting a business venture rationally or naturally - exploiting an opportunity in space or developing a place / Björn Bjerke and Johan Gaddefors -- 3. Austrian market theory and the entrepreneurial function as opportunity recognition Frederic Sautet -- Part II The opportunity formation process -- 4. Beyond discovery: exploring the field of entrepreneurship without a discovery view / Steffen Korsgaard and Sean Patrick Sassmannshausen -- 5. The opportunity development process of nascent entrepreneurs / Silke Tegtmeier and Catherine Léger-Jarniou -- Part III Entrepreneurial opportunities in different contexts -- 6. Understanding the knowledge - opportunities - entrepreneurship mechanism / Spyros J. Vliamos -- 7. A shaped fate: interpreting opportunity through an actor network lens / Mike Chiasson and Thomas P. Kenworth -- 8. From information to opportunity. the role of boundary spanners in sensing and seizing opportunities / Aurore Haas -- 9. Opportunity: from semantic concept to pragmatic tool / Michael Marchesney -- Part IV Impact factors on opportunity formation -- 10. Why are some individuals willing to pursue opportunities and others aren't? the role of individual values / Francisco Linán and Agnieszka Kurczewska -- 11. The effect of entrepreneurship education on opportunity recognition self-efficacy / Carlos Albornoz and José Ernesto Amorós -- Index.
    Abstract: With a wide-ranging set of contributions, this book provides a compilation of cutting-edge original research in the field of entrepreneurial opportunities. The book reopens the subject from diverse perspectives focusing on theories and approaches to entrepreneurial opportunities. It provides a brief history of the idea of opportunity and a framework of how opportunities develop in space and place. Further, this Research Handbook looks at process and context-based views on the topic. It also includes the latest research on impact factors, such as individual values on creating entrepreneurial opportunities. The book has been complemented by an outstanding Delphi panel of six leading scholars of the field: Lowell Busenitz, Dimo Dimov, James O. Fiet, Denis Grégoire, Jeff McMullen and Mike Wright. This carefully edited selection of current and topical contributions will be of immense value to students, researchers and scholars interested in the field of entrepreneurial opportunities
    Note: Contributors include: C. Albornoz, J.E. Amorós, T. Baker, B. Bjerke, L. Busenitz, M. Chiasson, D. Dimov, J.O. Fiet, J. Gaddefors, W.B. Gartner, D.A. Grégoire, A. Haas, T.P. Kenworthy, S. Korsgaard, A. Kurczewska, C. Léger-Jarniou, F. Linán, M. Marchesnay, J.S. McMullen, S.P. Sassmannshausen, F. Sautet, B.T. Teague, S. Tegtmeier, S.J. Vliamos, R.D. Wadhwani, M. Wright , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785365577
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Trust in regulatory regimes
    DDC: 352.8#23
    RVK:
    Keywords: Vertrauen ; Regulierung ; Selbstverpflichtung ; Welt ; Political participation ; Trust Political aspects ; Economic policy ; Industrial policy ; Electronic books ; Handel ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Regulierung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Trust in regulatory regimes: scoping the field / Frédérique Six and Koen Verhoest -- 2. The role of trust in the regulation of complex and high-risk industries: the case of the U.S. Federal Aviation Administration's voluntary disclosure programs / Russell W. Mills and Dorit Reiss -- 3. When the going gets tough: exploring processes of trust building and repair in regulatory relations / Frédérique Six and Hans Van Ees -- 4. Interorganizational trust in Flemish public administration: comparing trusted and distrusted interactions between public regulatees and public regulators / Peter Oomsels and Geert Bouckaert -- 5. In vino veritas? the development of producer trust and its market effects in regulated French and Italian quality wine markets / Betsy Carter -- 6. Being everybody's accomplice: trust and control in eco-labelling / Lovisa Näslund and Kristina Tamm Hallström -- 7. Trust and cooperation over the public-private divide, an empirical study on trust evolving in co-regulation / Haiko Van der Voort -- 8. Deliberate trust-building by autonomous government agencies: evidence from responses to the 2009 H1N1 swine flu pandemic / Erik Baekkeskov -- 9. An agenda for further research into the role of trust in regulatory regimes / Frédérique Six and Koen Verhoest -- Index.
    Abstract: Within political and administrative sciences generally, trust as a concept is contested, especially in the field of regulatory governance. This groundbreaking book is the first to systematically explore the role and dynamics of trust within regulatory regimes. Conceptualizing, mapping and analyzing trust between regulators, regulatees and citizens, expert contributors systematically review the existing empirical research on the role of trust within these relations. Further chapters offer new empirical material, with in-depth case studies covering different regulatory relations, regulatory issues and geographical areas. After scoping the field of inquiry and significantly adding to it, the book concludes with a proposal for a challenging and encompassing agenda for future research on trust in regulatory governance. Comprehensive and forward thinking, this book will be of interest to academics working in the fields of regulation, sociology, law, political science, public administration and trust. It will also offer a compelling read for practitioners working in the field of regulation
    Note: Contributors include: E. Baekkesko, G. Bouckaert, B. Carter, R.W. Mills, L. Näslund, P. Oomsels, D. Reiss, F. Six, K. Tamm Hallström, H. van der Voort, H. van Ees, K. Verhoest , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717056
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar introductions to management and organization theory
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Berti, Marco Elgar introduction to organizational discourse analysis
    DDC: 658.4/5
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Verhalten in Organisationen ; Diskurstheorie ; Metapher ; Wirtschaftsstudium ; USA ; Communication in organizations ; Electronic books ; Organisation ; Kommunikation ; Diskursanalyse
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: the aim and structure of the book -- 1. Language and organization -- 2. The discourse of 'organizational discourse -- 3. The power of metaphors -- 4. Discourse as a map -- 5. Discourse as organizing -- 6. Discource as mask: silence, emptiness and ambiguity in discourse -- 7. Organizational discourse analysis in practice: the case of business education discourse -- 8. References -- Index.
    Abstract: Our knowledge and understanding of organizations is both enabled and constrained by an invisible relationship of power that is embedded in the ways in which we act and speak. This book offers a succinct but comprehensive introduction to the vast field of organizational discourse analysis, the approach that studies organization as a linguistic phenomenon, and offers an original approach to investigate the relationship between materiality and discourse. Three original images of discourse are employed: discourse as a map, discourse as organizing and discourse as a mask. These metaphors are used as cognitive tools to highlight different implications and perspectives on discourse. The book critically compares and contrasts various linguistic-focused approaches to the study of organizations, and proposes the use of linguistic phenomena in connection with other methodologies. One section even offers an exemplification of the proposed approach to discourse analysis, presenting a map of discursive terrain, which plays a central role in the reproduction of local organizational and management discourses. This rich and approachable introduction is targeted at graduate and doctoral students, as well as non-specialist academics who want to familiarize themselves with the organizational discourse debate
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364860
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Services, economy and innovation series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research methods in service innovation
    RVK:
    Keywords: Dienstleistungsinnovation ; Marktforschung ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Service industries Technological innovations ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Service innovation research methods / Flemming Sørensen and Francesco Lapenta -- 2. Quantitative measurement instruments: a case of developing a method for measuring innovation in service firms / Jon Sundbo -- 3. The critical incident technique and everyday innovation / Lars Fuglsang -- 4. Laddering method in service innovation research / Niels Nolsøe Grünbaum -- 5. Narratives as driver for co-creating new stories of service / Anne Vorre Hansen -- 6. Mapping innovation processes: visual techniques for opening and presenting the black box of service innovation processes / Anne Rørbæk Olesen -- 7. Interpretivist analyses of social networks of service innovation / Jørn Kjølseth Møller and Flemming Sørensen -- 8. The role of social media data for research on user driven innovation / Ada Scupola -- 9. Using technology oriented scenario analysis for innovation research. the case of service innovation in financial services / Francesco Lapenta -- 10. Using future workshops for idea generation in engaged service innovation research / Ada Scupola -- 11. Service innovation field experiments: developing and testing new innovation processes / Flemming Sørensen -- 12. Service innovation in complex research projects: learnings from working within a triple helix framework / Claire Esther Staddon Forder -- Index.
    Abstract: Research Methods in Service Innovation provides an essential methodological toolbox for researchers, students and practitioners interested in better understanding innovation and improving innovation processes in service organisations. Each chapter presents a specific method, introduces its theoretical foundations, explains its practical application, and provides examples and suggestions for its implementation. The methods described include original and innovative methodological approaches, such as technology-oriented scenario analysis, experiments and laddering, as well as critical incident techniques, social network analysis, blogs, visual techniques, narratives and future workshops. Together, the chapters encourage readers to understand service innovation research as a process that requires creative methodological thinking. The book adapts various methods and processes from different areas of research, and evaluates their strengths, limitations and possible applications in specific areas of service innovation. Researchers and academics will find this collection to be an essential state-of-the-art resource for research in the fields of service innovation and innovation in general. The book will also appeal to practitioners and consultants dealing with both public and private service organisations
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: C. Forder, L. Fuglsang, N.N. Grünbaum, A.V. Hansen, F. Lapenta, J.K. Møller, A.R. Olesen, A. Scupola, F. Sørensen, J. Sundbo
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    ISBN: 9781785361241
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (704 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of sustainability in management education
    DDC: 650/.0711
    RVK:
    Keywords: Führungskräfteentwicklung ; Betriebswirtschaftsstudium ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Management Study and teaching ; Electronic books ; Führungskraft ; Ausbildung ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: Contents: introduction -- Part I: Theorizing the field of sustainability in management education (SiME) development in practice -- 1. Business cases for sustainability-integrated management education / Melissa Edwards, Suzanne Benn, and Mark Starik -- 2. Reforming the delinquent organization: academia's impactful tribute to society / Frederick Ahen -- 3. Critical reflection and transformative learning: the development of shared value rationality in the teaching of strategy for sustainability / Janette Brunstein, Marta Fabiano Sambiase, and Marcos Bidart Carneiro De Novaes -- 4. Sustainability in management education: an alternative paradigm based on critical pedagogy and substantive rationality / Soraia Schutel, Emmanuel Raufflet, Paola Schmitt Figueiró, and Pedro Roberto Jacobi -- 5. Sustainability as a university value: a journey from awareness to behavior change / Erik E. Nordman, Norman Christopher, and Yumiko Jakobcic -- 6. The importance of philosophical and anthropological knowledge in management education regarding sustainability / Angela Vidal Da Silva Martins -- Part II: Exploring transformational interventions in SiME -- 7. Mission possible: introducing sustainability as an experiential entrepreneurship activity / Leo T. Wong -- 8. A review of the pedagogical tools, games, and simulations in the sustainability classroom / Claire A. Simmers, and Sara Soderstrom -- 9. Developing the sustainability mindset / Isabel Rimanoczy -- 10. Sustainability learning processes: concepts, benchmarking, development and integration / Farley Simon Nobre, Jorge A. Arevalo and Shelley F. Mitchell -- 11. Expansive learning through contradictions of sustainability / Martin Albert, Julia Breßler, and Stefan Hüsig -- 12. Sustainability through stakeholder value creation: redesigning an MBA curriculum / Richard Miller, R. Greg Bell, Dale Fodness, and J. Lee Whittington -- 13. Gender and sustainable management education: exploring the missing link / Jannine Williams, Elina Meliou, and Jorge A. Arevalo -- Part III: Understanding change agents and reform accelerators' roles -- 14. The role of management education in transdisciplinary collaborations for sustainable social-economic-ecological systems / Susan L. Manring -- 15. Journeying towards responsible citizenship and sustainability / Martin Brueckner, Rochelle Spencer, Megan Paull, Antonia Girardi, Steve Klomp -- 16. University sustainability reporting: a review of the literature and development of a model / Alan J. Richardson, Meghan D. Kachler -- 17. External facilitators of sustainable management education (EFSUMEs) and their role in promoting sustainable management education in higher education / Diego Vazquez-Brust, Natalia Yakovleva -- 18. University experiential learning partnerships as living laboratories for sustainability / Adam Sulkowski -- Part IV: Sustaining long term programs through innovation -- 19. The influence of temporality on students' learning processes: lessons from a service- learning program in Brazil / Luciano Barin Cruz, and Marlei Pozzebon -- 20. Sustainable entrepreneurship undergraduate education: a community of practice perspective / Marcela Ramirez Pasillas, and Quang Evansluong -- 21. Faculty experiences with teaching sustainability in management education: a study of select management institutions in India / Kaushik Ranjan Bandyopadhyay, and Ritika Mahajan -- 22. Enabling sustainability in management education / Paul Miesing, Linda Krzykowski, and Eliot Rich -- 23. Sustainable MBAs: a phase model development of sustainability in MBA education / Timothy A. Hart, Corey J. Fox, John Korstad, and Erin E. Nill -- 24. Managing for sustainability: -- Designing a successful undergraduate program / Neil Boyd, Jamie R. Hendry, Tammy Bunn Hiller, and Eric Martin -- Part VI: Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook strives to ...
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785367649
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Creating resilient economies
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Coping-Strategie ; Regionalentwicklung ; Industrie ; Welt ; Financial crises Prevention ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Unsicherheit ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftliche Stabilität ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Wachstumspolitik ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Unsicherheit ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftliche Stabilität ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Wachstumspolitik
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction / Nick Williams and Tim Vorley -- Part I : The resilience of entrepreneurs, industrial sectors and cities -- 2. Strategies for resilience in entrepreneurship: building resources for small business survival after a crisis / Rachel Doern -- 3. The resilience of entrepreneurs and small business in the depths of a recessionary crisis / Nick Williams and Tim Vorley -- 4. Vulnerability and adaptability: Post-crisis resilience of SMEs in Denmark / Christian Kjær Monsson -- 5. Resilience, adaptation and survival in industry sectors: Remaking and remodelling of the automotive sector / Gill Bentley, David Bailey and Daniel Braithwaite -- 6. The evolution of economic resilience in cities: Re-invention versus replication / James Simmie -- 7. Path dependency, entrepreneurship, and economic resilience in resource-driven economies. Lessons from the Newfoundland offshore oil industry, Canada / Cédric Brunelle and Ben Spigel -- 8. Resilient regions and open innovation: the evolution of smart cities and civic entrepreneurship / Jennifer Clark -- Part II: The resilience of local and regional economies -- 9. Governance, civic leadership and resilience / Chay Brooks -- 10. Entrepreneurship, culture and resilience: the determinants of local development in uncertain times / Robert Huggins and Piers Thompson -- 11. The resilience of growth strategies / Lee Pugalis, Nick Gray and Alan Townsend -- 12. Local economic resilience in Italy / Paolo Di Caro -- 13. Evolutionary perspectives on economic resilience in regional development / Emil Evenhuis and Stuart Dawley -- 14. Regional resilience: the critique revisited / Huiwen Gong and Robert Hassink -- 15. Final thoughts and reflections -- Index
    Abstract: Economic resilience is an emergent field in the social sciences. In this timely book, key scholars examine how individuals, organisations, regions and nations are affected by internal and external crises, and consider how the ways in which they respond will determine their future growth path. Providing a coherent and clear narrative, Creating Resilient Economies offers a theoretical analysis of resilience and provides guidance to policymakers with regards to fostering more resilient economies and people. It adeptly illustrates how resilience thinking can offer the opportunity to re-frame economic development policy and practice and provides a clear evidence base of the cultural, economic, political and social conditions that shape the adaptability, flexibility and responsiveness to crises in their many forms. Academics and scholars across the social sciences will find this book an enlightening gateway into the subject of economic resilience. Its eminently practical approach will also benefit government policy makers interested in how localities, regions and nations can respond more effectively to crises
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785365041
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methodologies and design in neuroentrepreneurship
    DDC: 338
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Neurowissenschaften ; Neuroökonomie ; Entrepreneurship Psychological aspects ; Entrepreneurship Methodology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Introduction / Mellani Day, Mary C. Boardman and Norris Krueger -- Part I -- Neuroscience principles, techniques and tools -- 2. Brain-driven entrepreneurship research: -- A Review and research agenda / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- 3. Human psychophysiological and genetic approaches in neuroentrepreneurship / Marco Colosio, Cristiano Bellavitis and Alexey Gorin -- 4. Unpacking neuroentrepreneurship: conducting entrepreneurship research with EEG technologies / Martin De Holan and Cyril Couffe -- 5. A brief primer on using functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) in entrepreneurship research / M. K. Ward, Crystal Reeck and William Becker -- 6. Experimental methodological principles for entrepreneurship research using neuroscience techniques / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- Part II -- Neuroscience applications - entrepreneurial judgement, decision-making and cognition -- 7. Entrepreneurial return on investment through a neuroentrepreneurship lens / Mellani Day and Mary C. Boardman -- 8. The cognitive neuroscience of entrepreneurial risk: -- conceptual and methodological challenges / Kelly G. Shaver, Leon Schjoedt, Angela Passarelli and Crystal Reeck -- 9. A few words about entrepreneurial learning, training and brain plasticity / Aparna Sud -- 10. A few words about Neuro-experimental designs for the study of emotions and cognitions in entrepreneurship / Theresa Treffers -- 11. Which tool should I use? Neuroscientific technologies for brain-driven entrepreneurship researchers / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- 12. A few words about what neuroentrepreneurship can and cannot help us with / Sean Guillory, Mary C. Boardman and Mellani Day -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook provides an overview of neuroscience-driven research methodologies and how those methodologies might be applied to theory-based research in the nascent field of neuroentrepreneurship. A key challenge of this field is that few neuroscientists are trained as entrepreneurship scholars and few entrepreneurship scholars are trained as neuroscientists, but this book skillfully bridges that gap. Expert contributors include concrete examples of new ways to conduct research in their contributions, which have the potential to shed light onto areas such as decision making and opportunity recognition and allow neuroentrepreneurs to ask different, perhaps better, questions than ever before. This Handbook also presents current thinking and examples of pioneering work, serves as a reference for those wishing to incorporate these methods into their own research, and provides several helpful discussions on the nature of answerable questions using neuroscience techniques. Neuroentrepreneurship is an important, emerging field for neuroscientists and entrepreneurship scholars alike. For the former audience, this book presents concrete research questions and entrepreneurship applications; for the latter, it serves as a primer and introduction to neuroscientific methods. Graduate students studying entrepreneurship, and practitioners who are keen to promote innovation and entrepreneurial skills in their leadership, will also find this Handbook to be of interest
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786432698
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Erickson, G. Scott New methods of market research and analysis
    Keywords: Marktforschung ; Big Data ; Marketing research ; Business intelligence ; Electronic books ; Marketing ; Marktforschung ; Big Data ; Marktanalyse
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Big data and marketing analytics -- 2. Exploratory research design -- 3. Descriptive research design -- 4. Causal research design -- 5. Other topics in research and analytics -- 6. Analytics 1: big data -- 7. Analytics 2: marketing analytics -- Index.
    Abstract: New Methods of Market Research and Analysis prepares readers for the new reality posed by big data and marketing analytics. While connecting to traditional research approaches such as surveys and focus groups, this book shows how new technologies and new analytical capabilities are rapidly changing the way marketers obtain and process their information. In particular, the prevalence of big data systems always monitoring key performance indicators, trends toward more research using observation or observation and communication together, new technologies such as mobile, apps, geo-locators, and others, as well as the deep analytics allowed by cheap data processing and storage are all covered and placed in context. Scott Erickson goes beyond the buzzwords to provide relevant explanations of the meaning and impact of both big data and analytics, placing them in context with traditional marketing research. His engaging subject matter focuses on the practical aspects of big data concepts, precisely defining and illustrating key concepts and providing illuminating real world examples. This approachable style enables marketers to understand what data scientists are doing with big data systems and analytics, giving them a taste of the capabilities of contemporary statistical software and its practical applications This book can be used as a supplement to a traditional marketing research text or on its own. It will serve as a key reference for graduate students and advanced undergraduates in marketing research, marketing analytics, or business intelligence courses as well as marketing professionals looking to stay up to date with current trends and have them explained in a context they understand
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    ISBN: 9781786434432
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: European research in entrepreneurship
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The emergence of entrepreneurial behaviour
    DDC: 658.4/21
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmer ; Unternehmensgründung ; Gründungsausbildung ; Intrapreneurship ; Schweden ; Irland ; Lettland ; Italien ; Brasilien ; Malaysia ; Entrepreneurship Psychological aspects ; Businesspeople Psychological aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Contributions on entrepreneurial behaviour research / Susana C. Santos, Craig Mitchell, Hans Landström, Alain Fayolle and António Caetano -- Part I: The entrepreneur as an individual and the theory of planned behaviour -- 2. Connecting the literature dots: a literature review on prototypes in entrepreneurship research / Sílvia Fernandes Costa, António Caetano, Arjan J. Frederiks and Susana C. Santos -- 3. Entrepreneurial potential among individuals with different entrepreneurial experience / Susana C. Santos, António Caetano, Sílvia Fernandes Costa and Xaver Neumeyer -- 4. Individual and cultural values as psychosocial cognitive antecedents and moderators of entrepreneurial intentions / Ricardo Figueiredo Belchior and Francisco Liñan -- Part II: Entrepreneurial education -- 5. Promoting entrepreneurship in an unfavourable setting: a case study of a university programme in Malaysia / Mohd Rashan, Inmaculada Jaén and Francisco Liñan -- 6. Formal mentorship in experiential entrepreneurship education: examining conditions for entrepreneurial learning among students / Gustav Hägg and Diamanto Politis -- 7. Social loafing in student entrepreneurship teams / Roisin Lyons, Theodore Lynn and Ciarán Mac an Bhaird -- 8. Perceived learning outcomes of experiential entrepreneurship education: the case of Latvian business schools / Inna Kozlinska, Tõnis Mets and Kärt Rõigas -- Part III: Corporate entrepreneurship/entrepreneurial orientation -- 9. Assembling the puzzle: the need to assess both the internal and external side of corporate entrepreneurship / Angelo Riviezzo -- 10. Linking SME's strategic orientation and international performance: insights from an empirical investigation in Italy / Angelo Riviezzo and Antonella Garofano -- 11. Does entrepreneurial orientation matter to strategic alliances formation: the influence of entrepreneurial orientation and leaders to the success of partnerships in business / Antonio Benedito de Oliveira, Mauro José de Oliveira and Roberto Carlos Bernardes -- Index.
    Abstract: In recent years entrepreneurship has become one of the most popular fields of research in management studies. As the subject has broadened, increasing attention has been paid to the behavioural aspects of different practices to identify and pursue entrepreneurial opportunities. This timely book analyses three key strands of contemporary research into entrepreneurial behaviour: intention, education and orientation. It offers novel insights that can be applied to foster entrepreneurial activities in different settings. The chapters in the book are divided into three parts. The contributors first focus on the entrepreneur as an individual and offer three innovative yet complementary approaches to entrepreneurial intentions. They go on to consider how entrepreneurial behaviour can be trained and learned, providing a much-needed theoretical anchor to pedagogical approaches in entrepreneurship. The final part covers entrepreneurial behaviour at the organizational level and expertly tackles the popular topic of entrepreneurial orientation through novel empirical studies with diverse methodologies and multiple levels of analysis. Researchers and advanced students in management and entrepreneurship will benefit from the state-of-the-art analysis and innovative approaches presented. Entrepreneurship educators and policy-makers will also find this book to be stimulating reading, where they can find suggestions for an evidence-based practice
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: R.F. Belchior, A. Benedito de Oliveira Junior, R.C. Bernardes, A. Caetano, S.F. Costa, M.J. de Oliveira, A.J. Frederiks, A. Garofano, G. Hägg, I. Jaén, I. Kozlinska, F. Liñan, T. Lynn, R. Lyons, C. Mac an Bhaird, T. Mets, R. Mohd, X. Neumeyer, D. Politis, A. Riviezzo, K. Rõigas, S.C. Santos
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9780857937957
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of innovation and creativity for marketing management
    DDC: 658.8/02
    RVK:
    Keywords: Marketingmanagement ; Innovation ; Kreativität ; Marketing ; Creative ability in business ; Electronic books ; Marketingmanagement
    Abstract: Introduction / Eric Shiu -- 1. What is innovation? / Søren Harnow Klausen -- 2. Product design innovation - trade-off decisions on functionality, aesthetics and sustainability from the consumer perspective / Eric Shiu -- 3. Innovation performance in service industries - unlocking the intricate effects of strategic orientations and the business model / Colin Cheng -- 4. Organizing for creativity / Farida Rasulzada -- 5. Four decades of engaging customers in product innovation / Mai Khanh Tran -- 6. Developing a conceptual model of the impacts of electronic word-of-mouth on innovation adoption / Yingying Qian -- 7. Cultural influences on innovation resistance : a conceptual framework / Nasir Salari -- 8. The influence of personality on creativity / Eva Hoff and Ingegerd Carlsson -- 9. Chan/Zen of creativity management / Ai-Girl Tan -- 10. Creativity in advertisement : how advertisements strike people - a critical discussion of the role of original ideas and background music / Alessandro Antonietti and Barbara Colombo -- Concluding remarks / Eric Shiu.
    Abstract: This groundbreaking Handbook is a collection of the most recent research in innovation and creativity as it applies to marketing management. It uniquely combines the work of innovation and creativity scholars in the same book. Incorporating global research conducted by scholars based all over the world, this book covers various aspects of innovation and creativity, discussing the concepts themselves as well as adopting both a company and consumer perspective. Standout topics discussed in this Handbook include product and service innovation, organizing for innovation, co-innovation, and the impacts of culture on innovation as well as the impacts of personality, the impacts of zen, and the applications of creativity in management and marketing. Eric Shiu presents an integrated discussion of both disciplines, which will inevitably lead to early-stage frameworks of knowledge, new research ideas, and a more holistic understanding of innovation and creativity combined. This Handbook targets readers who are interested in innovation and creativity in general as well as those interested in how the topics apply to marketing management. Business and management students as well as scholars who are researching, teaching or studying a subject that relates to innovation or creativity will be of interest
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: A. Antonietti, I. Carlsson, C. Cheng, B. Colombo, S. Harnow Klausen, E. Hoff, Y. Qian, F. Rasulzada, N. Salari, E. Shiu, A-.G. Tan, M.K. Tran
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718602
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on place branding and marketing
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Standortmarketing ; Destinationsmanagement ; Tourismusforschung ; Nachhaltige Stadtentwicklung ; Regionalentwicklung ; Trend ; Internationaler Tourismus ; Branding (Marketing) ; Electronic books ; Standortpolitik ; Tourismusforschung ; Regionalentwicklung
    Abstract: Contents: Section 1: Place branding: strategies and perspectives -- 1. The state of art: from country-of-origin to strategies for economic development / Adriana Campelo -- 2. Place branding in strategic spatial planning: challenges and opportunities of branding regions / Eduardo Oliveira and Gregory Ashworth -- 3. The cultural branding matrix: framing the relation between cultural institutions and city branding / Cecilia Pasquinelli -- 4. 'Like a pair of worn-out slippers': place attraction factors among return migrants to peripheral places / Helle Dalsgaard Pedersen and Anette Therkelsen -- Section 2: Place making -- 5. Place brand meaning-making: culture, ethos and habitus / Adriana Campelo -- 6. "I love this place": tourists' destination brand love / Kathryn Swanson, Dominic Medway, and Gary Warnaby -- 7. Programmatic authenticity: culinary place branding in Greenland / Søren Askegaard, Dannie Kjeldgaard, and Eric Arnould -- 8. Smell it, taste it, listen it, touch it, and see it to make sense of this place / Adriana Campelo -- Section 3: Methodologies for place branding -- 9. Multisensory place branding: a manifesto for research / Dominic Medway and Gary Warnaby -- 10. Place branding and place narratives / Maria Lichrou, Maurice Patterson and Lisa O'Malley -- 11. Place brand biography: something special or same old story? / Stephen Brown -- Section 4: Urban issues -- 12. Mobility, marketing, and the experience of the city / Gary Warnaby and Christopher J. Parker -- 13. Pretty vacant? -- Implications of neglect and emptiness for urban aesthetics and place branding / Gary Warnaby and Dominic Medway -- 14. Trends and final remarks / Adriana Campelo -- Index.
    Abstract: Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas. The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation. Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies. Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas. The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation. Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718183
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (576 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of expatriates
    RVK:
    Keywords: Auslandsaufenthalt ; Hochqualifizierte Arbeitskräfte ; Geschichte ; Trend ; Aliens ; Expatriation ; Foreign workers ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Mitarbeiter ; Auslandstätigkeit ; Personalpolitik ; Auswanderin ; Auswanderer
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / J. Stewart Black -- Part I History of expatriate studies and its current state of play -- 1. Introduction : overview of early expatriate studies, 1952 to 1979 / Yvonne McNulty and Jan Selmer -- 2. The concept of business expatriates / Yvonne McNulty and Chris Brewster -- 3. Expatriates : a thematic research history / Jan Selmer -- Part II Historical and contemporary foundations of expatriate studies -- 4. Expatriate adjustment / Thomas Hippler, Arno Haslberger and Chris Brewster -- 5. Expatriate performance / Leanda Care and Ross Donohue -- 6. Expatriates to and from developed and developing countries / Lisa Clarke, Akhentoolove Corbin and Bettyjane Punnett -- 7. Global talent management : what does it mean for expatriates? / David G. Collings and Michael Isichei -- 8. Expatriates' safety and security during crisis / Anthony Fee -- Part III Types of expatriates -- 9. Self-initiated expatriates / Jan Selmer, Maike Andresen and Jean-Luc Cerdin -- 10. Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) expatriates / Ruth McPhail -- 11. Inpatriates : a review, synthesis and outlook of two decades of research / Miriam Moeller and B. Sebastian Reiche -- 12. Female expatriates : towards a more inclusive view / Kate Hutchings and Snejina Michailova -- 13. Millennial expatriates / Marian Crowley-Henry and Mary Collins -- 14. International business travellers, short-term assignees and international commuters / Liisa Mäkelä, Kati Saarenpää and Yvonne McNulty -- Part IV Expatriates in diverse communities -- 15. Military expatriates / Kelly L. Fisher -- 16. Missionary (religious) expatriates / Braam Oberholster and Cheryl Doss -- 17. Expatriate academics : an era of higher education internationalization / Jan Selmer, Jodie-Lee Trembath and Jakob Lauring -- 18. Sports expatriates / Harald Dolles and Birnir Egilsson -- 19. Expatriates in aidland : humanitarian aid and development workers and volunteers / Anthony Fee -- Part V Researching expatriates and expatriates as researchers -- 20. Methodological issues in expatriate studies and future directions / Phyllis Tharenou -- 21. Expatriate research for and with practitioners / Michael Dickmann -- 22. Case study research on expatriates / Julia Richardson -- Part VI Future directions in expatriate research -- 23. Biculturals, monoculturals, and adult third culture kids : individual differences in identities and outcomes / Kathrin J. Hanek -- 24. global families / Min Wan, Romila Singh and Margaret A. Shaffer -- 25. Publishing research on expatriates : advice for PhD. candidates and early career researchers / Jan Selmer and Yvonne McNulty -- Index
    Abstract: Constituting a comprehensive and carefully designed collection of contributions, the Research Handbook of Expatriates provides a nuanced and up-to-date discussion of expatriates. Theoretically broad and groundbreaking, it offers important and contemporary insights into emerging areas of research warranting future consideration. Drawing upon a range of perspectives from the field's most distinguished academics, contributions review the history of the literature in relation to expatriates, from the development of the expatriate construct through to the current state of research on business expatriates. Subsequent chapters progress into detailed examinations of the various types of business expatriates including LGBT, self-initiated expatriates, female assignees, inpatriates, international business travellers and commuters, and millennials. Other themes include expatriate performance, adjustment, expatriates to and from developing countries, global talent management, and expatriates' safety and security. The Research Handbook also covers expatriates in diverse communities such as education, military, missionary, sports and 'Aidland', and provides additional commentaries relating to methodological issues, research with practitioners, case studies, biculturals and ATCKs, and global families. The Research Handbook concludes with publishing advice for PhD and early career researchers. Stimulating insightful new areas of study, this collection is a must read for academics and scholars in the field of expatriate research, international management, global human resource management and business administration. It also offer a wealth of guidance for executives and recruiters along with expatriates and professionals who may expatriate
    Note: Contributors: M. Andresen, C. Brewster, L. Care, J.-L. Cerdin, L. Clarke, D. Collings, M. Collins, M. Crowley-Henry, A. Corbin, M. Dickmann, H. Dolles, R. Donohue, B. Egilsson, A. Fee, K.L. Fisher, K.J. Hanek, A. Haslberger, T. Hippler, K. Hutchings, M. Isichei, J. Lauring, L. Mäkelä, Y. McNulty, R. McPhail, S. Michailova, M. Moeller, B. Oberholster, B.J. Punnett, B.S. Reiche, J. Richardson, K. Saarenpää, J. Selmer, M. Shaffer, R. Singh, P. Tharenou, J.-L. Trembath, M. Wan
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786439987
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (168 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in international business series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Pearce, Robert, 1943 - The development of international business
    RVK:
    Keywords: Internationale Geschäftsbeziehungen ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Auslandsinvestition ; Theorie der Unternehmung ; International business enterprises History 20th century ; International trade ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftsforschung ; Multinationales Unternehmen
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Multinationals: -- in theory and practice -- 2. From FDI to the MNE: -- Hymer and the roots of ownership advantage -- 3. From innovation to internationalisation: the product cycle model -- 4. From multi-domestic hierarchy to network hierarchy -- 5. Trade and FDI revisited: -- the role of location -- 6. Internalisation: ownership advantage as an intermediate good -- 7. The knowledge-seeking transition: -- decentralising innovation and R&D -- 8. Multinationals from emerging economies: a new challenge of practice to theory -- 9. Evaluating the multinationals: -- a coda -- Index.
    Abstract: The Development of International Business offers an extensive understanding of contemporary international business through detailed, engaging discussion of the development of the multinational enterprise (MNE) over the past half-century. By providing an analytically informed basis for understanding MNEs, two parallel strands of analysis in International Business (IB) are reviewed: the 'theoretical' and the 'practical'. Firstly, Robert Pearce identifies how the practical restructuring of the MNE as an organisational form has responded to changes in the wider global economy and how this evolution has interacted with the enrichment of theory on the topic. Secondly, by tracing the persisting dynamics of the MNE's structure and strategic positioning, he demonstrates the use of these systems and how they can help to understand and organise the future evolution of not only MNEs but of international business as a whole. Highly accessible with an informed overview of the entire IB subject area, The Development of International Business is an essential text for students and academics of business, management, economics and development. More generally, business leaders, economists and politicians will value the exceptional insight into the progression of international business and its future
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    ISBN: 9781785364181
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (656 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Franchises (Retail trade) ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: in memoriam by Patrick Kaufmann -- Foreward by Francine Lafontaine -- 1. Research contributions to understanding franchising / Frank Hoy, Rozenn Perrigot and Andrew Terry -- Part I Entrepreneurship -- 2. Managing entrepreneurial tensions in franchise systems / Anna Watson and Lola Dada -- 3. Implications of family firms in franchising / Dianne H.B. Welsh and Frank Hoy -- 4. Autonomy in franchising / Odile Streed and Gérard Cliquet -- Part II -- Organizational Forms -- 5. A multi-national investigation of dual distribution structures in franchising / Brinja Meiseberg and Thomas Ehrmann -- 6. Exploring the growth of multi-unit franchising / Benjamin Lawrence, Cyril Pietrafesa and Patrick J. Kaufmann -- 7. The relationship between initial and ongoing fees in franchising: a meta-analysis / Farhad Sadeh and Manish Kacker -- Part III regulation -- 8. Franchising hard law and soft law / Robert W. Emerson -- 9. The obligation of good faith and its role in franchise regulation / Andrew Terry, Cary Di Lernia and Rozenn Perrigot -- Part IV Franchisor/franchisee relationships -- 10. Understanding antecedents of franchisee trust / Evelien Croonen -- 11. Franchisor-franchisee relationships / Lorelle Frazer and Anthony Grace -- 12. Knowledge transfer in franchising / Nina Gorovaia -- Part V marketing -- 13. Resale price maintenance in franchising: market coverage, company-owned stores, and retailer-dependence / Robert Stassen -- 14. E-commerce opportunities and challenges for franchise chains / Rozenn Perrigot, Guy Basset and Gérard Cliquet -- Part VI Internationalization -- 15. International franchising: optimal market selection / E. Hachemi Aliouche -- 16. Internationalization of franchise networks / Maria Jell-Ojobor and Josef Windsperger -- 17. Determinants of master international franchising / Maria Jell-Ojobor and Ilan Alon -- 18. International franchising: influences of environmental uncertainty and munificence on market entry timing / Melih Madanoglu and Gary J. Castrogiovanni -- Part VII Performance -- 19. Performance in franchising networks / Magali Chaudey and Muriel Fadairo -- 20. Retail network organizational design and financial performance / Karine Picot-Coupey, Jean-Laurent Viviani and Paul Amadieu -- Part VIII Emerging Markets -- 21. Franchising in Southeast Asia: prerequisites, progress and prospects / Andrew Terry and Marko Grünhagen -- 22. Franchising in Latin America / Muriel Fadairo and Cintya Lanchimba -- 23. An exploration of franchising in Africa / Rozenn Perrigot -- 24. The entrepreneur-franchisor in an emerging economy / Audhesh Paswan, María de los Dolores Santarriaga Pineda and Francisco Carlos Soto Ramirez -- Part IX Social Franchising -- 25. An introduction to social franchising / Anita Du Toit -- 26. The social franchise model: a systems approach of the dynamics of institutions and embeddedness in social franchise formation / Fiori A. Zafeiropoulou -- Index.
    Abstract: Franchising is one of the major engines of business expansion and job creation globally. The Handbook of Research on Franchising contains original work by leading franchise scholars from around the world who offer new insights into entrepreneurial behavior, organizational forms, regulation, internationalization and other contemporary issues relating to this dynamic business strategy. The book will provide readers with a base of knowledge about the entrepreneurial opportunities and behaviors of franchisors and franchisees as well as explore the forms that franchise organizations may take, the regulation of franchise companies, how franchisors and franchisees relate to one another, the development of the franchise model, franchising in emerging markets, social franchising and more. It introduces theory and sets the agenda for future research and adds to education and practice. Practitioners will benefit from the high quality scientific research, and scholars will find exciting opportunities for contributing to the body of knowledge on a subject that has not received sufficient attention. The research contained in this book will also be of value to franchisors, franchisees, service providers and government regulators
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785368714
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in leadership studies
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Leadership in women ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- Part I Indian women leaders -- Part I Introduction: The Indian context -- 1. Jeroo Billimoria: Social entrepreneur -- 2. Astrid Lobo Gajiwala, Ph.D.: Head, Tata Memorial Hospital Tissue Bank -- 3. Corinne Kumar: International coordinator and founder, world courts of women -- 4. Sharma Sujata, Ph.D.: Director, Tapan Rehabilitation Society -- Part II Japanese women leaders -- Part II Introduction: The Japanese context -- 5. Hisa Anan: Independent Director, Megmilk Snow Brand Co. Ltd -- 6. Nobuko Hiwasa: Retired Independent Director, Megmilk Snow Brand Co., Ltd. -- 7. Yukako Kurose: General Manager, CSR Planning Office, Teijin Ltd -- 8. Ryoko Nagata: Senior Vice President, Japan Tobacco Inc -- 9. Mieko Yoshida: retired Executive Officer and General Manager of Quality Assurance Department, R&D and Quality Assurance Division, Nisshin Seifun Group Inc -- Part III Jordanian women leaders -- Part III Introduction: The Jordanian context -- 10. Jumana Ghunaimat: Editor-in-Chief, Al Ghad Newspaper -- 11. Reem Abu Hassan, JD: Attorney at Law -- 12. Nadia Shamroukh: Chairwoman, Jordanian Women's Union -- Part IV United Kingdom women leaders -- Part IV Introduction: The United Kingdom context -- 13. Terrie Alafat, CBE: Chief Executive, Chartered Institute of Housing -- 14. Claire Jenkins: Non-Executive Director, Sports Direct International plc -- 15. Francesca Raleigh O'Connell: Founder, SculptureLondon -- 16. Professor Catherine Peckham, CBE, MD, FMedSci: Professor of Paediatric Epidemiology, University College London -- Conclusion -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: Global Women Leaders showcases narratives of women in business, nonprofit organizations and the public sector who have achieved leadership positions despite cultural obstacles and gender bias. Featuring leaders from India, Japan, Jordan and the United Kingdom, the book examines how these women have overcome challenges and served as role models in their professions. Regina Wentzel Wolfe and Patricia H. Werhane present stories of these women leaders within their unique cultural contexts. Standout features include models of feminist leadership behaviors and interrogations of the dominant paradigm of male leadership. Challenges for women in the workplace, systems thinking and various female leadership styles are also explored. The successes of the leaders featured in this book will be of interest to those in public, private and nonprofit sector organizations as well as academics and students teaching and studying feminist leadership, MBA students and entrepreneurs
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785369919
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar field guides
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Field guide to leadership development
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Leadership ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Preparing for the feast: the leadership development field guide -- Part I -- Relational based approaches -- 2. A practice-based approach to developing ethically responsible leaders / Donna Ladkin -- 3. COllegiate leadership competition: an opportunity for deliberate practice on the road to expertise / Scott Allen -- 4. Going for GOLD: leadership development through a quasi-non-executive board in the SME context / Stewart Barnes, Sue Smith and Steve Kempster: -- Part II -- Narrative-based approaches -- 5. Learning to lead: biographical inquiry through Goolsby Interviews / James Campbell Quick, Keri DeCay, Navadha Modha, and John L. Goolsby: -- 6. Leadership development using the poetic voice of care ethics / Andrew Armitage -- 7. Using Greek Mythology in leadership development - the role of archetypes for self-reflection / Doris Schedlitzki, Carol Jarvis and Janice MacInnes -- 8. Tents': constructing a narrative of leadership learning / Steve Kempster -- Part III -- Artefact based approaches -- 9. Leadership artefacts: a process of storytelling within newly formed groups. / Emma Watton and Phillipa Chapman -- 10. Leadership development through videography / Jon Billsberry -- 11. Multi-ethnic, contemporary and historical puppets / Arthur Turner -- 12. Seeing beyond the usual - the social photo matrix as an experiential method of leadership development / Wadii Serhane, Sigrid Endres and Jürgen Weibler -- Part IV -- Place-based approaches -- 13. Developing the practice of framing...softly, softly catchee monkey / Fiona Kennedy and Ralph Bathurst -- Part V -- Reflections on practice -- 14. Facing the monsters: embracing liminality in leadership development / Beverley Hawkins and Gareth Edwards -- 15. Leadership exchange: contextualised learning about how leadership is accomplished and personalised leadership development / Jonathan Gosling and Simon Western -- 16. Walking with wordsworth: exploring leadership as purpose through the prelude / Steve Kempster and Simon Bainbridge -- 17. Taking action on the grand leadership challenges: 'collaboratory' as leadership development / Steve Kempster, Mary Uhl-Bien and Eric Guthey -- Index.
    Abstract: This Field Guide offers a rich variety of academic approaches to facilitate leadership development in adults. It is an invaluable resource, giving insightful worked examples linked to theory and reflective commentary. The extensive experiences of world leading exponents of leadership development are distilled into practical application for immediate use. The Editors have selected a diverse range of approaches to leadership development which demonstrate the broad platform of techniques and methods that enable leadership in individuals and organisations to flourish. This Field Guide is embedded in theoretical and academic ideas but still provides accessible and comprehensive knowledge to development teams. Key points at the end of each chapter help the reader to adopt or translate the approaches for their own organisation and industrial context. This Field Guide will be an invaluable resource for human resource specialists, learning facilitators and trainers, and faculty heads. It will also appeal to leadership academics and postgraduate students, such as Masters students in business and psychology, and those focusing on careers in human resources and education
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786435781
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Climatic changes Law and legislation ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction / A. Averchenkova, S. Fankhauser and M. Nachmany -- Part I -- How climate change legislation comes about -- 2. The national and international drivers of climate change legislation / A. Clare, S. Fankhauser and C. Gennaioli -- 3. Climate change legislation and policy in China, the European Union and the United States / I. Neuweg and A. Averchenkova -- 4. Climate legislation in the least developing countries / M. Nachmany, A. Abeysinghe and S. Barakat -- Part II -- What climate change legislation should contain -- 5. The normative foundations of climate legislation / F. Green -- 6. Institutional aspects of climate legislation / A. Averchenkova and M. Nachmany -- 7. Good practice in low-carbon policy / A. Bowen and S. Fankhauser -- Part III -- Climate change legislation in the wider context -- 8. Climate policy at the sub-national level / I. Galarraga, E. Sainz de Murieta and Joan França -- 9. Regulating climate change in the courts / J. Setzer and M. Bangalore -- 10. Climate legislation and international commitments / A. Averchenkova and S. Matikainen -- Index.
    Abstract: A deepening understanding of the importance of climate change has caused a recent and rapid increase in the number of climate change or climate-related laws. Trends in Climate Change Legislation offers an astute analysis of the political, institutional and economic factors that have motivated this surge, placing it into context. By focusing the analysis on both developed and developing countries, the contributors offer an extensive exploration of climate change legislation, and how it has been enacted on a global scale. Vitally, they make the link between the international commitments under the Paris Agreement and their delivery at national level. Concluding that strong climate legislation is essential to give credibility to the pledges that countries made in Paris, this book identifies the key provisions that good climate laws should contain, and addresses factors that influence the passing of climate laws. This stimulating and informative book will be of particular interest to parliamentarians, policy makers and lawyers involved in areas of climate policy and environmental law. It will also appeal to students and researchers with an interest in climate change legislation
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784715465
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on leadership and creativity
    DDC: 303.3/4
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Kreativität ; Kreativitätstechnik ; Leadership Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Führungskraft ; Kreativität ; Innovation
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Leading for creativity: functions, models, and domains / Michael D. Mumford, Sven Hemlin, and Tyler J. Mulhearn -- Functions -- 2. Leader planning skills and creative performance: integrating past, present, and future / Michael D. Mumford, Logan M. Steele, Tyler J. Mulhearn, Tristan McIntosh, and Logan L. Watts -- 3. Creativity, complexity, and organizational learning: implications for leadership and governance / Robert K. Kazanjian -- 4. How can we advise Achilles? A rehabilitation of the concept of the champion for leadership / Steven E. Markham and Janice Witt Smith -- 5. Leader idea evaluation and follower creativity: challenges, constraints, and capabilities / Logan L. Watts, Tyler J. Mulhearn, E. Michelle Todd, and Michael D. Mumford / 6. Intrinsic motivation and creativity: opening up a black box / Logan M. Steele, Tristan McIntosh, and Cory Higgs -- 7. Leadership's role in creative climate creation / Scott G. Isaksen -- 8. Leading for creativity: how leaders manage creative teams / Roni Reiter-Palmon and Ryan P. Royston -- 9. The social footprint of champions and promoters as creative leaders in innovating and executing / Jan Kratzer and Ingo Michelfelder -- Models -- 10. Leader structure and consideration for innovation / Gina Scott Ligon and Douglas C. Derrick -- 11. Do leaders matter in the long run? A longitudinal study of the importance of LMX and LMX balance for followers' creative performance in research groups / Cajsa Lisa Katniss Olsson -- 12. Transformational leadership and follower creativity: a review of underlying mechanism and boundary conditions / Kathrin Rosing -- 13. Relational leadership and creativity: the effects of respectful engagement and caring on meaningfulness and creative work involvement / John Paul Stevens and Abraham Carmeli -- 14. Collective leadership as a facilitator of innovation / Tamara L. Friedrich and Mingdong (Pauline) Zhong -- 15. All roads lead to Rome: navigating the creative process using the CIP model of leadership / Jeffrey B. Lovelace, Brett H. Neely, Bradley S. Jayne, and Samuel T. Hunter -- 16. Creativity in organizations: the intersectionality of roles, levels of analysis, and types of creativity / Kimberly S. Jaussi -- Domains -- 17. Creative leadership among executives and managers / Gerard Puccio, Marie Mance, and Selcuk Acar -- 18. Leadership and creativity in business / Daan van Knippenberg -- 19. Leadership and creativity capacity in military contexts / Shane Connelly and Stephen J. Zaccaro -- 20. Academic leadership: embracing uncertainty and diversity by building communication and trust / Li Bennich-Björkman -- 21. Creative leadership in the marketing arena / Jeffrey B. Schmidt and Logan L. Watts -- 22. Aesthetic leadership in the arts / Arja Ropo, Donatella De Paoli and Ralph Bathurst -- 23. Creativity stimulating leadership in R&D groups / Sven Hemlin and Cajsa Lisa Katniss Olsson -- Index
    Abstract: The rapid pace of technological change and globalization of products, competition and services have conspired to place a new premium on innovation for firms across the world. Although many variables influence creativity and innovation, the effective leadership of creative teams has proved especially important. This timely Handbook presents the state of the art for what leaders must do to lead creative teams and how they should do it. Handbook of Research on Leadership and Creativity is divided into three major sections. The first section on leadership functions identifies key activities that must be executed by leaders if creative efforts are to prove successful. The next section explains creative leadership using available theoretical models, examining the effects of leader behaviors on follower creativity. The final section investigates specific domains where organizations seek creativity. It covers the creative domains of research and development as well as military and academia, which have not traditionally been viewed as domains where creative leadership is critical. This comprehensive Handbook makes a significant contribution to the literature on creativity and innovation and will be welcomed as an accessible yet authoritative text by students, teachers and researchers alike
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    ISBN: 9781784711214
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Corporate power Political aspects ; Corporations Political activity ; Corporations Political aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: Political affairs in the global domain / Christina Garsten and Adrienne Sörbom. -- 1. Building an architecture for political influence: Atlas and the transnational institutionalization of the neoliberal think tank / Marie Laure Djelic -- 2. Global policy bricolage: the role of business in the World Economic Forum / Christina Garsten and Adrienne Sörbom -- 3. Policy making as collective bricolage: the role of the electricity sector in the European carbon market / Mélodie Cartel, Eva Boxenbaum, Franck Aggeri and Jean-Yves Caneill -- 4. Lobbying in practice: an ethnographic field study of public affairs consultancy / Anna Tyllström -- 5. Firms' political strategies in a new public/private environment: the Boeing case / Hervé Dumez and Alain Jeunemaître -- 6. Corporate advocacy in the internet domain: shaping policy through data visualizations? / Mikkel Flyverbom -- 7. Talking like an institution: on the gentle voices of financial giants / Anette Nyqvist -- 8. Exploring corporations' activism: predatory modus operandi and its effects on institutional field dynamics / Mar Perezts, Xavier Philippe, Sebastien Picard and Véronique Steyer -- 9. Political chocolate: branding it fairtrade / Renita Thedvall -- 10. Competitive and self-destructive market actors / Bo Rothstein -- Reflections: Leaving Flatland? Planar discourses and the search for the G-axis. / David A. Westbrook -- Index.
    Abstract: Power, Policy and Profit investigates the many ways in which corporate actors attempt to influence political activities. Through the intensified globalization of markets, the restructuring of welfare services and the accumulation of private capital, opportunities for corporate influence in politics affairs are shown to have multiplied. Bringing together different fields of global governance studies, this book addresses the rising political influence of corporate actors both nationally and internationally. Corporate influence on policy is now commonplace through lobbying, advocacy and campaign contributions; funding analysis and research; creating or adopting standards for social responsibility and shaping transparency guidelines. Key chapters show how corporations can now have leverage in broad political affairs: an activity central to the organization of markets. Power, Policy and Profit will be of great interest to students and academics of business and management, politics and governance studies. Policy professionals will find this a timely read on the complexities of corporate engagement in politics and governance
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781781006696
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Winter, Richard Philip Managing academics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Hochschulmanagement ; Großbritannien ; Australien ; Universities and colleges Administration ; Australien ; Großbritannien ; Hochschulmanagement ; Electronic books ; Hochschulbildung ; Management ; Hochschullehrer
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Part I: Managing academics -- 1. Managing academics -- 2. Academic work and identity -- 3. A question of perspective -- Part II: Key perspectives -- 4. Managerialism -- 5. Professionalism -- 6. Quality of worklife -- 7. Prosocial identity -- Part III: Perspective taking -- 8. Hybrid challenges -- 9. Perspective taking -- Bibliography -- Index
    Abstract: Managing Academics offers contrasting perspectives of managing others in order to provoke alternative interpretations of academic work, identity, working relationships and scholarship outcomes in higher education institutions (HEIs). The author leverages a novel analytical-empirical approach to challenge the notion that managing others is a unitary, values-free process. This approach raises awareness of managing as a social process in which personal values and identity questions are treated as issues of importance to the manager and managed. Studies of academic values such as identity, professionalism and quality of worklife are integrated with authority, commitment and client-community service concepts developed within the disciplines of psychology and management in a multiple perspectives model. To enable different types of academic work to be valued and enacted simultaneously in HEIs, chapters on hybridity and perspective taking are presented. This innovative book is essential reading for academic managers in universities and colleges. It will also be of great value to academics and research students in business, management and higher education studies, and indeed anyone with an interest in the process of managing professionals
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785363269
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (544 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Employee health promotion ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction: why well-being matters -- 1. Work and well-being / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. The many "faces" of well-being / Thomas A. Wright, Kyle J. Emich and Dorothy Klotz -- 3. Job demands in a changing world / Bettine Kubicek and Christian Korunka -- 4. Models in work and health research: the JDC(S) and JD-R frameworks / Toon Taris -- Part II: Work and well-being: the bad news -- 5. Burnout and well-being / Adam Pervez and Jonathon Halbesleben -- 6. Job insecurity: implications for employee well-being -- Tahira M. Probst and Lindsey M. Lavaysse -- 7. Precarious employment: what it means for workers and their families / Wayne Lewchuk and Michelynn Lafleche -- Part III: An analysis of work and health in some occupations -- 8. Well-being of farmers and miners: a study on the occupational and safety risks of these vulnerable populations / Jinky Leilanie del Prado-Lu -- 9. Work and wellbeing in the construction industry / Helen Lingard and Michelle Turner -- 10. Stress in policing: sources, consequences and interventions / Ronald J. Burke -- 11. Workplace mental health in the veterinary sector strategies for veterinary organizations / Kathryn M. Page, N.J. Reavley, A.J. Milner, J. Weston, C.E. Thomson and A.D. Lamontagne -- Part IV: Work and well-being: the good news. -- 12. Leadership and employee well-being / Sophie Vincent-Hoper, Friederike Hull, Sabine Gregersen and Albert Nienhaus -- 13. Work engagement and employee well-being / Paul Fairlie -- 14. Gratitude: an antidote to work stress. / Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and Barbara L. Ahrens -- 15. Developing psychological capital to boost work performance and wellbeing. / Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and Jeff Dahms -- 16. A safe workplace environment. / Sharon Clarke -- 17. Work-family enrichment: a literature review / Valerie J. Morganson and Holly C.Atkinson -- 18. Finding the balance: initiatives to promote work-life balance / Arla Day and Nikola Hartling -- Part V: Interventions addressing the work-well-being relationship -- 19. The global workplace and the new work hazards: what are the necessary responses at the national and firm levels? / Jinky Leilanie del Pradu-Lu -- 20. Leadership -- Interventions to improve well-being / E. Kevin Kelloway and Jennifer K. Dimoff -- 21. Mindfulness at work / Kathleen A. Moore -- 22. Corporate wellness programs: do they increase employee well-being? / Astrid M. Richardsen -- 23. Psychologically healthy workplace practices and employee well-being. / David W. Ballard and Matthew J. Grawitch -- Index.
    Abstract: Almost every person works at some point in their lives. The Research Handbook on Work and Well-Being examines the association of particular work experiences with employee and organizational health and performance. Ronald J. Burke and Kathryn M. Page bring together an impressive collection of contributions where well-being is considered an umbrella term for happiness, satisfaction, flow, engagement, commitment and organizational identification, among other concepts. Chapters describe successful organizational efforts to achieve high levels of employee well-being and creating psychologically healthy workplaces. They cover topics such as transformational leadership, organizational support, training and development and supportive work-family policies and programs. Acknowledging that work experiences and conditions can also contribute to dissatisfaction, insecurity, illness, injuries and even death, they also examine negative work experiences and conditions such as abusive supervision, occupational stress, little control and insecurity. Practical and engaging, this Handbook will appeal to academics and students interested in work and health. Containing the latest research evidence, it will also offer valuable insights to human resource managers, organizational wellness managers and occupational health practitioners
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: B.L. Ahrens, H.C. Atkinson, D.W. Ballard, T.M. Brobst, R.J. Burke S. Clarke, J.P. Dahms, A. Day, J.K. Dimoff, K.J. Emich, P. Fairlie, M.J. Grawitch, S. Gregersen, J. Halbesleben, N. Hartling, F. Hull, E.K. Kelloway, D. Klotz, C. Korunka, B. Kubicek, M. Lafleche, T. LaMontagne, L.M. Lavaysse, W. Lewchuk, H. Lingard, J. Leilanie Del Prado Lu, A. Milner, K. Moore, V.J. Morganson, A. Nienhaus, K. Page, A. Pervez, N. Reavley, A.M. Richardsen, T.Taris, C. Thomson, M. Turner, S. Vincent-Hoper, J. Weston, T.A. Wright, C.M. Youssef-Morgan
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786436337
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (160 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Employees Abuse of ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. Emotion, its function and emancipation from social control -- 3. Emancipation from emotional repression through emotion regulation -- 4. Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: Emotion is often used by organizations to manipulate and repress workers. However, this repression can have adverse psychological and social consequences for them. This book articulates the pathways through which this repression occurs, and offers emotion regulation as a tool for workers to emancipate themselves from this repression and social control. Bringing together the largely unconnected literatures on critical theory and emotion regulation, this book articulates two pathways to social control currently underexplored in management: one where the social functions of emotion are exploited, and one where discussions about emotion override its social function. The author illustrates the processes through which workers can start to 'see through' the repression, and enlist emotion regulation strategies to emancipate themselves from it. These strategies may work in the short to medium term but, in the long term, workers may eventually change jobs. If staff turnover becomes unsustainable, the organization can seek to change the social structures causing the repression of workers in the first place. Combining fresh theoretical insights with practically informed vignettes, this book will appeal to academics and students across many social science disciplines, including business studies, organization studies, cognitive change, sociology and psychology. Both practising managers and disenchanted workers will also find this an enlightening read
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781783478293
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Young, Dennis R., 1943 - Financing nonprofits and other social enterprises
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensfinanzierung ; Nonprofit-Organisation ; Sozialwirtschaft ; Nonprofit organizations Finance ; Electronic books ; Nonprofit-Bereich ; Finanzierung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword by Bill Bolling -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Cross-currents in SPO finance -- 3. Benefits theory -- 4. The nature of benefits and their financing -- 5. Fee-reliant SPOs -- 6. Contributions-reliant spos -- 7. Government-reliant SPOs -- 8. Investment income-reliant SPOs -- 9. Mixed income strategies -- 10. Capital financing -- 11. Income portfolios -- 12. Benefits thinking : ideas and tools for practice -- Index.
    Abstract: Benefits theory connects an organization's mission, the public and private benefits it produces, and the societal groups that it benefits, to an appropriate income mix. This book applies benefits theory to the financing of nonprofit and other social purpose organizations to guide managers and leaders towards finding the best mix of income sources for their organizations, to help educate future managers about resource development and to stimulate additional research on the financing of nonprofits and other forms of social enterprise. Individual chapters are devoted to organizations primarily reliant on earned income, gifts, government support and investment income, respectively, as well as to organizations that are well diversified in their sources of operating support. Each type of income, as well as mixed income portfolios are analyzed in depth. Detailed case studies of contemporary social purpose organizations are discussed throughout the book, and templates are provided to help leaders apply benefits theory to analyze the income opportunities and portfolios of their own organizations. Comprehensive and practitioner-friendly, this book is suitable not only for teaching graduate and undergraduate students in non-profit management, social enterprise, public administration and business management, but also for informing practicing managers, teachers and researchers, and funders of social purpose organizations
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364969
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Sandwich generation ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction and context -- 1. The sandwich generation: individual, family, organizational and societal -- Challenges and opportunities / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. Challenges faced by sandwiched caregivers / Shelley I. White-Means -- 3. Intergenerational relations in later life families. / Nancy Mandell and Ann H. Kim -- Part II: Taking care of caregivers -- 4. Supporting the caregiver in dementia / Sheilla M. Loboprabhu and Victor A. Molinari -- 5. Resource effects in the caregiving process / Claire E. Greaves, Stacey L. Parker, Hannes Zacher and Nerina L Jmmieson -- Part III: The important role of organizations -- 6. Caregiving and organizational support. / Hannes Zacher, Cort W. Rudolph and Claudia Reinicke -- 7. The effect of work hours and workplace policies on sandwiched caregivers / Jennifer Reid Keene, Takashi Yamashita and Anastasia H. Prokos -- Part IV: Policy context -- 8. National context and employer-driven work-life policies / Ariane Ollier-Malterre -- 9. Residential segregation and heath of African Americans: challenges for the future / Aparna Mitra -- 10. Missing mature age women in Australia's aged care sector / Siobhan Austen, Rhonda Sharp, Therese Jefferson and Rachel Ong -- 11. Childcare and eldercare policies in Sweden / Petra Ulmanen -- 12. What to expect when the unexpected happens: becoming a caregiver / Lisa Calvano -- Index.
    Abstract: Rising life expectancy has led to the growth of the 'Sandwich Generation' - men and women who are caregivers to their children of varying ages as well as for one or both parents whilst still managing their own household and work responsibilities. This book considers both the strains and benefits of this position. Tackling a myriad of issues such as gender, parents and parents-in-law, ethnic differences, residential status, and developing changes in the caregiving relationship such as Alzheimer's or dementia, this book highlights the complexities of the caregiving relationship. Key chapters also address potential benefits including improved relationships, skill set development and generously giving to another. Expert contributors use examples to illustrate the need for organizations to address increases in caregiving among their employees and develop supportive policies and initiatives. They further show that there is a need at the country level to integrate employees, communities, employers, businesses and levels of government to deal with this increasing trend. This timely book will prove an indispensible reference for academics and students interested in the sandwich generation, caregiving and health. Its practical approach will also benefit human resource management professionals, managers dealing with sandwiched employees and health administrators at various levels of government
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: R. Attieh, S. Austen, R. Burke, L. Calvano, C.E. Greaves, T. Jefferson, N.L. Jimmieson, A.H. Kim, S. LoboPrabhu, N. Mandell, A. Mitra, V. Molinari, A. Ollier-Malterre, R. Ong, S.L. Parker, A.H. Prokos, J. Reid Keene, C. Reinicke, C.W. Rudolph, R. Sharp, P. Ulmanen, S.I. White Means, T. Yamashita, H. Zacher
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    ISBN: 9781785367533
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Contextualizing entrepreneurship in emerging economies and developing countries
    DDC: 658.421
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Schwellenländer ; Entwicklungsländer ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Schwellenländer ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Contextualizing entrepreneurship in-between emerging economies and developing countries / Marcela Ramírez-Pasillas, Ethel Brundin and Magdalena Markowska -- Part I: Contextualizing the top-down driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 2. The political economy of indigenous ethnic entrepreneurship: the Ethiopian experience / Hussien Yimam -- 3. Who is really an ethnic minority? the puzzling paradox of conceptualization of ethnic entrepreneurship / Hussien Yimam -- 4. Women entrepreneurship in Rwanda: overcoming entrepreneurial stereotypes through government support / Jean Bosco Shema and Samuel Mutarindwa -- 5. The impact of the institutional context on women entrepreneurship in Ethiopia: breaking the cycle of poverty? / Hailemickael Deres Mekonnen and Joaquin Cestino -- 6. Contextualizing entrepreneurship as an antidote to institutional evangelizing: "diezmo" and informal contract commissions in Mexico / Edmundo Ramírez-Pasillas and Hans Lundberg -- 7. Contextualizing universities for new venture creation: the case of family business students of Tecnologico de Monterrey in Mexico / Fernando Sandoval-Arzaga, David Xotlanihua-González, Geraldina Silveyra and Maria Fonseca-Paredes -- 8. The discursive formation of 'seriousness' in the ship canal rat race between Panama, Mexico and Nicaragua / Hans Lundberg -- Part II: Contextualizing the bottom-up driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 9. Jugaar as entrepreneurial resourcefulness / Khizran Zehra -- 10. Contextualizing entrepreneurial networks in Ethiopia: the case of the Ekubs of the Gurage ethnic group / Yaschilal Shitaye Anely -- 11. Contextualizing crowdfunding in low income countries: the case of Pakistan / Nadia Arshad -- 12. Exploring antecedents for new venture creation in Ethiopia / Yikaalo Welu Kidanemariam -- 13. Contextualizing entrepreneurial opportunity creation as an outcome of social embeddedness / Demeke Chimdessa Gutu and Jebessa Teshome Bayissa -- 14. Exploring institutional entrepreneurship in developing countries - copreneurs in the tourism industry: a Bolivian case / Maria José Parada and Alexandra Dawson -- 15. The interplay between the context and family business continuity in developing countries / Pierre Sindambiwe -- 16. Entrepreneurship in family businesses in Ethiopia / Ermias Werkilul Asfaw -- Part III: Contextualizing hybrid driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 17. Placing the Ugandan entrepreneurship paradox in context / Peter Rosa and Waswa Balunywa -- 18. Barranquilla's carnival: the place where identity meets societal entrepreneurship / Erika Arévalo -- 19. New firms' survival in Rwanda: an analysis of institutional and social contexts / Samuel Kamugisha -- 20. Daring to be different: a case of entrepreneurial stewardship in a Guatemalan family's coffee farm / Marcos Vega Solano and Allan Discua Cruz -- 21. Financial performance of family versus non-family firms in the context of an economy in turmoil: a market from 'developed' to 'emerging' / Diogenis Baboukardos and Naveed Akhter -- 22. A literature review on mixed-embeddedness for immigrant entrepreneurship: lessons for developing countries / Asres Abitie Kebede -- 23. Influences of immigrants from emerging economies and developing countries on immigrant entrepreneurship in Sweden / Quang evansluong -- 24. Epilogue - multiple embeddedness for entrepreneurship / Rodrigo Basco -- Index.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship in emerging economies and developing countries presents us with a unique set of working attitudes, modes of thinking, social practices and processes. This book explores these characteristics, focusing on the conceptualization of entrepreneurship 'in-between'. It highlights top-down, bottom-up and hybrid initiatives as well as driving forces for entrepreneurial activities, presenting the diversity, nuances and multiplicity of facets of relevant but unexplored contexts that we need in order to expand our dominant and traditional understandings of entrepreneurship. This book examines entrepreneurship as a contextualized phenomenon from different theoretical and empirical perspectives, gathering a group of researchers with different nationalities, backgrounds and contexts to shed light on how societies with alternative paths of development trigger different entrepreneurial activities and practices. It covers geographical contexts from five continents in a novel and multifaceted analysis. Including case studies, literature reviews and discourse analysis, this book will be a valuable resource for academics and PhD students as well as programme directors in entrepreneurship, development studies and economic geography, and policymakers working with local and regional development and entrepreneurship
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: N. Akhter, E. Arévalo, D. Baboukardos, W. Balunywa, R. Basco, E. Brundin, J. Cestino, D. Chimdessa Gutu, A. Dawson, H. Deres Mekonnen, A. Discua Cruz, Q. Evansluong, M. Fonseca-Paredes, S. Kamugisha, A.A. Kebede, H. Lundberg, M. Markowska, S. Mutarindwa, M.J. Parada, E. Ramírez Pasillas, M. Ramirez Pasillas, P. Rosa, F. Sandoval-Arzaga, J.B. Shema, Y. Shitaye Anely, G. Silveyra, P. Sindambiwe, J. Teshome Bayissa, M. Vega Solano, Y. Welu Kidanemariam, E. Werkilul Asfaw, D.S. Xotlanihua-González, H. Yimam, K. Zehra
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783476527
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Women in science ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: setting the scene -- 2. Positioning women in their place -- 3. Subtle masculinities at work -- 4. Secret careers -- 5. Creative genius in science -- 6. Motherhood -- 7. Concluding remarks and recommendations -- Index.
    Abstract: More women are studying science at university and they consistently outperform men. Yet, still, significantly fewer women than men hold prestigious jobs in science. Why should this occur? What prevents women from achieving as highly as men in science? And why are so few women positioned as 'creative genius' research scientists? Drawing upon the views of 47 (female and male) scientists, Bevan and Gatrell explore why women are less likely than men to become eminent in their profession. They observe three mechanisms which perpetuate women's lowered 'place' in science: subtle masculinities (whereby certain forms of masculinity are valued over womanhood); (m)otherhood (in which women's potential for maternity positions them as 'other'), and the image of creative genius which is associated with male bodies, excluding women from research roles
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785363719
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial identity
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Identity theory ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Entrepreneurial identity : professional virtues moderate attraction and persistence / Thomas N. Duening -- 2. The entrepreneur in the age of discursive reproduction : whence comes entrepreneurial identity? / Rebecca Gill -- 3. Visualizing Bill Gates and Richard Branson as comic book heroes : an examination of the role of cartoon and caricature in the parodization of the entrepreneurial persona / Robert Smith and David Boje -- 4. Entrepreneurial identity and motivation / Blake Mathias -- 5. Learning to become entrepreneurial : fostering entrepreneurial identity & habits / Karen Williams-Middleton and Anne Donnellon -- 6. Teaching the aspiring entrepreneur / Matthew L. Metzger -- Index.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is an academic discipline that, despite decades of growth in research and teaching activity lacks a traditionally distinct or common pedagogy. In this book, editors Thomas N. Duening and Matthew L. Metzger explore entrepreneurial identity as a new basis upon which curricula can be constructed for aspiring entrepreneurs. Critically, this perspective is based on the insight that there is a fundamental difference between venture development and entrepreneur development. Unfortunately, most current interventions for aspiring entrepreneurs focus on the former at the expense of the latter. The editors have collected work from an international team of authors with diverse views on how identity theory applies to entrepreneur development. Chapters focus primarily on macro-level identity issues (that is, how do these entrepreneurial archetypes form, persist, and sometimes change) or micro-level identity issues (that is, how can educators and resource providers identify, communicate, and incentivize identity construction among aspiring entrepreneurs). This book provides a general theoretical background and offers numerous suggestions for application and further research. One example of this is the 'For Further Reading' feature at the end of each chapter which is perfect for assisting those who want to delve deeper into various topics. This essential resource will be of interest to researchers, resource providers and students alike
    Note: Contributors include: D. Boje, A. Donnellon, T.N. Duening, R. Gill, B. Mathias, M.L. Metzger, R. Smith, K. Williams-Middleton , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785364747
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gender and entrepreneurial activity
    DDC: 338/.04/081
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Geschlechterunterschiede ; Geschlechterdiskriminierung ; Entrepreneurship Sex differences ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Gender and entrepreneurial activity : an overview / Albert N. Link -- 2. The psychology of the entrepreneur and the gender gap in entrepreneurship / Olga Bentsson, Tino Sanandaji and Magnus Johannesson -- 3. Female immigrant entrepreneurship in Germany / David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann, and Katharine Wirsching -- 4. Gender and entrepreneurship : selected stylized propositions, a simple empirical illustration, and some comparisons / Rajeev K. Goel, Devrim Göktepe-Hultén, and Rati Ram -- 5. Apparel industry entrepreneurs and small business owners : exploring gender within a global context / Nancy Hodges, Kittichai Watchravesringkan, Miranda Williams, Jennifer Yurchisin, Elena Karpova, Sara Marcketti, Jane Hegland, and Ruoh-Man (Terry) Yan -- 6. Barriers to academic entrepreneurship among women : a review of the constituent literatures / Marla Parker, Christopher S. Hayter, Lauren Lynch, and Rasheeda Mohammed -- 7. Elucidating the process : why women patent less than men / Erin Leahey and Amelia Blume -- 8. Corruption and entrepreneurship : does gender matter? / Claudia Trentini and Malinka Koparanova -- 9. Gender differences and academic entrepreneurship : a study of scientists in the principal investigator role / James A. Cunningham, Paul O'Reilly, Brendan Dolan, Conor O'Kane, and Vincent Mangematin -- 10. Reducing the gender gap in angel investing : the rising tide program / Susan Coleman and Alicia Robb -- 11. Gender in entrepreneurial finance : matching investors and entrepreneurs in equity crowdfunding / Silvio Vismara, Davide Benaroio, and Federica Carne -- 12. Gender and institutional environments in stem fields entrepreneurship / Margaret E. Blume-Kohout -- Index.
    Abstract: There is growing interest in the relationship between gender and entrepreneurial activity. In this book, 37 eminent scholars from diverse academic disciplines contribute cutting-edge research that addresses, from a gender perspective, three general areas of importance: key characteristics of entrepreneurs, key performance attributes of entrepreneurial firms, and the role of financial capital in the establishment and growth of entrepreneurial firms. Each chapter focuses on original, burgeoning themes related to gender and entrepreneurship, with forward-looking research that highlights key findings. For example, some authors show how the so-called 'gender divide' in patenting is greater than in publishing for academic entrepreneurs. Others explore the corruption in business practices, which is less for women entrepreneurs than their male counterparts, and explain why gender diversity is higher in equity crowdfunding than in other entrepreneurial finance markets. The book takes a global approach, offering examples of entrepreneurs from around the world. Scholars and students interested in entrepreneurship and the role of gender in business will find this volume informative and eye opening
    Note: Contributors include: D.B. Audretsch, D. Benaroio, O. Bengtsson, A. Blume, M.E. Blume-Kohout, F. Carne, S. Coleman, J.A. Cunningham, B. Dolan, R.K. Goel, D. Göktepe-Hultén, C.S. Hayter, J. Hegland, N. Hodges, M. Johannesson, E. Karpova, M. Koparanova, E. Leahey, E.E. Lehmann, A.N. Link, L. Lynch, V. Mangematin, S. Marcketti, R. Mohammed, C. O'Kane, P. O'Reilly, M. Parker, R. Ram, A. Robb, T. Sanandaji, C. Trentini, S. Vismara, K. Watchravesringkan, M. Williams, K. Wirsching, R.-N. Yan, J. Yurchisin , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786432797
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Universities and the entrepreneurial ecosystem
    Keywords: Universitäre Forschung ; Forschungskooperation ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship Social aspects ; Business incubators ; Entrepreneurship ; University-based new business enterprises ; Electronic books ; Universität ; Investitionspolitik ; Wissens- und Technologietransfer
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / David B. Audretsch and Albert N. Link -- Part I -- University entrepreneurship -- 1. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2003), 'U.S. Science Parks: the diffusion of an innovation and its effects on the academic missions of universities', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 21 (9), November, 1323-56 -- 2. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2005), 'Opening the ivory tower's door: an analysis of the determinants of the formation of U.S. University spin-off companies', research policy, 34 (7), September, 1106-12 -- 3. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2006), 'U.S. University Research Parks', Journal of Productivity Analysis, 25 (1), April, 43-55 -- 4. T. Taylor Aldridge and David Audretsch (2011), 'The Bayh-Dole Act and scientist entrepreneurship', research policy, 40 (8), October, 1058-67 -- 5. T. Taylor Aldridge, David Audretsch, Sameeksha Desai and Venkata Nadella (2014), 'Scientist entrepreneurship across scientific fields', Journal of Technology Transfer, 39 (6), December, 819-35 -- Part II: University technology transfer -- 6. David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann and Susanne Warning (2005), 'University spillovers and new firm location', research policy, 34 (7), September, 1113-22 -- 7. Albert N. Link, Donald S. Siegel and Barry Bozeman (2007), 'An empirical analysis of the propensity of academics to engage in informal university technology transfer', industrial and corporate change, 16 (4), August, 641-55 -- 8. Ahmed Alshumaimri, Taylor Aldridge and David B. Audretsch (2010), 'The University Technology transfer revolution in Saudi Arabia', Journal of Technology Transfer, 35 (6), December, 585-96 -- Part III: Complementary nature of university-based research -- 9. Albert N. Link and John Rees (1990), 'Firm size, university based research, and the returns to R&D', Small Business Economics, 2 (1), March, 25-31 -- 10. Zoltan J. Acs, David B. Audretsch and Maryann P. Feldman (1992), 'Real effects of academic research: comment', American Economic Review, 82 (1), March, 363-7 -- 11. David B. Audretsch and Paula E. Stephan (1996), 'Company-scientist locational links: the case of biotechnology', American Economic Review, 86 (3), June, 641-52 -- 12. Dennis Patrick Leyden and Albert N. Link (2013), 'Knowledge spillovers, collective entrepreneurship, and economic growth: the role of universities', Small Business Economics, 41 (4), December, 797-817 -- Part IV: Universities as research partners -- 13. Bronwyn H. Hall, Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2003), 'Universities as research partners', Review of Economics and Statistics, 85 (2), May, 485-91 -- 14. David B. Audretsch, Dennis P. Leyden and Albert N. Link (2012), 'Universities as research oartners', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 21 (5-6), September, 529-45 -- 15. Marco Guerzoni, T. Taylor Aldridge, David B. Audretsch and Sameeksha Desai (2014), 'A new industry creation and originality: insight from the funding sources of university patents', Research Policy, 43 (10), December, 1697-707 -- Index.
    Abstract: This book brings together leading research and scholarship on one of the newest and most compelling forces of economic growth, dynamism and innovation - entrepreneurial ecosystems. Particular emphasis is given to the role of innovation, startups, SMEs and technology transfer in shaping the entrepreneurial ecosystem, as well as its impact on firm performance and regional economic performance. From the perspectives of theory, empirical analysis and public policy, this book shows why entrepreneurial ecosystems have become the new economic superstars in the global economy. It provides explicit analysis of policies promoting entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial ecosystems, and examines the link between entrepreneurial ecosystems and universities. This timely collection of research will be of interest not only to academics and scholars in economics and management, but also to thought leaders in public policy and business
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781788111881
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: White collar crimes ; Organizational sociology ; Deviant behavior ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- 1. Convenience in white-collar crime -- 2. Economical dimension of convenience theory -- 3. Organizational dimension of convenience theory -- 4. Behavioral dimension of convenience theory -- 5. Empirical study of white-collar criminals -- 6. Student survey on convenience theory -- 7. Whistleblowers as information sources -- 8. Corporate social responsibility -- 9. Testing convenience theory -- 10. Sample of US investigation reports -- Index.
    Abstract: Ever since Sutherland coined the term 'white-collar crime', researchers have struggled to understand and explain why some individuals abuse their privileged positions of trust and commit financial crime. This book makes a novel contribution to the development of convenience theory as a framework to understand and explain 'white-collar crime'. The framework integrates well-known theories from criminology, management and other fields to explain the occurrence of offenses. It is found that autobiographies indicate a strong presence of neutralization techniques in the behavioral dimension of convenience theory, while internal investigations indicate a strong presence of organizational opportunities to commit 'white-collar crime'. Survey research, on the other hand, is found to indicate a strong belief that chief executives sometimes have the motive to commit financial crime in times of crisis, in times of great challenges, and in times of greed. The book concludes that the only feasible avenue to combat this type of crime is to make it less convenient. This book will appeal to criminology and criminal justice students at both bachelor and master levels, as well as those studying business and law. Practitioners, including consultants in global auditing firms, attorneys and police academy students will also benefit from the overview of convenience theory research
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781783476299
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (496 pages)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Parallel Title: Print version Freeman, Gary P Handbook on migration and social policy
    DDC: 304.8
    Keywords: Social policy ; Emigration and immigration
    Abstract: In this comprehensive Handbook, an interdisciplinary team of distinguished scholars from the social sciences explores the connections between migration and social policy. They test conflicting claims as to the positive and negative effects of different types of migration against the experience of countries in Europe, North America, Australasia, the Middle East and South Asia, assessing arguments as to migration's impact on the financial, social and political stability and sustainability of social programs. The volume reflects the authors' curiosity about the controversy over the connection between social and cultural diversity and popular support for the welfare state. Providing timely and original chapters which both critique the existing literature as well as build on and advance theoretical understanding, the authors focus on the formal settlement and integration polices created for migrants as well as corollary state policies affecting migrants and migration. A clutch of chapters investigates the linkage between migration and trade theory, foreign direct investment, globalization, public opinion, public education and welfare programs. Chapters then deal with leading receiving states as well as India and the authors examine the regulation of migration at the subnational, national, regional and global levels. The topic of migration and security is also covered. This compelling and exhaustive review of existing scholarship and state-of -the-art original empirical analysis is essential reading for graduates and academics researching the field. In this comprehensive Handbook, an interdisciplinary team of distinguished scholars from the social sciences explores the connections between migration and social policy. They test conflicting claims as to the positive and negative effects of different types of migration against the experience of countries in Europe, North America, Australasia, the Middle East and South Asia, assessing arguments as to migration's impact on the financial, social and political stability and sustainability of social programs. The volume reflects the authors' curiosity about the controversy over the connection between social and cultural diversity and popular support for the welfare state. Providing timely and original chapters which both critique the existing literature as well as build on and advance theoretical understanding, the authors focus on the formal settlement and integration polices created for migrants as well as corollary s ...
    Abstract: Pt. I. New analytical perspectives -- pt. II. The political economy of migration -- pt. III. Trade offs between immigration and social policy -- pt. IV. Opposition to immigration, security and the limits to free movement in the European union -- pt. V. Diversity, social cohesion and support for the welfare state -- pt. VI. Migrant integration and social policy -- pt. VII. Immigrant rights vs. immigration politics
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784716349
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (704 p) , cm
    Series Statement: International law series 11
    Keywords: Human territoriality ; International law ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Jean Gottmann (1973), 'The people and their territory: the partitioning of the world', in The significance of territory, Chapter 1, Charlottesville, VA: University Press of Virginia, 1-15 -- M.N. Shaw (1982), 'Territory in international law', Netherlands Yearbook of International Law, 13, December, 61-91 -- Miles Kahler (2006), 'Territoriality and conflict in an era of globalization', in Miles Kahler and Barbara F. Walter (eds), Territoriality and conflict in an era of globalization, Chapter 1, Cambridge, UK and New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 1-21, references -- Marcelo G. Kohen and Mamadou Hébié (2012), 'Territory, acquisition', in Rüdiger Wolfrum (ed.), The Max Planck Encyclopedia of Public International Law, vol. IX, Oxford, UK and New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 887-900 -- A.L.W. Munkman (1972-73), 'Adjudication and adjustment - international judicial decision and the settlement of territorial boundary disputes', British Yearbook of International Law, 46, 1-116 -- Friedrich August Freiherr von der Heydte (1935), 'Discovery, symbolic annexation and virtual effectiveness in international law', American Journal of International Law, 29 (3), July, 448-71 -- Philip C. Jessup (1928), 'The Palmas Island arbitration', American Journal of International Law, 22 (4), October, 735-52 -- Marcelo Kohen (2013), 'Original title in the light of the ICJ judgment on sovereignty over Pedra Branca/Pulau Batu Puteh, Middle Rocks and South Ledge', Journal of the History of International Law, 15 (2), 151-71 -- D.H.N. Johnson (1950), 'Acquisitive prescription in international law', British Yearbook of International Law, 27, 332-54 -- Georg Schwarzenberger (1957), 'Title to territory: response to a challenge', American Journal of International Law, 51 (2), April, 308-24 -- Roger O'Keefe (2011), 'Legal title versus Effectivies : prescription and the promise and problems of private law analogies', International community law review -- W. Lakhtine (1930), 'Rights over the Arctic', American Journal of International Law, 24 (4), October, 703-17 -- Benedetto Conforti (1986), 'Territorial claims in antarctica: a modern way to deal with an old problem', Cornell International Law Journal, 19, 249-58 -- Hans Kelsen (1956), 'Contiguity as a title to territorial sovereignty', in Walter Schätzel and Hans-Jürgen Schlochauer (eds), Rechtsfragen der Internationalen Organisation: Festschrift für Hans Wehberg zu seinem 70. Geburstag, Frankfurt-am-Main, Germany: Vittorio Klostermann, 200-210 -- Ian Brownlie (2002), 'Boundary problems and the formation of new states', in David Freestone, Surya Subedi and Scott Davidson (eds), Contemporary issues in international law: a collection of the Josephine Onoh Memorial Lectures, The Netherlands, Holland and Boston, MA: Kluwer Law International, 185-95 -- Santiago Torres Bernárdez (1994), 'The "Uti Possidetis Juris Principle" in historical perspective', in Konrad Ginther, Gerhard Hafner, Winfried Lang, Hanspeter Neuhold and Lilly Sucharipa-Behrmann and Karl Zemanek (eds), Völkerrecht zwischen normativen Anspruch und politischer Realität: Festschrift für Karl Zemanek zum 65. Geburtstag, Berlin, Germany: Duncker and Humblot, 417-37 -- Steven R. Ratner (1996), 'Drawing a better line: UTI possidetis and the borders of new states', American Journal of International Law, 90 (4), October, 590-624 -- Kaiyan Homi Kaikobad (1983), 'Some observations on the doctrine of continuity and finality of boundaries', British Yearbook of International Law, 54 (1), 119-41 -- S.K.N. Blay (1986), 'Self-determination versus territorial integrity in decolonization', New York University Journal of International Law and Politics, 18, 441-72
    Abstract: Katherine Del Mar (2013), 'The myth of remedial secession', in Duncan French (ed.), Statehood and self-determination: reconciling tradition and modernity in international law, Chapter 3, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 79-108 -- Marcelo Kohen and Mara Tignino (2013), 'Do peoples have rights in boundaries' delimitations?', in Laurence Boisson de Chazournes, Christina Leb and Mara Tignino (eds), International law and freshwater: the multiples challenges, Chapter 6, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 95-122 -- Adam Roberts (1984), 'What is military occupation?', British Yearbook of International Law, 55 (1), 249-305 -- Yehuda Z. Blum (1968), 'The missing reversioner: reflections on the status of Judea and Samaria', Israel Law Review, 3 (2), 279-301 -- Marcelo G. Kohen (2000), 'Is the notion of territorial sovereignty obsolete?', in Martin Pratt and Janet Allison-Brown (eds), Borderlands under stress, Chapter 3, Dordrecht, Germany: Kluwer Law International, 35-47 -- [13].
    Abstract: This timely research review discusses key articles dealing with the importance of territory for international law in its relationship with power, state building and globalization. The collection also analyses the evolution and scope of the law of acquisition of territory from colonial times until today, the emergence of new areas for the territorial expansion of states and border delimitation rules. Finally, the review investigates the impact of the human dimension in the way international law addresses territorial issues, particularly the individual and collective human rights, including indigenous peoples and the right to self-determination
    Note: Includes index , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783472338
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Institutional case studies on necessity entrepreneurship
    DDC: 338.04091724
    Keywords: Kleinstunternehmen ; Unternehmensgründung ; Gründungsförderung ; Gründungsausbildung ; Gründungsfinanzierung ; Welt ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Foreword / Alejandro Poiré -- Introduction / Jeremi B. Brewer -- Part I -- Government funded programs -- 1. Supporting the transition from unemployment to self-employment: a comparative analysis of governmental support programs across Europe / Melvin Haas and Peter Vogel -- 2. From unemployment to self-employment: government support programs in greece / Argyro Nikiforou -- 3. Pete Suazo Business Center / Gladys Gonzalez, Robert Heyn and Jessica Pino -- 4. Bharatiya yuva shakti trust / Raj K. Shankar -- Part II -- Private / Non-Governmental Programs -- 5. Hanhua guarantee / Lingzhi Zhang and Spencer Brown -- 6. Prospera: a case for microenterprise among necessity entrepreneurs / Macarena Hernández, Gabriela Enrigue and Justin Oldroyd -- 7. The academy for creating enterprise / Jeremi Brewer and Stephen W. Gibson -- Part III -- Promising high-impact programs -- 8. Entrepreneurship finance lab / Asim Khwaja, Bailey Klinger and Colin Casey -- 9. Building a scalable training solution for necessity entrepreneurs in the missing middle / Jeff Brownlow -- 10. SEBRAE: serviço brasileiro de apoio às micro e pequenas empresas / Jeff Roberts and Nathalia Myrrha -- 11. Self-reliance through self-employment: an approach by the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints / Geoffrey K. Davis and Andrew Maxfield -- 12. Microfranchising: a solution to necessity entrepreneurship / Philip Webb and Jason Fairbourne -- The next step -- Conclusion.
    Abstract: An estimated one billion individuals in both developed and developing nations can be defined as necessity entrepreneurs; individuals who have no other viable option for licit income than to start a small, income generating activity. However, the emphasis on providing business and leadership training to necessity entrepreneurs is only just gaining traction. This book provides the first-known global analysis dedicated exclusively to organizations from both the public and private sectors that are specifically involved with microenterprise education for necessity entrepreneurs. This companion volume to Necessity Entrepreneurs puts at the forefront the few organizations engaged in training necessity entrepreneurs - highlighting the efforts currently being made by policymakers, non-profit founders, and for-profit institutions individually (and independently) to try and find ways to educate and empower necessity entrepreneurs. The authors provide a pragmatic synopsis and evaluate the efficacy of institutions involved in training entrepreneurs in developing nations all over the world. Featuring case studies from Harvard, BYU, and the largest organizations around the globe, this important work will be a vital read not only for scholars and researchers, but policymakers and NGO officials
    Note: Contributors include: J. Brewer, S. Brown, J. Brownlow, C. Casey, G. Davis, J.S. Demple, G. Enrigue, J. Fairbourne, S.W. Gibson, G. Gonzalez, M. Haas, M. Hernandez, R. Heyn, B. Klinger, A. Khwaja, A. Maxfield, N. Myrrha, A. Nikiforou, J. Oldroyd, J. Pino, J. Roberts, R. Shankar, P. Vogel, P. Webb, L. Zhang , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364884
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial process and social networks
    DDC: 338.04
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Soziales Netzwerk ; Sozialkapital ; Entrepreneurship ; Netzwerkökonomik ; Entrepreneurship ; Social networks ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Unternehmensgründung ; Soziales Netzwerk
    Abstract: Introduction / Alain Fayolle, Sarah Jack, Wadid Lamine and Didier Chabaud -- Part I the evolution of networks across entrepreneurial stages -- 1. Entrepreneurial network composition and the venture creation process: an empirical investigation / Tammi Redd, Michael A. Abebe and Sibin Wu -- 2. Dynamic social networks of entrepreneurs: five years of change in the networks of Dutch entrepreneurs / Marianne De Beer, Gerald Mollenhorst and Veronique Schutjens -- 3. Social networks of the entrepreneur and formation of business opportunities: an exploratory study / Didier Chabaud and Joseph Ngijol -- 4. Start-ups repositioning in business networks / Lise Aaboen and Frida Lind -- Part II formal networks: a new research agenda? -- 5. Business and professional networks: scope and outcomes in oxfordshire / Helen Lawton-Smith and Malika Virahsawmy -- 6. Women entrepreneurs and the process of networking as social exchange / Claire M Leitch, Richard T. Harrison and Frances M. Hill -- 7. Cooperation vs. coordination relations in SME's network: a new view of collective strategy dynamics / Christophe Leyronas and Stéphanie Loup -- Part III context: a benign neglect? -- 8. The competitiveness of entrepreneurial firms from a network perspective / Christian Lechner -- 9. The role of family members in entrepreneurial networks: beyond the boundaries of the family firm / Alistair R. Anderson, Sarah L. Jack and Sarah Drakopoulou Dodd -- 10. Network structures of nascent entrepreneurs: an exploratory study of advisor networks in mena countries / Sarfraz Mian and Shahid Qureshi -- 11. Ubuntu in family businesses: a case in the Democratic Republic of the Congo / Albert B. R. Lwango -- Part IV debates and perspectives: theoretical challenges -- 12. Entrepreneurial mingling secrets: investigating the performance impact of network structure for control-based entrepreneurship using agent-based simulation / Willem Jansen, René Mauer and Malte Brettel -- 13. Entrepreneurial social network and actor-network theory / Wadid Lamine; Alain Fayolle and Hela Chebbi.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is undoubtedly a social process and creating a firm requires both the mobilization of social networks and the use of social capital. This book addresses the gap that exists between the need to take these factors into consideration and the understanding of how network relationships are developed and transformed across the venturing process. Expert contributions from key scholars in the field illustrate how social networks evolve across entrepreneurial stages, using studies from different regions across the world. Offering a comprehensive understanding, they emphasize the role of formal networks created inside professions and firms. Also examined is the impact of context, including both family and internationally variable institutions, that can help entrepreneurs to access resources and competencies useful for their projects. The book concludes by emphasizing the various research challenges: which theories are useful for our endeavours and which new methods can be used to understand the dynamics of the venturing process? Dynamic and eminently practical, this book will be invaluable to scholars and students studying the entrepreneurial process and the impact of social networks. It will also prove a useful tool in aiding entrepreneurs to optimize the development of their networks and better manage their entrepreneurial processes
    Note: Contributors include: L. Aaboen, M.A. Abebe, A.R. Anderson, M. Brettel, D. Chabaud, H. Chebbi, M. de Beer, S. Drakopoulou Dodd, A. Fayolle, R.T. Harrison, F.M. Hill, S.L. Jack, W. Jansen, W. Lamine, H. Lawton-Smith, C. Lechner, C.M. Leitch, C. Leyronas, F. Lind, S. Loup, A.B.R. Lwango, R. Mauer, S. Mian, G. Mollenhorst, J. Ngijol, S. Qureshi, T. Redd, V. Schutjens, M. Virahsawmy, S. Wu , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783476831
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (576 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of social capital and regional development
    DDC: 338.9
    Keywords: Sozialkapital ; Regionalentwicklung ; EU-Strukturfonds ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Unternehmensnetzwerk ; Entrepreneurship ; Internationaler Wettbewerb ; Regional planning ; Social capital (Sociology) ; Economic development ; Human capital ; Infrastructure (Economics) ; Social capital (Sociology) ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Soziales Kapital ; Regionale Wirtschaftsentwicklung
    Abstract: 1. Social capital and regional development: an introduction / Hans Westlund and Johan P. Larsson -- 2. Social capital and networks in spatial economies / Börje Johansson -- Part I aspects of entrepreneurship -- 3. Local social entrepreneurship and social capital / Niels Bosma, Veronique Schutjens and Beate Volker -- 4. Does persistence in start-up activity reflect persistence in social capital? / Michael Fritsch and Michael Wyrwich -- 5. Women's entrepreneurship and social capital / Pia Arenius and Riikka Franzén -- 6. Dealmakers in place: social capital connections in regional entrepreneurial economies / Maryann P. Feldman and Ted Douglas Zoller -- 7. Social capital and the economics of cities / Martin Andersson, Johan P. Larsson and Joakim Wernberg -- 8. Indonesian entrepreneurs in the UK: a social capital perspective on challenges and opportunities of migrant entrepreneurs / Eddy Setiawan, Dessy Irawati and Roel Rutten -- 9. Social capital, entrepreneurship and living standards: differences between migrants and the native born / Matthew Roskruge, Jacques Poot and Laura King -- Part II measurement and regional performance -- 10. The social capital of European regions / Emanuele Ferragina -- 11. Social capital and regional economic performance: a study across U.S. metropolitan statistical areas / Michael F. Thompson and Timothy F. Slaper -- 12. Social capital and income convergence in European regions / Emili Tortosa-Ausina and Jesús Peiró-Palomino -- Part III aspects of regional development -- 13. Challenges and opportunities for local development initiatives to influence social capital for health promotion purposes: theoretical and empirical support / Malin Eriksson and Maria Emmelin -- 14. Social capital and rural development in southern European regions: the case of EU-funded leader projects / Asimina Christoforou and Elena Pisani -- 15. Research on social capital and regional development in China: what has been done so far and what should be done in future? / Ailun Xiong and Yongjian Pu -- Part IV governance, strategies and planning -- 16. Social capital and regional learning governance: a Japanese perspective / Kiyoshi Kobayashi and Tsuyoshi Hatori -- 17. Clusters as a take-off for glocal strategies: the role of social capital / Bengt Johannisson, Marcela Ramirez-Pasillas and Malin Lindberg -- 18. A habermas-inspired approach to social capital in regional planning / Roger E. Bolton -- 19. Researchers' role in regional development - collaboration and social capital in Swedish higher education institutions / Maria Ljunggren.
    Abstract: The role of social capital in regional development is a multifaceted topic which is studied all over the world using various methods and across numerous disciplines. It has long been evident that social capital is important for regional development, however, it is less clear how this works in practice. Do all types of social capital have the same effects and are different kinds of regions impacted in the same way? This book is the first to offer an overview of this rapidly expanding field of research and to thoroughly analyse the complex issue of social capital and regional development. The authoritative and original chapters, written by leading scholars from around the world, combine theory and new empirical research to analyse various types of regions from metropolitan to rural. A particular focus is on entrepreneurship and the social capital of enterprises, whilst the role of social capital for modern governance and planning is also highlighted. The different components of social capital and data availability are also treated in depth. This Handbook is an ideal resource for students and scholars studying social capital, social networks, and regional growth and development. It also offers great insight for policymaker and planners in the fields of urban, regional and rural development
    Note: Contributors include: M. Andersson, P. Arenius, R.E. Bolton, N. Bosma, A. Christoforou, M. Emmelin, M. Eriksson, M.P. Feldman, E. Ferragina, R. Franzén, M. Fritsch, T. Hatori, D. Iriwati, B. Johannisson, B. Johansson, L. King, K. Kobayashi, J.P. Larsson, M. Lindberg, M. Ljunggren, J. Peiró-Palomino, E. Pisani, J. Poot, Y. Pu, M. Ramírez Pasillas, M. Roskruge, R. Rutten, V. Schutjens, E. Setiawan, T.F. Slaper, M.F. Thompson, E. Tortosa-Ausina, B. Volker, J. Wernberg, H. Westlund, M. Wyrwich, A. Xiong, T.D. Zoller , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781785362385
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New directions in modern economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Financialisation and the financial and economic crises
    DDC: 338.5/42
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Finanzkapitalismus ; Finanzkrise ; Wirtschaftskrise ; Welt ; Financial crises ; Financial instruments ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftskrise ; Finanzkrise
    Abstract: Preface -- 1. Financialisation and the financial and economic crises: theoretical framework and empirical analysis for 15 countries / Nina Dodig, Eckhard Hein and Daniel Detzer -- 2. The crisis of finance-led capitalism in the United States / Trevor Evans -- 3. Monetary adjustment and inflation of financial claims in the UK after 1980 / John Lepper, Mimoza Shabani, Jan Toporowski and Judith Tyson -- 4. Financialisation and the economic crisis in Spain / Jesús Ferreiro, Cataliana Gálvez and Anna Gonzáles -- 5. Financialisation and the crisis: the case of Greece / Yanis Varoufakis and Lefteris Tserkezis -- 6. The real sector developments in Estonia: financialisation effects behind the transition process / Egert Juuse -- 7. Financialisation and the crisis in the export-led mercantilist German economy / Daniel Detzer and Eckhard Hein -- 8. Swedish financialisation: 'Nordic noir' or 'safe haven'? / Alexis Stenfors -- 9. France, a domestic demand-led economy under the influence of external shocks / Gérard Cornilleau and Jérôme Creel -- 10. The transmission channels between the financial and the real sectors in Italy and the crisis / Giampaolo Gabbi, Elisa Ticci and Pietro Vozzella -- 11. The long boom and the early bust: the Portuguese economy in the era of financialisation / Ricardo Paes Mamede, Sérgio Lagoa, Emanuel Leão and Ricardo Barradas -- 12. Financialisation and the financial and economic crises: the case of Turkey / Serdal Bahçe, Hasan Cömert, Nilgün Erdem, Elif Karaçimen, Ahmet Haşim Köse, Özgür Orhangazi, Gökçer Özgür and Galip Yalman -- 13. The impact of the financial and economic crisis on European Union member states / Carlos A. Carrasco, Jesus Ferreiro, Catalina Galvez, Carmen Gomez and Ana González.
    Abstract: Financialisation and the Financial and Economic Crises provides comparative, empirical case studies of a diverse set of eleven countries. In particular, the book helps in understanding the current (mal)performance of Euro area economies by explaining the causes of the shifts in growth regimes during and after the crises. It goes well beyond the dominant interpretation of the recent financial and economic crises as being rooted in malfunctioning and poorly regulated financial markets. The contributions to this book provide detailed accounts of the long-term effects of financialisation and cover the main developments leading up to and during the crisis in 11 selected countries: the US, the UK, Spain, Greece, Portugal, Germany, Sweden, Italy, France, Estonia, and Turkey. The introductory chapter presents the theoretical framework and synthesizes the main findings of the country studies. Furthermore, the macroeconomic effects of financialisation on the EU as a whole are analysed in the final chapter. Offering an illuminating overview and invaluable alternative perspective on the long-run developments leading to the recent crises, this book is essential reading for researchers, students and policymakers and an ideal starting point for further research
    Note: Contributors include: S. Bahçe, R. Barradas, C.A. Carrasco, G. Cornilleau, H. Cömert, J. Creel, D. Detzer, N. Dodig, N. Erdem, T. Evans, J. Ferreiro, G. Gabbi, C. Gálvez, C. Gomez, A. González, E. Hein, E.Juuse, E. Karaçimen, A.H. Köse, S. Lagoa, E. Leão, J. Lepper, Ö. Orhangazi, R. Paes Mamede, M. Shabani, A. Stenfors, E. Ticci, J. Toporowski, L. Tserkezis, J. Tyson, Y. Varoufakis, P. Vozzella, G.L. Yalman , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781784716493
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New directions in modern economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The great financial meltdown
    DDC: 330.9/0511
    RVK:
    Keywords: 2007-2009 ; Wirtschaftskrise ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Welt ; Economic policy ; Global Financial Crisis, 2008-2009 ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Finanzkrise
    Abstract: Part I -- Introduction -- 1. The crisis in context / Turan Subasat -- 2. Roots of the current economic crisis: capitalism, forms of capitalism, policies, and contingent events / David M. Kotz -- Part II -- Crisis and profitability -- 3. Crisis theory and the falling rate of profit / David Harvey -- 4. Monocausality and crisis theory - a reply to David Harvey / Michael Roberts -- 5. Booms, depressions, and the rate of profit: a pluralist, inductive guide / Alan Freeman -- Part III -- The crisis in economic and social reproduction -- 6. A global approach to the global financial crisis / John Weeks -- 7. The incubator of the great meltdown of 2008: the structure and practices of US neoliberalism as attacks on labor / Al Campbell and Erdogan Bakir -- 8. The value of history and the history of value / Radhika Desai -- 9. The systemic failings in framing neo-liberal social policy / Ben Fine -- 10. The policy-based and conjunctural causes of the 2008 crisis / Turan Subasat -- 11. The systemic causes of the 2008 crisis - an alternative theoretical perspective / Turan Subasat -- Part IV crisis and finance -- 12. Inequality, money markets and crisis / Simon Mohun -- 13. The crisis of finance and the crisis of accumulation: it was not a 'Lehman Brothers moment' / Jan Toporowski -- 14. Contradictions of capital accumulation in the age of financialization / Özgür Orhangazi -- 15. Which crisis, of which capitalism? a Marxian and financial Keynesian interpretation of neoliberalism and the great recession / Riccardo Bellofiore -- 16. The contested nature of financialization in emerging capitalist economies / Annina Kaltenbrunner and Elif Karacimen -- Part V -- The crisis unfolds -- 17. The Greek crisis: structural or conjunctural? / Stavros D. Mavroudeas -- 18. Greece, global fault-lines and the disintegrative logics of Germany's primacy in Europe / Vassilis K. Fouskas -- 19. Conclusions / John Weeks.
    Abstract: The Great Financial Meltdown reviews, advocates and critiques the systemic, conjunctural and policy-based explanations for the 2008 crisis. The book expertly examines these explanations to assess their analytical and empirical validity. Comprehensive yet accessible chapters, written by a collection of prominent authors, cover a wide range of political economy approaches to the crisis, from Marxian through to Post Keynesian and other heterodox schools. This interrogation of economic policy in light of the financial crisis is essential reading for real-word economists. To those seeking to understand the current economic stagnation and failings of the system, it offers an enlightening exposition of contemporary political economy
    Note: Contributors include: E. Bakir, R. Bellofiore, A. Campbell, R. Desai, B. Fine, D. Fouskas, A. Freeman, D. Harvey, A. Kaltenbrunner, E. Karacimen, D. Kotz, S. Mavroudeas, S. Mohun, O. Orhangazi, M. Roberts, T. Subasat, J. Toporowski, J. Weeks , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    ISBN: 9781785367366
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the history of economic analysis ; volume 2: Schools of thought in economics
    Keywords: Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Schools of economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. Antiquity / Bertram Schefold -- 2. Economic Thought in Scholasticism / Irina Chaplygina and André Lapidus -- 3. Cameralism / Keith Tribe -- 4. Mercantilism and the Science of Trade / Thierry Demals -- 5. French Enlightenment / Thierry Demals and Gilbert Faccarello -- 6. Italian Enlightenment / Pier Luigi Porta -- 7. Scottish Enlightenment / Anthony Brewer -- 8. British Classical Political Economy / Christian Gehrke -- 9. French Classical Political Economy / Alain Béraud -- 10. Bullionist and Anti-bullionist Schools / Jérôme de Boyer des Roches and Ricardo Solis Rosales -- 11. Banking and Currency Schools / Neil Skaggs -- 12. Non Marxian Socialist Ideas in France / Michel Bellet -- 13. Non Marxian Socialist Ideas in Britain and the United States / Noel Thompson -- 14. Non Marxian Socialist Ideas in Germany and Austria / Günther Chaloupek -- 15. Marxism(s) / John E. King -- 16. German and Austrian school / Heinz D.Kurz -- 17. British Marginalism / John Creedy -- 18. Lausanne School / Roberto Baranzini and François Allisson -- 19. Historical Economics / Simon Cook and Keith Tribe -- 20. Institutionalism / Malcolm Rutherford -- 21. Russian School of Mathematical Economics / Andrey A. Belykh -- 22. Cambridge School of Economics / Maria Cristina Marcuzzo and Annalisa Rosselli -- 23. Stockholm (Swedish) School / Hans-Michael Trautwein -- 24. Chicago School / Ross B. Emmett -- 25. Monetarism / Arash Molavi Vasséi -- 26. New Classical Macroeconomics / Peter Spahn -- 27. Public Choice / Charles B. Blankart -- 28. Neo Ricardian Economics / Heinz D. Kurz and Neri Salvadori -- 29. Keynesianism / Geoffrey C. Harcourt -- 30. Post-Keynesianism / Marc Lavoie -- 31. New Keynesianism / Corrado Benassi.
    Abstract: This unique troika of Handbooks provides indispensable coverage of the history of economic analysis. Edited by two of the foremost academics in the field, the volumes gather together insightful and original contributions from scholars across the world. The encyclopaedic breadth and scope of the original entries will make these Handbooks an invaluable source of knowledge for all serious students and scholars of the history of economic thought. Volume II contains entries on the major schools of economic thought and analysis. These schools differ with regard to their 'vision' of the working of the economic system, the major forces and interactions that shape its path and the policy recommendations proposed. At any moment of time, several such schools typically compete with one another, striving for dominance within the economic and political discourse
    Note: Contributors include: F. Allisson, R. Baranzini, M. Bellet, A.A. Belykh, C. Benassi, A. Béraud, C.B. Blankart, A. Brewer, G. Chaloupek, I. Chaplygina, S. Cook, J. Creedy, J. de Boyer des Roches, T. Demals, R.B. Emmett, G. Faccarello, C. Gehrke, G.C. Harcourt, J.E. King, H.D. Kurz, A. Lapidus, M. Lavoie, M.C. Marcuzzo, A. Molavi Vasséi, P.L. Porta, A. Rosselli, M. Rutherford, N. Salvadori, B. Schefold, N.T. Skaggs, R. Solis Rosales, H.-P. Spahn, N. Thompson, H.-M. Trautwein, K. Tribe , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784719760
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (640 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Keywords: Evolutionary economics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Veblen, T. (1898), "Why is Economics Not an Evolutionary Science?" Quarterly Journal of Economics, -- Marshall, A. (1961[1890]), Principles of Economics, London: Macmillan -- Hodgson, G.M. (1993), Economics and Evolution: Bringing Life Back into Economics, Cambridge: Polity Press -- Bowler, P.J. (1989), Evolution - The History of an Idea, Berkeley: University of California Press -- Mirowski, P. (1988), Against Mechanism - Protecting Economics from Science, Totowa, NJ: Rowman & Littlefield -- Mas-Colell, A., Whinston, M.D., and Green, J.R. (1995), Microeconomic Theory, Oxford: Oxford University Press -- Witt, U. (2008), "What is Specific About Evolutionary Economics?" Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 18, 547-575 -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1934[1912]), Theory of Economic Development, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press (first published as Theorie der Wirtschaftlichen Entwicklung, 1912) -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1908), Das Wesen und der Hauptinhalt der theoretischen Nationalökonomie, Leipzig: -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1910), "Über das Wesen der Wirtschaftskrisen", Zeitschrift für Volkswirtschaft, Sozialpolitik und Verwaltung, 19, 271-325 -- Witt, U. (2014), "The Future of Evolutionary Economics: Why the Modalities of Explanations Matter", Journal of Institutional Economics, 10, 645-664 -- McClelland, D.C. and Winter, D.G. (1969), Motivating Economic Achievement, New York: Free Press -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1939), Business Cycles: A Theoretical, Historical, and Statistical Analysis of the Capitalist Process, New York: McGraw-Hill -- Andersen, E.S. (2009), Schumpeter's Evolutionary Economics, London: Anthem -- Freeman, C. (1984), Long Waves in the World Economy, London: Pinter -- Iwai, K. (1984), "Schumpeterian Dynamics: An Evolutionary Model of Innovation and Imitation", Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 5, 159-190 -- Klepper, S. (1997), "Industry Life Cycles", Industrial and Corporate Change, 6, 145-181 -- Fagerberg, J. (2003), "Schumpeter and the Revival of Evolutionary Economics: An Appraisal of the Literature", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 13, 125-159 -- Metcalfe, J.S., Foster, J., and Ramlogan, R. (2006), "Adaptive Economic Growth", Cambridge Journal of Economics, 30, 7-32.
    Abstract: Foster, J. (2011), "Evolutionary Macroeconomics: A Research Agenda", Journal of Evolutionary -- Kurz, H. (2012), "Schumpeter's New Combinations", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 22, 871-899 -- Shane, S.A. and Venkataraman, S. (2000), "The Promise of Entrepreneurship as a Field of Research", Academy of Management Review, 25, 217-226 -- Sahal, D. (1981), Patterns of Technological Innovations, New York: Addison-Wesley -- Nelson, R.R. and Winter, S.G. (1982), An Evolutionary Theory of Economic Change, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1942), Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy, New York: Harper -- Reinganum, J.F. (1985), "Innovation and Industry Evolution", Quarterly Journal of Economics, 100, 81-99 -- Aghion, P., Bloom, N., Blundell, R., Griffith, R., and Howitt, P. (2005), "Competition and Innovation: An Inverted-U Relationship", Quarterly Journal of -- Kamien, M.I. and Schwarz, N.L. (1982), Market Structure and Innovation, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- Baldwin, W.L. and Scott, J.T. (1987), Market Structure and Technological Change, Chur: Harwood Academic Publishers -- Cohen, W.M. (2010), "Fifty Years of Empirical Studies of Innovative Activity and Performance", in B.W. Hall and N. Rosenberg (eds), Handbook of the Economics of Innovation, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 129-213 -- Alchian, A.A. (1950), "Uncertainty, Evolution, and Economic Theory", Journal of Political Economy, 58, 211-221 -- Penrose, E.T. (1952), "Biological Analogies in the Theory of the Firm", American Economic Review, 42, 804-819 -- Friedman, M. (1953), "The Methodology of Positive Economics", in M. Friedman (ed.), Essays in Positive Economics, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 3-43 -- Winter, S.G. (1964), "Economic 'Natural Selection' and the Theory of the Firm", Yale Economic Essays, 4, 225-272 -- Winter, S.G. (1971), "Satisficing, Selection, and the Innovating Remnant", Quarterly Journal of Economics, 85, 237-261 -- Nelson, R.R. and Winter, S.G. (2002), "Evolutionary Theorizing in Economics", Journal of Economic Perspectives, 16, 23-46 -- Hanusch, H. and Pyka, A. (eds) (2007), Elgar Companion to Neo-Schumpeterian Economics, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar -- Simon, H.A. (1955), "A Behavioral Model of Rational Choice", Quarterly Journal of Economics, 69, 99-118.
    Abstract: March, J.G. and Simon, H.A. (1958), Organizations, New York: Wiley -- Cyert, R.M. and March, J.G. (1963), A Behavioral Theory of the Firm, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall -- Dopfer, K. (2011), "Economics in a Cultural Key: Complexity and Evolution Revisited", in J.B. Davis and D.W. Hands (eds), Elgar Companion to Recent Economic Methodology, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar -- Andersen, E.S. (1994), Evolutionary Economics - Post-Schumpeterian Contributions, London: Pinter -- Kwasnicki, W. (1996), Knowledge, Innovation and Economy - An Evolutionary Exploration, Cheltenham, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar -- Cantner, U. and Pyka, A. (2001), "Classifying Technology Policy from an Evolutionary Perspective", Research Policy, 30, 759-775 -- Becker, M.C. (2004), "Organizational Routines: A Review of the Literature", Industrial and Corporate Change, 13, 643-677 -- Lazaric, N. and Raybaut, A. (2005), "Knowledge, Hierarchy and the Selection of Routines:An Interpretative Model with Group Interactions", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 15, 393-421 -- Metcalfe, J.S. (1994), "Competition, Fisher's Principle and Increasing Returns in the Selection Process", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 4, 327-346 -- Metcalfe, J.S. (2002), "On the Optimality of the Competitive Process: Kimura's Theorem and Market Dynamics", Journal of Bioeconomics, 4, 109-133 -- Metcalfe, J.S. (2008), "Accounting for Economic Evolution: Fitness and the Population Method", Journal of -- Metcalfe, J.S. (1998), Evolutionary Economics and Creative Destruction, London: Routledge -- Dosi, G., Nelson, R.R., and Winter S.G. (2000), "Introduction: The Nature and Dynamics of Organizational Capabilities", in G. Dosi, R.R. Nelson, and S.G. Winter (eds), The Nature and Dynamics of Organizational Capabilities, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1-22 -- Murmann, J.P., Aldrich, H., Levinthal, D., and Winter S. (2003), "Evolutionary Thought in Management and Organization Theory at the Beginning of the New Millennium", Journal of Management Inquiry, 12, 1-19 -- Witt, U. (2011), "Emergence and Functionality of Organizational Routines: An Individualistic Approach", Journal of Institutional Economics, 7, 157-174 -- Joosten, R. (2006), "Walras and Darwin: An Odd Couple?" Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 16, 561-573 -- Hayek, F.A. (1945), "The Use of Knowledge in Society", American Economic Review, 35, 519-530 -- Hayek, F.A. (1978), "Competition as a Discovery Procedure", in F.A. Hayek (ed.), New Studies in Philosophy, Politics, Economics and the History of Ideas, London: Routledge, 179-190 -- Shackle, G.L.S. (1979), Imagination and the Nature of Choice, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
    Abstract: Witt, U. (2009), "Propositions About Novelty", Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 70, 311-320 -- Fisher, F.M. (1983), Disequilibrium Foundations of Equilibrium Economics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- David, P.A. (1985), "Clio and the Economics of QWERTY", American Economic Review, 75 (Papers & Proceedings), 332-337 -- Arthur, W.B., Ermoliev, Y.M., and Kaniovsky, Y.M. (1987), "Path-Dependent Processes and the Emergence of Macro-structure", European Journal of Operations Research, 30, 294-303 -- Wilson, D.S. (2015), "Two Meanings of Complex Adaptive Systems", in D.S. Wilson and A. Kirman (eds), Complexity and Evolution - A New Synthesis for Economics, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press -- Arthur, W.B. (1994), Increasing Returns and Path Dependence in the Economy, Ann Arbor: University of -- Hayek, F.A. (1988), The Fatal Conceit, London: Routledge -- Richerson, P.J., Baldini, R., Bell, A., Demps, K., Frost, K., Hillis, V., Methew, S., Narr, N., Newson, L., Newton, E., Ross, C., Smaldino, P., Waring, T., and Zefferman, M.R. (2015), "Cultural Group Selection Plays an Essential Role in Explaining Human Cooperation: A Sketch of Evidence", Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 760, 1-71 -- Menger, C. (1985 [1883]), Investigations into the Method of the Social Sciences with Special Reference to Economics (first published as Untersuchungen ueber die Methode der Socialwissenschaften und der Politischen Ökonomie, 1883) New York: New York University Press -- Young, P. (1998), Individual Strategy and Social Structure: An Evolutionary Theory of Social -- North, D.C. (1997), Institutions, Institutional Change and Economic Performance, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- North, D.C., Wallis, J.J., and Weingast, B.R. (2009), Violence and Social Order, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- Ostrom, E. (2014), "Do Institutions Collective Action Evolve?" Journal of Bioeconomics, 16, 3-30 -- Kuran, T. (1995), Private Truths, Public Lies - The Social Consequences of Preference Falsification, -- Brown, G.R. and Richerson, P.J. (2014), "Applying Evolutionary Theory to Human Behavior: Past Differences and Current Debates", Journal of Bioeconomics, 16, 105-128 -- Boulding, K.E. (1981), Evolutionary Economics, Beverly Hills: Sage Publications -- Marchetti, C. (1980), "Society as a Learning System: Discovery, Invention, and Innovation Cycles Revisited", Technological Forecasting and Social Change, 18, 267-282 -- Buenstorf, G. (2004), The Economics of Energy and the Production Process - An Evolutionary Approach, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar -- Ayres, R.U. and Warr, B. (2009), The Economic Growth Engine - How Energy and Work Drive Material Prosperity, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar.
    Abstract: Georgescu-Roegen, N. (1971), The Entropy Law and the Economic Process, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press -- Day, R.H. and Walter J.-L. (1989), "Economic Growth in the Very Long Run: On the Multiple-Phase Interactions of Population, Technology, and Social Infrastructure", in W.A. Barnett, J. Geweke and K. Shell (eds), Economic Complexity, Chaos, Sunspots, Bubbles, and Nonlinearity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 253-289 -- van den Bergh, J.C.J.M. (2007), "Evolutionary Thinking in Environmental Economics", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 17, 521-549 -- Joseph A. Schumpeter (1947), 'The Creative Response in Economic History', Journal of Economic History, VH (2), November, 149-59 -- Joseph Schumpeter (1928), 'The Instability of Capitalism', Economic Journal, XXXVHI (151), September, 361-86 -- Christopher Freeman (1990), 'Schumpeter's Business Cycles Revisited', in Arnold Heertje and Mark Perlman (eds), Evolving Technology and Market Structure - Studies in Schumpeterian Economics, Aim Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 17-38 -- Armen A. Alchian (1950), 'Uncertainty, Evolution, and Economic Theory', Journal of Political Economy, LVIH, 211-21 -- Sidney G. Winter (1971), 'Satisficing, Selection, and the Innovaring Remnant', Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXXXV (2), May, 237-61 -- Richard R. Nelson and Sidney G. Winter (1980), 'Firm and Industry Response to Changed Market Conditions: An Evolutionary Approach', Economic Inquiry, XVIII (2), April, 179-202 -- Katsuhito Iwai (1984), 'Schumpeterian Dynamics: An Evolutionary Model of Innovation and Imitation', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 5 (2), June, 159-90 -- R.C.O. Matthews (1984), 'Darwinism and Economic Change', in D.A. Collard , N.H. Dimsdale , C.L. Gilbert , D.R. Helm , M.F.G. Scott and A.K. Sen (eds), Economic Theory and Hicksian Themes, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 91-117 -- John M. Gowdy (1985), 'Evolutionary Theory and Economic Theory: Some Methodological Issues, Review of Social Economy, XLIII (3), December, 316-24 -- Jack Hirshleifer (1982), 'Evolutionary Models in Economics and Law: Cooperation Versus Conflict Strategies', Research in Law and Economics, 4, 1-60 -- W. Brian Arthur, Yu M. Ermoliev and Yu M. Kaniovski (1987), 'Path-Dependent Processes and the Emergence of Macro-Structure', European Journal of Operational Research, 30 (3), June, 294-303 -- Paul A. David (1985), 'Clio and the Economics of QWERTY', American Economic Review, 75 (2), May, 332-7 -- Timur Kuran (1989), 'Sparks and Prairie Fires: A Theory of Unanticipated Political Revolution', Public Choice, 61, 41-74 -- G. Haag, W. Weidlich and G. Mensch (1987), 'The Schumpeter Clock', in D. Batten , J. Casti and B. Johansson (eds), Economic Evolution and Structural Adjustment, Berlin: Springer, 187-226 -- Brian Loasby (1983), 'Knowledge, Learning and Enterprise', in J. Wiseman (ed.), Beyond Positive Economics?, New York: St. Martin's Press, 104-21 -- Stan Metcalfe (1989), 'Evolution and Economic Change', in Audrey Silberston (ed.), Technology and Economic Progress, London: Macmillan Press, 54-85.
    Abstract: F.A. Hayek (1978), 'Competition as a Discovery Procedure', in F.A. Hayek , New Studies in Philosophy, Politics, Economics and the History of Ideas, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 179-90 -- Ulrich Witt (1985), 'Coordination of Individual Economic Activities as an Evolving Process of Self-Organization', tconomie Appliquie, XXXVII, 569-95 -- Robert Boyd and Peter J. Richerson (1980), 'Sociobiology, Culture and Economic Theory', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 1 (2), June, 97-121 -- F.A. Hayek (1967), 'Notes on the Evolution of Systems of Rules of Conduct', Studies in Philosophy, Politics and Economics, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 66-81 -- Viktor Vanberg (1986), 'Spontaneous Market Order and Social Rules: A Critical Examination of F.A. Hayek's Theory of Cultural Evolution', Economics and Philosophy, 2 (1), April, 75-100.
    Abstract: Evolutionary economics has become a major heterodox approach over the last decades. Its roots can be traced back to Schumpeter and Veblen. More recently, an important role is also played by analogies to evolutionary biology, notably to natural selection models. As this research review explains, the approach of evolutionary economics offers an improved understanding of market processes, industry dynamics, structural change, and economic growth as being driven by human innovativeness
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    ISBN: 9781784717421
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Women's entrepreneurship in global and local contexts
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Weibliche Führungskräfte ; Women-owned business enterprises ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Unternehmerin ; Weibliche Führungskraft
    Abstract: 1. Introduction: women's entrepreneurship in global and local contexts / Cristina Díaz-García, Candida G. Brush, Elizabeth J. Gatewood and Friederike Welter -- Part I institutional factors explaining women entrepreneurship -- 2. The role of gendered institutional contexts in the rate and type of women's entrepreneurship across countries / John Ruiz-Arroyo, John Fuentes and John Bojica -- 3. Business and occupational crowding: implications for female entrepreneurship development and success / Ruta Aidis -- 4. Innovation and women's entrepreneurship - (why) are women entrepreneurs less innovative? / Teita Bijedić, Siegrun Brink, Kerstin Ettl, Silke Kriwoluzky, Friederike Welter -- 5. Strategies and policies influencing entrepreneurial start-up decisions: evidence from Tanzanian female entrepreneurs / Dina Nziku -- Part II meso-organsational structures and institutions influencing women entrepreneurs -- 6. The gendered contextualization of SME cooperation in urban East Africa / Malin Tillmar -- 7. Management in small firms run by women: a case study of handicraft exporters / Janina V. León -- 8. Supporting artisan communities through social entrepreneurship in Kenya: an exploration of Soko / Alanna Ford and Sarah Cooper -- 9. Empowering women through social entrepreneurship with innovative business models: cases from Turkey / Duygu Uygur, Elif Bezal Kahraman and Gonca Gunay -- 10. Financing high-growth women-owned enterprises: evidence from the United States / Susan Coleman and Alicia Robb -- Part III women entrepreneurship as embedded agency: entrepreneurial intention, firm creation and management -- 11. The entrepreneurial potential of Spanish university women based on a psychosocial model / José C. Sánchez-García & Brizeida R. Hernández-Sánchez -- 12. Entrepreneurial intention of young Lebanese students; an overview of a gender study / Laurice Alexandre -- 13. An exploration of Icelandic marketing women entrepreneurs / Guja Armansdottir, Clare Brindley, Carley Foster, Daniel Wheatley and Christopher Pich -- 14. Women entrepreneurs and performance: evidences from Italy / Michela Mari, Sara Pogessi and Luisa De Vita.
    Abstract: The phenomenon of women's entrepreneurship has gained significant momentum across the globe. Written by leading scholars from a wide range of countries, this book advances the understanding of women's entrepreneurship by drawing attention to the contexts in which they operate. It is the fifth in the series of books produced in partnership with the Diana International Research Network. In this book, expert contributors explore female potential and how entrepreneurs make decisions within a multi-layered gendered context. As a rare and current overview of women's entrepreneurship, it presents evidence of the positive impact that achieving equality in gendered institutions would have, how to facilitate meso-institutions' impact and how to foster entrepreneurship education and entrepreneurial initiative at the individual level. A crucial discussion of how women's entrepreneurship could benefit from a more comprehensive concept of innovation or implementing entrepreneurial policies focused on women is also included. With its focus on advancing knowledge about gender issues within the business realm, Women's Entrepreneurship in Global and Local Contexts will be of interest to researchers, faculty and students as well as policy-makers and practitioners
    Note: Contributors include: R. Aidis, L. Alexandre, G. Armannsdottir, T. Bijedić, A.M. Bojica, C. Brindley, S. Brink, C.G. Brush, S. Coleman, S. Cooper, L. De Vita, M. del Mar Fuentes, C. Díaz-García, K. Ettl, A. Ford, C. Foster, E.J. Gatewood, G. Gunay, B.R. Hernández-Sánchez, E.B. Kahraman, S. Kriwoluzky, J.V. León, M. Mari, D. Nziku, C. Pich, S. Poggesi, A. Robb, M. Ruiz-Arroyo, J.C. Sánchez-García, M. Tillmar, D. Uygur, F. Welter, D. Wheatley , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784716844
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for entrepreneurship and context
    DDC: 338.04072
    RVK:
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Entrepreneurship research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: 1. The context of contextualizing contexts / Friederike Welter, William B. Gartner and Mike Wright -- 2. Understanding entrepreneurial cognitions through the lenses of context / Malin Brännback and Alan L. Carsrud -- 3. 'After' context / Chris Steyaert -- 4. Let them eat bricolage? Toward a contextualized notion of inequality of entrepreneurial opportunity / Ted Baker and E. Erin Powell -- 5. The temporal dimension of context / Stephen Lippmann and Howard E. Aldrich -- 6. Entrepreneurship in historical context: using history to develop theory and understand process / R. Daniel Wadhwani -- 7. A relational conceptualization of context and the real-time emergence of entrepreneurship processes / Denise Fletcher and Paul Selden -- 8. Theorizing entrepreneurship in context / Erik Stam -- 9. Methodological approaches towards context-sensitive entrepreneurship research / Simone Chlosta -- 10. Advancing understanding of entrepreneurial embeddedness: forms of capital, social contexts and time / Sarah Drakopoulou Dodd, Tobias Pret and Eleanor Shaw -- 11. Historical methods for contextualizing entrepreneurship research / R. Daniel Wadhwani -- 12. Narrating context / William B. Gartner -- 13. Advancing our research agenda for entrepreneurship and contexts / Friederike Welter and William B. Gartner -- 14. A reading list on entrepreneurship and contexts.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. There is growing recognition that entrepreneurship can be better understood within its context(s). This carefully designed book invites readers to take a journey: from reflecting critically on where the discussion on context and entrepreneurship stands today towards identifying future research questions and themes that deserve the attention of entrepreneurship scholars. This collection draws attention to the research challenges the entrepreneurship field faces by reviewing the many facets of contexts and by reflecting on methods and theoretical approaches that are required in order to contextualize entrepreneurship research. Written by renowned international scholars, the book's leading-edge contributions provide a thorough exploration of how to contextualize entrepreneurship research. Taking a multidisciplinary approach, comprehensive coverage of the entrepreneurship/contexts debate is included, in addition to reading lists and a chapter dedicated to advancing future research avenues. Students and academics interested in context and entrepreneurship will benefit from this far-reaching and forward-thinking book
    Note: Contributors include: H.E. Aldrich, T. Baker, M. Brännback, A.L. Carsrud, S. Chlosta, S. Drakopoulou Dodd, D. Fletcher, W.B. Gartner, S. Lippmann, E.E. Powell, T. Pret, E. Shaw, P. Selden, E. Stam, C. Steyaert, R.D. Wadhwani, F. Welter, M. Wright , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    ISBN: 9781786432544
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Frontiers in European entrepreneurship
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research in Entrepreneurship and Small Business Conference (28. : 2014 : Luxemburg (Stadt)) Entrepreneurship, universities & resources
    DDC: 338/.04
    RVK:
    Keywords: Sozialwirtschaft ; Gründungsausbildung ; Ressourcenorientierter Ansatz ; Theorie-Praxis-Verhältnis ; Finnland ; Russland ; Welt ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Konferenzschrift ; Europäische Union ; Hochschule ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: 1. Introduction: Focusing on the Role of Resources and Universities in Entrepreneurship / Ulla Hytti, Robert Blackburn, Denise Fletcher and Friederike Welter -- 2. Exploring Processes and Structures in Social Entrepreneuring: A Practice-Theory Approach / Bengt Johannisson, Jan Alpenberg and Pär Strandberg -- 3. Entrepreneurship and Equity Crowdfunding: A Research Agenda / Thanh Huynh -- 4. How Business Angels Found a Way to Contribute Non-financially: A Processual Approach / Olli-Matti Nevalainen and Päivi Eriksson -- 5. Resource Flexibility, Early Internationalization and Performance / R. Işıl Yavuz, Harry Sapienza and Youngeun Chu -- 6. Overcoming the 'Smallness Challenge' in Asymmetrical Alliances / Krister Salamonsen -- 7. Evolution of the Scientrepreneur? Role Identity Construction of Science-based Entrepreneurs in Finland and in Russia / Päivi Karhunen and Irina Olimpieva -- 8. The Intention-behavior Link of Higher Education Graduates / Elina Varamäki, Sanna Joensuu-Salo and Anmari Viljamaa -- 9. Made in Liverpool : Exploring the Contribution of a University-industry Research Partnership to Innovation and Entrepreneurship / Sam Horner and Benito Giordano.
    Abstract: The role of resources is pivotal in entrepreneurship for the success of new and small ventures, though most face resource constraints. The book offers multiple perspectives on analysing and understanding the importance of resources in entrepreneurship development. Approaching the subject with both a practice-theory and research-based approach, the contributors analyse topics such as processes and structures in social entrepreneuring; entrepreneurship and equity in crowdfunding; and forming alliances with large firms to overcome resource constraints. The contributors provide evidence, for example, on how business angels can contribute more than finance to small ventures and how the flexibility of resources is important in internationalisation. Students and scholars of entrepreneurship, business and management, and other related subjects will find this book to be of interest. It will also be of use to practitioners in the field looking for practical advice
    Note: Contributors: J. Alpenberg, R. Blackburn, Y. Chu, P. Eriksson, D. Fletcher, B. Giordano, S. Horner, T. Huynh, U. Hytti, S. Joensuu-Salo, B. Johannisson, P. Karhunen, O.-M. Nevalainen, I. Olimpieva, K. Salamonsen, H. Sapienza, P. Strandberg, E. Varamäki, A. Viljamaa, F. Welter, R.I. Yavuz , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718923
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,192 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Keywords: Economic forecasting ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): KLEIN, Judy L. (1997), Statistical Visions in Time. A History of Time Series Analysis, 1662-1938, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- MORGAN, Mary S. (1990), The History of Econometric Ideas, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- MOORE, Henry L. (1923), Generating Economic Cycles, New York: Macmillan. -- MITCHELL, Wesley C. (1913), Business Cycles and their Causes. Berkeley: California University Memoirs, Volume 3. -- PERSONS, Warren M. (1924a), Some Fundamental Concepts of Statistics, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 19, 1-8. -- PERSONS, Warren M. (1924b), The Problem of Business Forecasting, Pollak Foundation for Economic Research Publications, No. 6, London: Pitman. -- SAMUELSON, Paul A. (1987), Paradise Lost and Refound: The Harvard ABC Barometers, Journal of Portfolio Management, 4, 4-9. -- MARGET, Albert W. (1929), Morgenstern on the Methodology of Economic Forecasting, Journal of Political Economy, 37, 312-339. -- LUCAS, Robert E. (1976), Econometric Policy Evaluation: A Critique, in K. Brunner and A. Meltzer (editors), The Phillips Curve and Labor Markets, Vol. 1 of Carnegie-Rochester Conferences on Public Policy, 19-46, Amsterdam: North-Holland. -- MARRIS, Robin L. (1954), The Position of Economics and Economists in the Government Machine: a Comparative Critique of the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, Economic Journal, 64, 759-783. -- BODKIN, Ronald G., Lawrence R. KLEIN and Kanta MARWAH (1991), A History of Macroeconometric Model-Building, Aldershot: Edward Elgar. -- ADELMAN, Irma and Frank L. ADELMAN (1959), The Dynamic Properties of the Klein-Goldberger Model, Econometrica, 27, 596-625. -- SUITS, Daniel B. (1962), Forecasting and Analysis with an Econometric Model, American Economic Review, 52, 104-132. -- CAIRNCROSS, Sir Alec (1969), Economic Forecasting, Economic Journal, 79, 797-812. -- McNEES, Stephen K. (1982), The Role of Macroeconometric Models in Forecasting and Policy Analysis in the United States, Journal of Forecasting, 1, 37-48. -- BURNS, Terry (1986), The Interpretation and Use of Economic Predictions, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, A, 407, 103-125. -- WALLIS, Kenneth F. (1989), Macroeconomic Forecasting: A Survey, Economic Journal, 99, 28-61 -- BOX, George E.P. and Gwilym M. JENKINS (1970), Time Series Analysis: Forecasting and Control, San Francisco: Holden-Day. -- COEN, P.G., E.D. GOMME, and Maurice G. KENDALL (1969), Lagged Relationships in Economic Forecasting (with discussion), Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 132, 133-163.
    Abstract: BRAY, Jeremy (1971), Dynamic Equations for Economic Forecasting with the GDP - Unemployment Relation and the Growth of GDP in the UK as an Example (with discussion), Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 134, 167-227. -- NEWBOLD, Paul and Clive W.J. GRANGER (1974), Experience with Forecasting Univariate Time Series and the Combination of Forecasts (with discussion), Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 137, 131-165. -- BOX, George E.P. and Paul NEWBOLD (1971), Some Comments on a Paper by Coen, Gomme and Kendall, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 134, 229-240. -- MAKRIDAKIS, S., A. ANDERSON, R. CARBONE, M. HIBON, R. LEWANDOWSKI, J. NEWTON, E. PARZEN and R. WINKLER (1982), The Accuracy of Extrapolation (Time Series) Methods: Results of a Forecasting Competition, Journal of Forecasting, 1, 111-153. -- MEESE, Richard, and John GEWEKE, (1984), A Comparison of Autoregressive Univariate Forecasting Procedures for Macroeconomic Time Series, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 2, 191-200. -- HARVEY, Andrew C. and Paul H.J. TODD (1983), Forecasting Economic Time Series with Structural and Box-Jenkins Methods (with discussion), Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 1, 299-315. -- LITTERMAN, Robert (1986), Forecasting with Bayesian Vector Autoregressions - Five Years of Experience, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 4, 25-38. -- KADIYALA, K. Rao and Sune KARLSSON (1993), Forecasting with Generalized Bayesian Vector Autoregressions, Journal of Forecasting, 12, 365-378. -- SIMS, Christopher A. (1980), Macroeconomics and Reality, Econometrica, 48, 1-48. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. and Jin Luang LIN (1994), Forecasting from Non-linear Models in Practice, Journal of Forecasting, 13, 1-10. -- CHATFIELD, Chris (1997), Forecasting in the 1990s, The Statistician, 46, 461-473. -- ZHANG, Guoqiang, B. Eddy PATUWO and Michael Y. HU (1998), Forecasting with Artificial Neural Networks: The State of the Art, International Journal of Forecasting, 14, 35-62. -- TERÄSVIRTA, Timo, Dick van DIJK and Marcelo C. MEDEIROS (2005), Smooth Transition Autoregressions, Neural Networks, and Linear Models in Forecasting Macroeconomic Time Series: A Re-examination, International Journal of Forecasting, 21, 755-774. -- STOCK, James H. and Mark W. WATSON (2002), Forecasting using Principal Components from a Large Number of Predictors, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 97, 1167-1179. -- FORNI, Mario, Marc HALLIN, Marco LIPPI and Lucrezia REICHLIN (2005), The Generalized Dynamic Factor Model: One-Sided Estimation and Forecasting, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 100, 830-839. -- EICKMEIER, Sandra and Christina ZIEGLER (2008), How Successful are Dynamic Factor Models at Forecasting Output and Inflation? A Meta-Analytic Approach, Journal of Forecasting, 27, 237-265. -- BAILLIE, Richard T. and Tim BOLLERSLEV (1992), Prediction in Dynamic Models with Time-Dependent Conditional Variances, Journal of Econometrics, 52, 91-113. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (1995), Forecasting in Cointegrated Systems, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 10, 127-146. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (1999), Forecasting Non-stationary Economic Time Series, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
    Abstract: CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (2002a), Modelling Methodology and Forecast Failure, Econometrics Journal, 5, 319-344. -- HENDRY, David F. and Grayham E. MIZON (2005), Forecasting in the Presence of Structural Breaks and Policy Regime Shifts, in Donald W.K. Andrews and James H. Stock (editors), Identification and Inference for Econometrics Models: Essays in Honor of Thomas Rotherburg, 480-502, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- HENDRY, David F. (2006), Robustifying Forecasts from Equilibrium-Correction Models, Journal of Econometrics, 135, 399-426. -- CASTLE, Jennifer L., Nicholas W.P. FAWCETT and David F. HENDRY (2010), Forecasting with Equilibrium-Correction Models during Structural Breaks, Journal of Econometrics, 158, 25-36. -- MOORE, Geoffrey H. (1969), Forecasting Short-Term Economic Change, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 64, 1-22. -- ZARNOWITZ, Victor (1979), An Analysis of Annual and Multiperiod Quarterly Forecasts of Aggregate Income, Output, and the Price Level, Journal of Business, 52, 1-33. -- STECKLER, Herman O. (1968), Forecasting with Econometric Models: An Evaluation, Econometrica, 36, 437-463. -- NELSON, Charles R. (1972), The Prediction Performance of the F.R.B.-M.I.T.-PENN model of the U.S. Economy, American Economic Review, 62, 902-917. -- THEIL, Henri (1958), Economic Forecasts and Policy, Amsterdam: North Holland. -- BATES, John M. and Clive W.J. GRANGER (1969), The Combination of Forecasts, Operational Research Quarterly, 20, 451-468. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. and Paul NEWBOLD (1973), Some Comments on the Evaluation of Economic Forecasts, Applied Economics, 5, 35-47. -- CLEMEN, Robert T. (1989), Combining Forecasts: A Review and Annotated Bibliography, International Journal of Forecasting, 5, 559-583. -- NEWBOLD, Paul and Clive W.J. GRANGER (1974), Experience with Forecasting Univariate Time Series and the Combination of Forecasts (with discussion), Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 137, 131-165. -- ELLIOTT, Graham and Allan TIMMERMANN (2005), Optimal Forecast Combination under Regime Switching, International Economic Review, 46, 1081-1102. -- CAPISTRÁN, Carlos and Allan TIMMERMANN (2009), Forecast Combination with Entry and Exit of Experts, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 27, 428-440. -- SMITH, Jeremy and Kenneth F. WALLIS (2009), A Simple Explanation of the Forecast Combination Puzzle, Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, 71, 331-355. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David I. HARVEY (2010), Forecast Encompassing Tests and Probability Forecasts, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 25, 1028-1062. -- HENDRY, David F. and Michael P. CLEMENTS (2004), Pooling of Forecasts, Econometrics Journal, 7, 1-31. -- PESARAN, M. Hashem and Allan TIMMERMANN (2005), Small Sample Properties of Forecasts from Autoregressive Models under Structural Breaks, Journal of Econometrics, 129, 183-217.
    Abstract: COOPER, Richard L. (1972), The Predictive Performance of Quarterly Econometric Models of the United States, in B.G. Hickman (editor), Econometric Models of Cyclical Behaviour, No. 36 in National Bureau of Economic Research Studies in Income and Wealth, 813-947, New York: Columbia University Press. -- HOWREY, E. Philip, Lawrence R. KLEIN and Michael D. McCARTHY (1974), Notes on Testing the Predictive Performance of Econometric Models, International Economic Review, 15, 366-383. -- FAIR, Ray C. (1974), An Evaluation of a Short-Run Forecasting Model, International Economic Review, 15, 285-304. -- FAIR, Ray C. (1979), An Analysis of the Accuracy of Four Macroeconometric Models, Journal of Political Economy, 87, 701-718. -- SARGENT, Thomas J. (1976), A Classical Macroeconometric Model for the United States, Journal of Political Economy, 84, 207-237. -- SIMS, Christopher A. (1980), Macroeconomics and Reality, Econometrica, 48, 1-48. -- McNEES, Stephen K. (1986), Forecasting Accuracy of Alternative Techniques: A Comparison of U.S. Macroeconomic Forecasts, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 4, 5-15. -- KOLB, R.A. and Herman O. STEKLER (1990), The Lead and Accuracy of Economic Forecasts, Journal of Macroeconomics, 12, 111-123. -- BATCHELOR, Roy A. and Pami DUA (1990), Forecaster Ideology, Forecasting Technique, and the Accuracy of Economic Forecasts, International Journal of Forecasting, 6, 3-10. -- McNEES, Stephen K. (1992), The Uses and Abuses of 'Consensus' Forecasts, Journal of Forecasting, 11, 70-84. -- LEITCH, Gordon and J. Ernest TANNER (1991), Economic Forecast Evaluation: Profits versus Conventional Error Measures, American Economic Review, 81, 580-590. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. (1969), Prediction with a Generalized Cost of Error Function, Operations Research Quarterly, 20, 199-207. -- DIEBOLD, Francis X. and Robert S. MARIANO (1995), Comparing Forecast Accuracy, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 13, 253-263. -- HARVEY, David I., Stephen J. LEYBOURNE and Paul NEWBOLD (1998), Tests for Forecast Encompassing, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 16, 254-259. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. (1996), Can We Improve the Perceived Quality of Economic Forecasts?, International Journal of Forecasting, 11, 455-473. -- WEST, Kenneth D. and Michael W. McCRACKEN (1998), Regression Tests for Predictive Ability, International Economic Review, 39, 817-840. -- CLARK, Todd E. and Michael W. McCRACKEN (2001), Test for Equal Forecast Accuracy and Encompassing for Nested Models, Journal of Econometrics 105, 85-110. -- CLARK, Todd E. and Kenneth D. WEST (2007), Approximately Normal Tests for Equal Predictive Accuracy in Nested Models, Journal of Econometrics, 138, 291-311. -- HANSEN, Peter R. (2005), A Test for Superior Predictive Ability, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 23, 365-380.
    Abstract: GIACOMINI, Raffaella and Halbert WHITE (2006), Tests of Conditional Predictive Ability, Econometrica, 74, 1545-1578. -- HANSEN, Peter R. and Asger LUNDE (2005), A Forecast Comparison of Volatility Models: Does Anything Beat a GARCH(1,1)?, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 20, 873-879. -- McCRACKEN, Michael W. and Stephen G. SAPP (2005), Evaluating the Predictive Ability of Exchange Rates using Long Horizon Regressions: Mind your p's and q's!, Journal of Money Credit and Banking, 37, 473-494. -- GIACOMINI, Raffaella and Barbara ROSSI (2009), Detecting and Predicting Forecast Breakdown, Review of Economic Studies, 76, 669-705. -- BURNS, Arthur F. and Wesley C. MITCHELL (1946), Measuring Business Cycles, New York: National Bureau of Economic Research. -- KOOPMANS, Tjalling C. (1947), Measurement without Theory, Review of Economic Statistics, 29, 161-172. -- HENDRY, David F. and Mary S. MORGAN (editors) (1995), The Foundations of Econometric Analysis, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- ALEXANDER, Sidney S. and Herman O. STEKLER (1959), Forecasting Industrial Production - Leading Series versus Autoregression, Journal of Political Economy, 67, 402-409. -- HYMANS, Saul H. (1973), On the Use of Leading Indicators to Predict Cyclical Turning Points, Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, 1973(2), 339-384. -- AUERBACH, Alan J. (1982), The Index of Leading Indicators: 'Measurement Without Theory' Thirty-Five Years Later, Review of Economics and Statistics, 64, 589-595. -- DIEBOLD, Francis X., and Glenn D. RUDEBUSCH (1991), Forecasting Output with the Composite Leading Index: An ex ante Analysis, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 86, 603-610. -- NIEMIRA, Michael P. and Philip A. KLEIN (1994), Forecasting Financial and Economic Cycles, New York: Wiley. -- EMERSON, Rebecca A., and David F. HENDRY (1996), An Evaluation of Forecasting Using Leading Indicators, Journal of Forecasting, 15, 271-291. -- CAMBA-MENDEZ, Gonzalo, George KAPETANIOS, Martin R. WEALE and Ron J. SMITH (2002), The Forecasting Performance of the OECD Composite Leading Indicators for France, Germany, Italy and the UK, in Michael P. Clements and David F. Hendry (editors), A Companion to Economic Forecasting, 386-408, Oxford: Blackwell. -- MARCELLINO, Massimiliano (2006), Leading Indicators, in Graham Elliott, Clive W.J. Granger and Allan Timmermann (editors), Handbook of Economic Forecasting, 879-960, Amsterdam: Elsevier. -- COWLES, Arthur, (1933), Can Stock Market Forecasters Forecast?, Econometrica, 1, 309-324. -- KENDALL, Maurice G. (1953), The Analysis of Economic Time Series - Part 1: Prices, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 96, 11-25. -- ROBERTS, Harry V. (1959), Stock-Market 'Patterns' and Financial Analysis: Methodological Suggestions, Journal of Finance, 14, 1-10. -- COOTNER, Paul A. (editor) (1964), The Random Character of Stock Market Prices, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
    Abstract: GRANGER, Clive W.J. and Oskar MORGENSTERN (1970), Predictability of Stock Market Prices, Lexington: Heath. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. (1972), Analysis of Stock Market Price Data, Bulletin of the Institute of Mathematics and Its Applications, 8, 229-232. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. (1993), Forecasting Stock Market Prices: Lessons for Forecasters, International Journal of Forecasting, 9, 3-18. -- BOLLERSLEV, Tim, Ray Y. CHOU and Kenneth F. KRONER (1992), ARCH Modelling in Finance: A Review of the Theory and Empirical Evidence, Journal of Econometrics, 52, 5-59. -- LAMOUREUX, Christopher G. and William D. LASTRAPES (1993), Forecasting Stock Return Variance: Toward an Understanding of Stochastic Implied Volatilities, Review of Financial Studies, 6, 293-326. -- NOH, Jaesun, Robert F. ENGLE, and Alex KANE (1994), Forecasting Volatility and Option Pricing of the S&P 500 Index, Journal of Derivatives, 2, 17-30. -- KRONER, Kenneth F., Kevin P. KNEAFSEY, and Stijn CLAESSENS (1995), Forecasting Volatility in Commodity Markets, Journal of Forecasting, 14, 77-95. -- WEST, Kenneth D. and Dongchul CHO (1995), The Predictive Ability of Several Models of Exchange Rate Volatility, Journal of Econometrics, 69, 367-391. -- SATCHELL, Steven, and Allan TIMMERMANN (1995), An Assessment of the Economic Value of Non-linear Foreign Exchange Rate Forecasts, Journal of Forecasting, 14, 477-497. -- ANDERSEN, Torben G. and Tim BOLLERSLEV (1998), Answering the Sceptics: Yes, Standard Volatility Models do Provide Accurate Forecasts, International Economic Review, 39, 885-905. -- HANSEN, Peter R. and Asger LUNDE (2005), A Forecast Comparison of Volatility Models: Does Anything Beat a GARCH(1,1)?, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 20, 873-889. -- ANDERSEN, Torben G., Tim BOLLERSLEV, Francis X. DIEBOLD and Paul LABYS (2003), Modelling and Forecasting Realized Volatility, Econometrica, 71, 579-625. -- DEO, Rohit, Clifford HURVICH and Yi LU (2006), Forecasting Realized Volatility using a Long-Memory Stochastic Volatility Model: Estimation, Prediction and Seasonal Adjustment, Journal of Econometrics, 131, 29-58. -- ANDERSEN, Torben G., Tim BOLLERSLEV and Francis X. DIEBOLD (2007), Roughing it Up: Including Jump Components in the Measurement, Modelling and Forecasting of Return Volatility, Review of Economics and Statistics, 89, 707-720. -- CORSI, Fulvio (2009), A Simple Long Memory Model of Realized Volatility, Journal of Financial Econometrics, 7, 174-196. -- LUCAS, Robert E. and Thomas J. SARGENT (editors) (1981), Rational Expectations and Econometric Practice, London: Allen and Unwin. -- RIPPE, Richard D. and Maurice WILKINSON (1974), Forecasting Accuracy of the McGraw-Hill Anticipatory Data, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 69, 849-858. -- CARLSON, John (1977), A Study of Price Forecasts, Annals of Economic and Social Measurement, 6, 27-56. -- ZARNOWITZ, Victor (1985), Rational Expectations and Macroeconomic Forecasts, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 3, 293-311.
    Abstract: DAVIES, Antony and Kajal LAHIRI (1995), A New Framework for Testing Rationality and Measuring Aggregate Shocks using Panel Data, Journal of Econometrics, 68, 205-227. -- BONHAM, Carl S. and Richard H. COHEN (2001), To Aggregate, Pool, or Neither: Testing the Rational Expectations Hypothesis using Survey Data, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 19, 278-291. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P., Fred JOUTZ and Herman O. STEKLER (2007), An Evaluation of the Forecasts of the Federal Reserve: A Pooled Approach, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 22, 121-136. -- BOERO, Gianna, Jeremy SMITH and Kenneth F. WALLIS (2008a), Evaluating a Three-Dimensional Panel of Point Forecasts: The Bank of England, International Journal of Forecasting, 24, 354-367. -- BOERO, Gianna, Jeremy SMITH and Kenneth F. WALLIS (2008b), Uncertainty and Disagreement in Economic Prediction: The Bank of England Survey of External Forecasters, Economic Journal, 118, 1107-1127. -- LAHIRI, Kajal and Xuguang SHENG (2010), Measuring Forecast Uncertainty by Disagreement: The Missing Link, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 25, 514-538. -- SMETS, Frank and Rafael WOUTERS (2004), Forecasting with a Bayesian DSGE Model: An Application to the Euro Area, Journal of Common Market Studies, 42, 841-867. -- ADOLFSON, Malin, Jesper LINDÉ and Mattias VILLANE (2007), Forecasting Performance of an Open Economy DSGE Model, Econometric Reviews, 26, 289-328. -- GHENT, Andra C. (2009), Comparing DSGE-VAR Forecasting Models: How big are the Differences?, Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control, 33, 864-882. -- CHRISTOFFERSEN, Peter (1998), Evaluating Interval Forecasts, International Economic Review, 39, 841-862. -- DIEBOLD, Francis X., Todd GUNTHER and Anthony S. TAY (1998), Evaluating Density Forecasts with Application to Financial Risk Management, International Economic Review, 39, 863-883. -- TAY, Anthony S. and Kenneth F. WALLIS (2000), Density Forecasting: A Survey, Journal of Forecasting, 19, 235-254. -- BERKOWITZ, Jeremy (2001), Testing Density Forecasts, with Applications to Risk Management, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 19, 465-474. -- CORRADI, Valentina and Norman R. SWANSON (2006), Predictive Density and Conditional Confidence Interval Accuracy Tests, Journal of Econometrics, 127, 187-228. -- AMISANO, Gianna and Raffaella GIACOMINI (2007), Comparing Density Forecasts via Weighted Likelihood Ratio Tests, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 25, 177-190. -- HALL, Stephen G. and James MITCHELL (2007), Combining Density Forecasts, International Journal of Forecasting, 23, 1-13. -- EVANS, Martin D.D. (2005), Where Are We Now? Real-Time Estimates of the Macroeconomy, International Journal of Central Banking, 1, 127-175. -- GIANNONE, Domenico, Lucrezia REICHLIN and David SMALL (2008), Nowcasting: The Real-Time Informational Content of Macroeconomic Data, Journal of Monetary Economics, 55, 665-676. -- GHYSELS, Eric, Arthur SINKO and Rossen VALKANOV (2006), MIDAS Regressions: Further Results and New Directions, Econometric Reviews, 26, 53-90.
    Abstract: ARMESTO, Michelle T., Kristie ENGEMANN and Michael OWYANG (2010), Forecasting with Mixed Frequencies, Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Review, 9216, 521-536. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and Ana B. Galvão (2008), Macroeconomic Forecasting with Mixed Frequency Data: Forecasting US Output Growth, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 26, 546-554. -- MARCELLINO, Massimiliano and Christian SCHUMACHER (2010), Factor-MIDAS for Now - and Forecasting with Ragged-Edge Data: A Model Comparison for German GDP, Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, 72, 518-550. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (editors) (2002b), A Companion to Economic Forecasting, Oxford: Blackwell. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (editors) (2011), The Oxford Handbook of Economic Forecasting, Oxford: Oxford University Press. -- CASTLE, Jennifer L. and Neil SHEPHARD (editors) (2009), The Methodology and Practice of Econometrics: A Festschrift in Honour of Professor David Hendry, Oxford: Oxford University Press. -- ELLIOTT, Graham, Clive W.J. GRANGER and Allan TIMMERMANN (editors) (2006), Handbook of Economic Forecasting, Volume 1, Amsterdam: Elsevier. -- ELLIOTT, Graham and Allan TIMMERMANN (editors) (2013), Handbook of Economic Forecasting, Volume 2, Amsterdam: Elsevier. -- Warren M. Persons (1924), 'Some Fundamental Concepts of Statistics', Journal of the American Statistical Association, XIX (145), March, 1-8 -- Paul A. Samuelson (1987), 'Paradise Lost and Refound: The Harvard ABC Barometers', Journal of Portfolio Management, 4, Spring, 4-9 -- Arthur W. Marget (1929), 'Morgenstern on the Methodology of Economic Forecasting', Journal of Political Economy, XXXVII (3), June, 312-39 -- R.L. Marris (1954), 'The Position of Economics and Economists in the Government Machine: A Comparative Critique of the United Kingdom and the Netherlands', Economic Journal, LXIV (256), December, 759-83 -- Daniel B. Suits (1962), 'Forecasting and Analysis with an Econometric Model', American Economic Review, LII (1), March, 104-32 -- Alec Cairncross (1969), 'Economic Forecasting', Economic Journal, LXXIX (316), December, 797-812 -- Stephen K. McNees (1982), 'The Role of Macroeconometric Models in Forecasting and Policy Analysis in the United States', Journal of Forecasting, 1 (1), 37-48 -- Sir Terence Bums (1986), 'The Interpretation and Use of Economic Predictions' and discussion, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, Series A, 407, 103-25 -- Kenneth F. Wallis (1991), 'Macroeconomic Forecasting: A Survey,' in Andrew J. Oswald (ed.), Surveys in Economics, Volume I, Chapter 2, Oxford: Basil Blackwell Ltd, 48-81 -- P.J. Coen, E.D. Gomme and M.G. Kendall (1969), 'Lagged Relationships in Economic Forecasting' and discussion, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 132 (1), 133-63 -- Jeremy Bray (1971), 'Dynamic Equations for Economic Forecasting with the G.D.P.-Unemployment Relation and the Growth of G.D.R in the United Kingdom as an Example' and discussion, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 134 (2), 167-227.
    Abstract: George E.P. Box and Paul Newbold (1971), 'Some Comments on a Paper of Coen, Gomme and Kendall', Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 134 (2), 229-40 -- P. Newbold and C.W.J. Granger (1974), 'Experience with Forecasting Univariate Time Series and the Combination of Forecasts' and discussion, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 137 (2), 131-64 -- Richard Meese and John Geweke (1984), 'A Comparison of Autoregressive Univariate Forecasting Procedures for Macroeconomic Time Series', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 2 (3), July, 191-200 -- A.C. Harvey and P.H.J. Todd (1983), 'Forecasting Economic Time Series With Structural and Box-Jenkins Models: A Case Study', comments by Craig F. Ansley, David F. Findley and Paul Newbold and 'Response' by A.C. Harvey and P.H.J. Todd, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 1 (4), October, 299-315 -- Robert B. Litterman (1986), 'Forecasting With Bayesian Vector Autoregressions - Five Years of Experience', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 4(1), January, 25-38 -- K. Rao Kadiyala and Sune Karlsson (1993), 'Forecasting with Generalized Bayesian Vector Autoregressions', Journal of Forecasting, 12, 365-78 -- Jin-Lung Lin and C.W.J. Granger (1994), 'Forecasting from Nonlinear Models in Practice', Journal of Forecasting, 13 (1), January, 1-9 -- Chris Chatfield (1997), 'Forecasting in the 1990s', The Statistician, 46 (4), 461-73 -- Richard T. Baillie and Tim Bollerslev (1992), 'Prediction in Dynamic Models with Time-dependent Conditional Variances', Journal of Econometrics, 52, 91-113 -- Michael P. Clements and David F. Hendry (1993), 'On the Limitations of Comparing Mean Square Forecast Errors', Journal of Forecasting, 12, 617-37 -- Michael P. Clements and David F. Hendry (1995), 'Forecasting in Cointegrated Systems', Journal of Applied Econometrics, 10, 127-46 -- David F. Hendry (1997), 'The Econometrics of Macroeconomic Forecasting', Economic Journal, 107 (444), September, 1330-57 -- Geoffrey H. Moore (1969), 'Forecasting Short-term Economic Change', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 64 (325), March, 1-22 -- Victor Zaraowitz (1979), 'An Analysis of Annual and Multiperiod Quarterly Forecasts of Aggregate Income, Output, and the Price Level', Journal of Business, 52 (1), 1-33 -- H.O. Stekler (1968), 'Forecasting with Econometric Models: An Evaluation', Econometrica, 36 (3-4), July-October, 437-63 -- Charles R. Nelson (1972), 'The Prediction Performance of the FRB-MIT-PENN Model of the U.S. Economy', American Economic Review, 62, December, 902-17 -- J.M. Bates and C.W.J. Granger (1969), 'The Combination of Forecasts', Operational Research Quarterly, 20 (4), 451-68 -- C.W.J. Granger and P. Newbold (1973), 'Some Comments on the Evaluation of Economic Forecasts', Applied Economics, 5 (1), March, 35-47 -- Robert T. Clemen (1989), 'Combining Forecasts: A Review and Annotated Bibliography', International Journal of Forecasting, 5 (4), 559-83.
    Abstract: E. Philip Howrey, Lawrence R. Klein and Michael D. McCarthy (1974), 'Notes on Testing the Predictive Performance of Econometric Models', International Economic Review, 15 (2), June, 366-83 -- Ray C. Fair (1974), 'An Evaluation of a Short-run Forecasting Model', International Economic Review, 15 (2), June, 285-303 -- Ray C. Fair (1979), 'An Analysis of the Accuracy of Four Macroeconometric Models', Journal of Political Economy, 87 (4), August, 701-18 -- Stephen K. McNees (1986), 'Forecasting Accuracy of Alternative Techniques: A Comparison of U.S. Macroeconomic Forecasts', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 4 (1), January, 5-15 -- R.A. Kolb and H.O. Stekler (1990), 'The Lead and Accuracy of Macroeconomic Forecasts', Journal of Macroeconomics, 12 (1), Winter, 111-23 -- Roy Batchelor and Pami Dua (1990), 'Forecaster Ideology, Forecasting Technique, and the Accuracy of Economic Forecasts', International Journal of Forecasting, 6 (1), 3-10 -- Stephen K. McNees (1992), 'The Uses and Abuses of "Consensus" Forecasts', Journal of Forecasting, 11, 703-10 -- Gordon Leitch and J. Ernest Tanner (1991), 'Economic Forecast Evaluation: Profits Versus the Conventional Error Measures', American Economic Review, 81 (3), June, 580-90 -- Francis X. Diebold and Roberto S. Mariano (1995), 'Comparing Predictive Accuracy', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 13 (3), July, 253-63 -- David I. Harvey, Stephen J. Leyboume and Paul Newbold (1998), 'Tests for Forecast Encompassing', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 16 (2), April, 254-9 -- Clive W.J. Granger (1996), 'Can We Improve the Perceived Quality of Economic Forecasts?', Journal of Applied Econometrics, 11, 455-73 -- S.S. Alexander and H.O. Stekler (1959), 'Forecasting Industrial Production - Leading Series Versus Autoregression', Journal of Political Economy, LXVII (4), August, 402-9 -- Saul H. Hymans (1973), 'On the Use of Leading Indicators to Predict Cyclical Turning Points' and 'Comments and Discussion', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, 2, 339-84 -- Alan J. Auerbach (1982), 'The Index of Leading Indicators: "Measurement Without Theory", Thirty-five Years Later', Review of Economics and Statistics, LXIV (4), November, 589-95 -- Francis X. Diebold and Glenn D. Rudebusch (1991), 'Forecasting Output With the Composite Leading Index: A Real-time Analysis', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 86 (415), September, 603-10 -- Rebecca A. Emerson and David F. Hendry (1996), 'An Evaluation of Forecasting Using Leading Indicators', Journal of Forecasting 15 (4), July, 271-91 -- Alfred Cowles 3rd (1933), 'Can Stock Market Forecasters Forecast?', Econometrica, 1 (3), July, 309-24 -- Harry V. Roberts (1959), 'Stock-market "Patterns" and Financial Analysis: Methodological Suggestions', Journal of Finance, XIV (1), March, 1-10 -- C.W.J. Granger (1972), 'Analysis of Stock Market Price Data', Bulletin of the Institute of Mathematics and its Applications, 8, August, 229-32.
    Abstract: Clive W.J. Granger (1992), 'Forecasting Stock Market Prices: Lessons for Forecasters', International Journal of Forecasting, 8, 3-13 -- Christopher G. Lamoureux and William D. Lastrapes (1993), 'Forecasting Stock-return Variance: Toward an Understanding of Stochastic Implied Volatilities', Review of Financial Studies, 6 (2), 293-326 -- Jaesun Noh, Robert F. Engle and Alex Kane (1994), 'Forecasting Volatility and Option Prices of the S&P 500 Index', Journal of Derivatives, 2, Fall, 17-30 -- Kenneth F. Kroner, Kevin P. Kneafsey and Stijn Claessens (1995), 'Forecasting Volatility in Commodity Markets', Journal of Forecasting, 14 (2), March, 77-95 -- Kenneth D. West and Dongchul Cho (1995), 'The Predictive Ability of Several Models of Exchange Rate Volatility', Journal of Econometrics, 69, 367-91 -- Steve Satchell and Allan Timmermann (1995), 'An Assessment of the Economic Value of Non-linear Foreign Exchange Rate Forecasts', Journal of Forecasting, 14 (6), 477-97 -- Richard D. Rippe and Maurice Wilkinson (1974), 'Forecasting Accuracy of the McGraw-Hill Anticipatory Data', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 69 (348), December, 849-58 -- John A. Carlson (1977), 'A Study of Price Forecasts', Annals of Economic and Social Measurement, 6 (1), Winter, 27-56 -- Victor Zamowitz (1985), 'Rational Expectations and Macroeconomic Forecasts', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 3 (4), October, 293-311.
    Abstract: This authoritative and wide-ranging collection presents over fifty of the most important articles on forecasting - a technique that lies at the heart of economic policy and decision-making. This comprehensive two volume set presents the major papers in macroeconomic forecasting and policy making; time series forecasting; the econometrics of forecasting; forecast evaluation; forecasting with leading indicators; forecasting in finance and economic forecasting using surveys
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    ISBN: 9781783474318
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (296 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The global south after the crisis
    DDC: 330.9051
    RVK:
    Keywords: Finanzkrise ; Wirtschaftslage ; Finanzpolitik ; Entwicklungsländer ; Schwellenländer ; Financial crises ; Global Financial Crisis, 2008-2009 ; Finanskriser ; Ulandsøkonomi ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Finanzkrise ; Entwicklungsländer ; Geschichte 2008-2009
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. The impacts of the 2008 global financial crisis on developing countries: the case of the 15 most affected countries / Hasan Cömert and Esra Nur Uğurlu -- 2. A tale of two worlds? income distribution and the global crisis: observations from the north/south nexus / Serdal Bahçe and Ahmet Haşim Köse -- 3. Central banking in developing countries after the crisis: what has changed? / Ahmet Benlialper and Hasan Cömert -- 4. Monetary transmission in Africa: a review of official sources / Rex A. McKenzie -- 5. Commodities economy in times of crisis: Bolivia after the global financial meltdown / Orlando Justo and Juan E. Santarcángelo -- 6. The Brazilian economy after the 2008 global financial crisis: the end of the macroeconomic tripod's golden age / Marcos Reis, Andre De Melo Modenesi and Rui Lyrio Modenesi -- 7. The global financial crisis: impact and response from Malaysia / Shankaran Nambiar -- 8. The impacts of the global crisis on the Turkish economy, and policy responses / Hasan Cömert and Mehmet Selman Çolak.
    Abstract: The Global South after the Crisis is an appraisal and analysis of how the Great Recession of 2008 to 2009 unfolded in the developing world and an exploration of its effects on those countries, particularly on each one's economic management. Essays identify the ways in which the crisis was transmitted to these countries and the associated policy responses of the governments concerned. This volume is split into two accessible sections. The first part concentrates on the impact of the crisis on growth, inequality, policy responses and policy shifts in key areas such as central banking. The second part comprises individual country case studies and includes an exploration of the vulnerabilities related to the integration of developing economies into the world economy. This well-integrated compilation of both original case studies and thematic essays will be of interest to scholars and professionals working in the development field and other readers wishing to obtain an understanding of socio-economic developments in the wider world. Aid workers, policy makers, and social science researchers will also find value in this book
    Note: Contributors include: S. Bahçe, A. Benlialper, M.S. Çolak, H. Cömert, A. de Melo Modenesi, O. Justo, A.H. Kös, R.A. McKenzie, R.L. Modenesi, S. Nambiar, M. Reis, J.E. Santarcángelo, E.N. Ugurlu , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784719548
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,664 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 320
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Regulation and governance of financial institutions
    Keywords: Bankenregulierung ; Corporate Governance ; Bankmanagement ; Financial institutions Management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Douglas W. Diamond and Philip H. Dybvig (1983), 'Bank Runs, Deposit Insurance, and Liquidity', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (3), June, 401-19 -- Stephen A. Buser, Andrew H. Chen and Edward J. Kane (1981), 'Federal Deposit Insurance, Regulatory Policy, and Optimal Bank Capital', Journal of Finance, XXXVI (1), March, 51-60 -- Michael C. Keeley (1990), 'Deposit Insurance, Risk, and Market Power in Banking', American Economic Review, 80 (5), December, 1183-200 -- Asli Demirgüç-Kunt and Enrica Detragiache (2002), 'Does Deposit Insurance Increase Banking System Stability? An Empirical Investigation', Journal of Monetary Economics, 49 (7), October, 1373-406 -- Michael Koehn and Anthony M. Santomero (1980), 'Regulation of Bank Capital and Portfolio Risk', Journal of Finance, XXXV (5), December, 1235-44 -- Daesik Kim and Anthony M. Santomero (1988), 'Risk in Banking and Capital Regulation', Journal of Finance, XLIII (5), December, 1219-33 -- Douglas W. Diamond and Raghuram G. Rajan (2000), 'A Theory of Bank Capital', Journal of Finance, LV (6), 2431-65 -- Randall S. Kroszner and Raghuram G. Rajan (1994), 'Is the Glass-Steagall Act Justified? A Study of the U.S. Experience with Universal Banking Before 1933', American Economic Review, 84 (4), September, 810-32 -- Jith Jayaratne and and Philip E. Strahan (1996), 'The Finance-Growth Nexus: Evidence from Bank Branch Deregulation', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 111 (3), August, 639-70 -- Thomas F. Hellman, Kevin C. Murdock and Joseph E. Stiglitz (2000), 'Liberalization, Moral Hazard in Banking, and Prudential Regulation: Are Capital Requirements Enough?', American Economic Review, 90 (1), March, 147-65 -- Anjan V. Thakor (1996), 'Capital Requirements, Monetary Policy, and Aggregate Bank Lending: Theory and Empirical Evidence', Journal of Finance, LI (1), March, 279-324 -- Viral V. Acharya (2009), 'A Theory of Systemic Risk and Design of Prudential Bank Regulation', Journal of Financial Stability, 5 (3), September, 224-55 -- James R. Barth, Gerard Caprio Jr. and Ross Levine (2004), 'Bank Regulation and Supervision: What Works Best?', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 13 (2), April, 205-48 -- James R. Barth, Gerard Caprio Jr. and Ross Levine (2013), 'Bank Regulation and Supervision in 180 Countries from 1999 to 2011', Journal of Financial Economic Policy, 5 (2), 111-219 -- Anthony Saunders, Elizabeth Strock and Nickolaos G. Travlos (1990), 'Ownership Structure, Deregulation, and Bank Risk Taking', Journal of Finance, XLV (2), June, 643-54 -- Gerard Caprio, Luc Laeven and Ross Levine (2007), 'Governance and Bank Valuation', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 16 (4), October, 584-617 -- Luc Laeven and Ross Levine (2009), 'Bank Governance, Regulation and Risk Taking', Journal of Financial Economics, 93 (2), August, 259-75 -- Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes and Andrei Shleifer (2002), 'Government Ownership of Banks', Journal of Finance, LVII (1), February, 265-301 -- Gary Gorton and Richard Rosen (1995), 'Corporate Control, Portfolio Choice, and the Decline of Banking', Journal of Finance, L (5), December, 1377-420.
    Abstract: Joel F. Houston and Christopher James (1995), 'CEO Compensation and Bank Risk. Is Compensation in Banking Structured to Promote Risk Taking?', Journal of Monetary Economics, 36 (2), 405-31 -- Kose John, Anthony Saunders and Lemma W. Senbet (2000), 'A Theory of Bank Regulation and Management Compensation', Review of Financial Studies, 13 (1), January, 95-125 -- Renée B. Adams and Hamid Mehran (2012), 'Bank Board Structure and Performance: Evidence for Large Bank Holding Companies', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 21 (2), 243-67 -- Rüdiger Fahlenbrach and René M. Stulz (2011), 'Bank CEO Incentives and the Credit Crisis', Journal of Financial Economics, 99 (1), January, 11-26 -- Rüdiger Fahlenbrach, Robert Prilmeier and René M. Stulz (2012), 'This Time Is the Same: Using Bank Performance in 1998 to Explain Bank Performance during the Recent Financial Crisis', Journal of Finance, LXVII (6), December, 2139-85 -- Takeo Hoshi, Anil Kashyap and David Scharfstein (1991), 'Corporate Structure, Liquidity, and Investment: Evidence from Japanese Industrial Groups', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 106 (1), February, 33-60 -- Gary Gorton and Frank A. Schmid (2000), 'Universal Banking and the Performance of German Firms', Journal of Financial Economics, 58 (1-2), 29-80 -- Allen N. Berger, Anthony Saunders, Joseph M. Scalise and Gregory F. Udell (1988), 'The Effects of Bank Mergers and Acquisitions on Small Business Lending', Journal of Financial Economics, 50 (2), November, 187-229 -- Allen N. Berger and David B. Humphrey (1991), 'The Dominance of Inefficiencies Over Scale and Product Mix Economies in Banking', Journal of Monetary Economics, 28 (1), August, 117-48 -- John H. Boyd and David E. Runkle (1993), 'Size and Performance of Banking Firms: Testing the Predictions of Theory', Journal of Monetary Economics, 31 (1), February, 47-67 -- John H. Boyd and Gianni De Nicoló (2005), 'The Theory of Bank Risk Taking and Competition Revisited', Journal of Finance, LX (2), June, 1329-43 -- Charles W. Calomiris and Charles M. Kahn (1991), 'The Role of Demandable Debt in Structuring Optimal Banking Arrangements', American Economic Review, 81 (3), 497-513 -- Douglas W. Diamond and Raghuram G. Rajan (2001), 'Liquidity Risk, Liquidity Creation, and Financial Fragility: A Theory of Banking', Journal of Political Economy, 109 (2), April, 287-327 -- Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (1998) 'Optimal Financial Crises', Journal of Finance, LIII (4), August, 1245-84 -- Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (2000), 'Financial Contagion', Journal of Political Economy, 108 (1), February, 1-33 -- Charles W. Calomiris and Joseph R. Mason (1997), 'Contagion and Bank Failures During the Great Depression: The June 1932 Chicago Banking Panic', American Economic Review, 87 (5), December, 863-83 -- Charles W. Calomiris and Joseph R. Mason (2003), 'Fundamentals, Panics, and Bank Distress During the Depression', American Economic Review, 93 (5), December, 1615-47 -- Donald P. Morgan (2002), 'Rating Banks: Risk and Uncertainty in an Opaque Industry', American Economic Review, 92 (4), September, 874-88 -- Bengt Holmstrom and Jean Tirole (1997), 'Financial Intermediation, Loanable Funds, and the Real Sector', Quarterly Journal of Economics, CXII (3), August, 663-91.
    Abstract: Andrea Beltratti and René M. Stulz (2012), 'The Credit Crisis Around the Globe: Why Did Some Banks Perform Better?', Journal of Financial Economics, 105 (1), July, 1-17 -- Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez de Silanes, Andrei Shleifer and Robert W. Vishny (1998), 'Law and Finance', Journal of Political Economy, 106 (6), December, 1113-55 -- Thorsten Beck, Asli Demirgüç-Kunt and Ross Levine (2003), 'Law, Endowments, and Finance', Journal of Financial Economics, 70 (2), November, 137-81 -- Raghuram G. Rajan and Luigi Zingales (2003), 'The Great Reversals: The Politics of Financial Development in the Twentieth Century', Journal of Financial Economics, 69 (1), July, 5-50 -- Benjamin C. Esty (1998), 'The Impact of Contingent Liability on Commercial Bank Risk Taking', Journal of Financial Economics, 47 (2), February, 189-218 -- Randall S. Kroszner and Philip E. Strahan (1999), 'What Drives Deregulation? Economics and Politics of the Relaxation of the Bank Branching Restrictions', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 114 (4), November, 1437-67 -- Asim Ijaz Khwaja and Atif Mian (2005), 'Do Lenders Favor Politically Connected Firms? Rent Provision in an Emerging Financial Market', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 120 (4), November, 1371-411 -- I. Serdar Dinç (2005), 'Politicians and Banks: Political Influences on Government-Owned Banks in Emerging Markets', Journal of Financial Economics, 77 (2), August, 453-79 -- Noel Maurer and Stephen Haber (2007), 'Related Lending and Economic Performance: Evidence from Mexico', Journal of Economic History, 67 (3), September, 551-81 -- Pietro Veronesi and Luigi Zingales (2010), 'Paulson's Gift', Journal of Financial Economics, 97 (3), September, 339-68 -- Emmanuel Farhi and Jean Tirole (2012), 'Collective Moral Hazard, Maturity Mismatch, and Systemic Bailouts', American Economic Review, 102 (1), February, 60-93 -- Viral Acharya, Itamar Drechsler and Philipp Schnabl (2014), 'A Pyrrhic Victory? Bank Bailouts and Sovereign Credit Risk', Journal of Finance, LXIX (6), December, 2689-739.
    Abstract: This research review contains fifty influential articles published over the past four decades on the regulation and governance of financial institutions. Some contribute by making theoretical advances that enhance the conceptual framework through which economists view financial institutions, and others contribute by assembling data and evaluating the predictions of these different models. Including an original introduction, the papers provide a foundation for understanding and conducting additional research into the regulation and governance of financial institutions
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784719036
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (680 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Keywords: Inflation (Finance) ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): "Phelps-Brown, E.H. and Shiela V. Hopkins (1956), "Seven Centuries of the Prices of Consumables, compared with Builders' Wage-Rates", Economica, New Series, XXIII (89-92), November, 296-314" -- "O'Donoghue, Jim, Louise Goulding, and Grahame Allen (2004), "Consumer Price Inflation Since 1750," Economic Trends, 604, 38-46" -- "Anna J. Schwartz (1973), "Secular Price Change in Historical Perspective", Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 5 (1, Pt II), February, 243-269" -- "Duck, Nigel W. (1993), "Some International Evidence on the Quantity Theory of Money", Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking 25 (1), February, 1-12" -- "Ng, Serena and Jonathan H. Wright (2013), "Facts and Challenges from the Great Recession for Forecasting and Macroeconomic Modeling," Journal of Economic Literature 51 (4), 1120-1154" -- "Parkin, Michael (1998), "Unemployment, Inflation, and Monetary Policy," Canadian Journal of Economics / Revue canadienne d'Economique 31 (5) (November), 1003-1032" -- "Ascari, Guido and Argia M. Sbordone (2014), "The Macroeconomics of Trend Inflation," Journal of Economic Literature 52 ( 3) (September), 679-739" -- "Laidler, David and Michael Parkin (1975), "Inflation: A Survey", Economic Journal 85, December, 741-809" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1990), "Could a Monetary Base Rule Have Prevented the Great Depression?" Journal of Monetary Economics 26 (August), 3-26" -- "Cagan, Philip (1956), "The Monetary Dynamics of Hyperinflation", in Milton Friedman (ed.), Studies in the Quantity Theory of Money, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 25-117" -- "Obstfeld, Maurice and Kenneth Rogoff (1983), "Speculative Hyperinflations in Maximizing Models: Can We Rule Them Out?", Journal of Political Economy 91 (4), August, 675-678" -- "Sargent, Thomas and Neil Wallace (1981), "Some Unpleasant Monetarist Arithmetic", Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis Quarterly Review 5, Fall, 1-17" -- Woodford, Michael (2003), Interest and Prices: Foundations of a Theory of Monetary Policy, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press -- "Friedman, Milton (1968), "The Role of Monetary Policy," American Economic Review 58, 1-17" -- "Phelps, Edmund S. (1968), "Money Wage Dynamics and Labor Market Equilibrium," Journal of Political Economy 76, 678-711, amended and reprinted in Phelps (1970)" -- "Lucas, Robert E., Jr (1972), "Expectations and the Neutrality of Money," Journal of Economic Theory 4, 103-124" -- "Calvo, Guillermo A. (1983), "Staggered Prices in a Utility-Maximizing Framework," Journal of Monetary Economics 12, 383-398" -- "Rotemberg, Julio J. (1987), "The New Keynesian Microfoundations," NBER Macroeconomics Annual 1987, edited by Stanley Fischer, Cambridge, MA and London: MIT Press, 69-116" -- "Mankiw, N. Gregory and Ricardo Reis (2002), "Sticky Information Versus Sticky Prices: A Proposal To Replace The New Keynesian Phillips Curve," Quarterly Journal of Economics 117 (4) (November), 1295-1328".
    Abstract: "Mankiw, N. Gregory, Ricardo Reis, and Justin Wolfers (2004), "Disagreement about Inflation Expectations", NBER Macroeconomics Annual 2003, edited by Mark Gertler and Kenneth Rogoff, Cambridge, MA and London: MIT Press, Volume 18" -- "Dotsey, Michael, Robert G. King, and Alexander L. Wolman (1999), "State-Dependent Pricing and the General Equilibrium Dynamics of Money and Output," Quarterly Journal of Economics 114 (2), 655-690" -- "King, Robert G. and Charles I. Plosser (1984), "Money, Credit, and Prices in a Real Business Cycle," American Economic Review, 74 (3) (June) 363-380" -- "Svensson, Lars E.O. (1999), "Price-Level Targeting versus Inflation Targeting: A Free Lunch?" Journal of Money, Credit and Banking 31 (August), 277-295" -- "Taylor, John B. (1993), "Discretion versus Policy Rules in Practice," Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy 39, 195-214" -- "Lucas, Robert E., Jr (1972), "Expectations and the Neutrality of Money", Journal of Economic Theory 4, 103-124" -- "Lucas, Robert E., Jr (1976), "Econometric Policy Evaluation: A Critique," Carnegie-Rochester Conferences on Public Policy 1, 19-46" -- Fischer, Stanley (ed.) (1980), Rational Expectations and Economic Policy, Chicago: University of Chicago Pres -- "Bailey, M.J. (1956), "The Welfare Cost of Inflationary Finance", Journal of Political Economy, 64 (2), 93-110" -- "Fischer, Stanley (1981), "Towards an Understanding of the Costs of Inflation: II" in Karl Brunner and Allan H. Meltzer (eds), The Costs and Consequences of Inflation, Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy, Volume 15, Amsterdam: North-Holland, 5-41" -- "Gillman, Max (1993), "The Welfare Cost of Inflation in a Cash-in-Advance Economy with Costly Credit", Journal of Monetary Economics 31, 97-115" -- "Den Haan, Wouter J. (1990), "The Optimal Inflation Path in a Sidrauski-Type Model with Uncertainty", Journal of Monetary Economics 25, 389-409" -- "Schmitt-Grohé, Stephanie and Martin Uribe (2007), "Optimal Simple and Implementable Monetary and Fiscal Rules," Journal of Monetary Economics 54 (6) (September), 1702-1725" -- "Howitt, Peter (1990), "Zero Inflation as a Long-Term Target for Monetary Policy", in Richard G. Lipsey (ed.), Zero Inflation: The Goal of Price Stability, Toronto: C.D. Howe Institute, 67-108" -- "Sargent, Thomas (1982), "The Ends of Four Big Inflations", in Robert E. Hall (ed.), Inflation: Causes and Effects, Chapter 2, Chicago: National Bureau of Economic Research and University of Chicago Press, 41-97" -- "Suzuki, Yoshio (1985), "Japan's Monetary Policy Over the Past 10 Years", Monetary and Economic Studies 3 (2), September, 1-9" -- "Meltzer, Allan H. (1993), "Some Lessons from the Great Inflations", in Kumiharu Shigehara (ed.), Price Stabilization in the 1990s, London: Bank of Japan and Macmillan Press, 7-29" -- "Simons, Henry C. (1936), "Rules Versus Authorities in Monetary Policy," Journal of Political Economy 44 (1), February, 1-30" -- "Kydland, Finn E. and Edward C. Prescott, (1977), "Rules Rather than Discretion: The Inconsistency of Optimal Plans," Journal of Political Economy 85 (3) (June), 473-492".
    Abstract: "Ascari, Guido and Tiziano Ropele (2009), "Trend Inflation, Taylor Principle, and Indeterminacy," Journal of Money, Credit and Banking 41 (8) (December), 1557-1584" -- "Ascari, Guido and Argia M. Sbordone (2014), "The Macroeconomics of Trend Inflation," Journal of Economic Literature 52 ( 3) (September), 679-739" -- "Taylor, John B. (1993), "Discretion versus policy rules in practice", Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy 39, 195-214" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1987),"The Case for Rules in the Conduct of Monetary Policy: A Concrete Example," Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond Economic Review (September/October), 10-18" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1988), "Robustness Properties of a Rule for Monetary Policy," Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy 29 (Autumn), 173-204" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1990), "Inflation: theory and Evidence", in B.M. Friedman and F.H. Hahn (eds), Handbook of Monetary Economics, Volume II, Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers, 963-1012" -- Bernanke, Ben S., Thomas Laubach, Frederic S. Mishkin, and Adam S. Posen (1999), Inflation Targeting: Lessons from the International Experience, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press -- "Parkin, Michael (2014), "The Effects of Central Bank Independence and Inflation Targeting on Macroeconomic Performance: Evidence from Quasi-Natural Experiments," Review of Economic Analysis 6 (1), 1-35" -- "Barro, Robert and David Gordon (1983), "A Positive Theory of Monetary Policy in a Natural Rate Model", Journal of Political Economy 91 (4), August, 589-610" -- "Blackburn, Keith and Michael Christensen (1989), "Monetary Policy and Policy Credibility: Theories and Evidence", Journal of Economic Literature XXVII (1), March, 1-45" -- "Romer, David (1993), "Openness and Inflation: Theory and Evidence", Quarterly Journal of Economics CVIII (4), November, 869-903" -- "de Haan, Jakob and Jan Egbert Sturm (1992), "The Case for Central Bank Independence", Banca Nazionale del Lavoro Quarterly Review 182, September, 305-327" -- Anna J. Schwartz (1973), 'Sccular Price Change in Historical Perspective', Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 5 (1, Pt II), February, 243-69 -- E.H. Phelps Brown and Sheila V. Hopkins (1956), 'Seven Centuries of tbe Prices of Consumables, compared with Builders' Wage-Rates', Economica, New Series, XXIII (89-92), November, 296-314 -- Nigel W. Duck (1993), 'Some International Evidence on the Quantity Theory of Money', Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 25 (1), February, 1-12 -- David Laidler and Michael Parkin (1975), 'Inflation: A Survey', Economie Journal, 85, December, 741-809 -- Bennett T. McCallum (1990), 'Inflation: Theory and Evidence', in B.M. Friedman and F.H. Hahn (eds), Handbook of Monetary Economies, Volume II, Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers B.V., 963-1012 -- Phillip Cagan (1956), 'The Monetary Dynamics of Hyperinflation', in Milton Friedman (ed.), Studies in the Quantity Theory of Money, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 25-117 -- Maurice Obstfeld and Kenneth Rogoff (1983), 'Speculative Hyperinflations in Maximizing Models: Can We Rule Them Out?', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (4), August, 675-87.
    Abstract: Thomas J. Sargent and Neil Wallace (1981), 'Some Unpleasant Monetarist Arithmetic', Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapotis Quarterly Review, 5, Fall, 1-17 -- Stanley Fischer (1981), 'Towards an Understanding of the Costs of Inflation: II', in Karl Brunner and Allan H. Meltzer (eds), The Costs and Consequences of Inflation, Carnegie-Roches ter Conference Series on Public Policy, Volume 15, Amsterdam: North-Holland, 5-41 -- Max Gillman (1993), 'The Welfare Cost of Inflation in a Cash-in-Advance Economy with Costly Credit', Journal of Monetary Economies, 31, 97-115 -- Wouter J. Den Haan (1990), 'The Optimal Inflation Path in a Sidrauski-Type Model with Uncertainty', Journal of Monetary Economies, 25, 389-409 -- Peter Howitt (1990), 'Zero Inflation as a Long-Term Target for Monetary Policy', in Richard G. Lipsey (ed.), Zero Inflation: The Goal of Price Stability, Toronto: C.D. Howe Institute, 67-108 -- Thomas J. Sargent (1982), 'The Ends of Four Big Inflations', in Robert E. Hall (ed.), Inflation: Causes and Effects, Chapter 2, Chicago: National Bureau of Economie Research and University of Chicago Press, 41-97 -- Yoshio Suzuki (1985), 'Japan's Monetary Policy Over the Past 10 Years', in Monetary and Economie Studies, 3 (2), September, 1-9 -- Allan H. Meltzer (1993), 'Some Lessons from the Great Inflations', in Kumiharu Shigehara (ed.), Price Stabilization in the 1990s, London: Bank of Japan and Macmillan Press Ltd., 7-29 -- Robert J. Barro and David B. Gordon (1983), 'A Positive Theory of Monetary Policy in a Natural Rate Model', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (4), August, 589-610 -- Keith Blackbum and Michael Christensen (1989), 'Monetary Policy and Policy Credibility: Theories and Evidence', Journal of Economie Uterature, XXVII (I), March, 1-45 -- David Romer (1993), 'Openness and Inflation: Theory and Evidence', Quarterly Journal of Economies, CVIII (4), November, 869-903 -- Jakob De Haan and Jan Egbert Sturm (1992), 'The Case for Central Bank Independence', Banca Nationale del Lavoro Quarterly Review, 182, September, 305-27.
    Abstract: The Theory of Inflation presents in one volume a comprehensive description of the historical inflation record, surveys the current state of knowledge on the fundamental forces that cause inflation and the mechanisms that propagate it, and examines the costs of inflation and the problems of achieving price stability. Professor Parkin's selection draws both upon the contribution of mainstream economists - whose work has been based on market demand and supply - and a new generation whose work has emphasized the importance of technology and preferences. This volume, as the introduction states, indicates that there is much of value to be learnt from both approaches
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    ISBN: 9781784717230
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (304 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Competition policies and consumer welfare
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wettbewerbspolitik ; Verbraucherpreisindex ; Lebensmittelpreis ; Arzneimittelmarkt ; Öffentlicher Auftrag ; Entwicklungsländer ; Schwellenländer ; Competition ; Consumer protection ; Antitrust law ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- Section I the distribution of foodstuffs -- 2. Costa rica -- 3. Armenia -- 4. Mali -- 5. Zambia -- Section II the distribution of pharmaceuticals -- 6. Jamaica -- 7. Vietnam -- Section III the distribution of services: international money transfers and tv programmes -- 8. Uzbekistan -- 9. Argentina -- Section IV public procurement -- 10. India -- 11. Morocco.
    Abstract: The fundamental goal of competition law is to support productivity and innovativeness; in fact, the short-term effect of enforcement actions is often a reduction in product prices. This comprehensive book reports the findings of consumer market studies into a range of goods and services in developing countries in Africa, Asia and Latin America. These country case studies demonstrate the important role that competition authorities can have in assessing the nature of markets and making recommendations to policymakers to improve them. When competition is weak or compromised, extra costs are imposed on consumers. The authors investigate this issue for a wide range of key markets serving consumers individually or collectively, looking also at the hinterland of the distribution chain behind retail sales. They find a pervasive lack of competition in those markets, which not only softens a firms' incentive to improve the efficiency of their operations and the quality of their products, but also reduces the standard of living of consumers, including poor and vulnerable groups. This book concludes by noting the follow-up actions taken in each country in response to the research recommendations. Graduate students of economics, political science and law will find this book invaluable for its practical case studies, and analysts will find much of interest in the nuanced analysis of markets, policy interventions and reform options. Eminently practical, Competition Policies and Consumer Welfare is an ideal resource for competition practitioners and policymakers seeking to improve current competition regimes
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786430687
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New perspectives on the modern corporation
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Dringoli, Angelo Merger and acquisition strategies
    DDC: 658.1/6
    RVK:
    Keywords: Übernahme ; Strategisches Management ; Betriebliche Wertschöpfung ; Consolidation and merger of corporations ; Electronic books ; Mergers and Acquisitions ; Shareholder-Value-Analyse
    Abstract: Part I how to make M&As perform successfully: rationales and models -- 1. Basic terminology, concepts and types of M&As -- 2. Data and empirical evidence on M&A performance -- 3. Making M&As create value: an analytical model for evaluating M&As -- 4. Identifying the opportunities for successful M&As -- 5. Horizontal M&As -- 6. Vertical M&As -- 7. Diversified M&As -- 8. Financing M&As and effects on merger value -- 9. Organizational structures and procedures for implementing merger -- 10. Conclusions: how to make M&As successful -- Part II three emblematic cases of successful M&As -- 11. The M&A strategies of L'oréal -- 12. The M&A strategies of Campari -- 13. The M&A strategies of Luxottica.
    Abstract: The decision to carry out a merger or acquisition is certainly a risky one, not least because of the number of variables influencing the final outcome. It is also a decision frequently based on the wrong objectives and an incorrect evaluation process. With this in mind, this important new book offers solutions for reducing the high percentage of mergers and acquisitions (M&As) that fail. It adopts a normative approach, using theoretical analysis to show what managers could and should do to increase shareholders' value through successful M&A strategies. It also explores the conditions that are suitable for favouring a certain type of M&A (horizontal, vertical or diversified) over the others. The author presents various analytical models combined with a selection of case studies to demonstrate the relevant conditions under which each type of strategy can create value. The book analyses different types of M&As, the specific sources of synergy and the way value can be calculated. An integrated analysis of potential synergies, their evaluation, and the modifications to the organizational structure necessary for implementation is also included. In conclusion, the book presents case studies of successful M&A strategies providing a link between theory and practice. Building upon traditional theories and providing original and innovative analysis, this is an essential book for students and scholars in economics, business and strategic management, as well as managers and consultants seeking an analytical and practical understanding of M&A strategies
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    ISBN: 9781785369322
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Boosting European competitiveness
    DDC: 338.6048094
    Keywords: Internationaler Wettbewerb ; EU-Staaten ; CESEE ; Competition ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Europäische Union ; Staat ; Wettbewerb ; Globalisierung ; Europäische Union ; Staat ; Wettbewerb ; Globalisierung
    Abstract: Part I framing the discussion on the competitiveness challenge -- 1. Boosting European competitiveness / Marek Belka, Ewald Nowotny, Doris Ritzberger-Grünwald and Pawel Samecki -- 2. Harnessing foreign direct investment to boost economic growth / Beata S. Jarvorcik -- 3. Correcting external imbalances in the European economy / Doris Hanzl-Weiss and Michael Landesmann -- Part II the various dimensions of competitiveness -- 4. New indicators of competitiveness - the Austrian perspective / Doris Ritzberger-Grünwald, Maria Silgoner and Klaus Vondra -- 5. Globalisation and growth: the case of China / Linda Yueh -- 6. Non-price components of market share gains - evidence for EU countries / Konstantins Benkovskis and Julia Wörz -- Part III EU structural policies -- 7. EU economic governance: euro area periphery lessons for Central and Eastern European countries / Zsolt Darvas -- 8. EU structural policies today: missing piece of the growth puzzle, or wishful thinking? / Brian Pinto -- 9. EU structural policies and euro adoption in CEE countries / Anna Kosior and Michał Rubaszek -- Part IV labour market and productivity developments -- 10. Labour market integration and associated issues: Kipling is wrong / Peter Sinclair -- 11. Do jobs created in CEE countries result in higher productivity? / Michał Gradzewicz -- 12. Productivity and competitiveness in CESEE countries: a look at the key structural drivers / Dan Andrews and Alain De Serres -- Part V CESEE's contribution to growth in the euro area and Europe -- 13. Convergence of 'new' EU member states: past, present and future / Bas B. Bakker and Krzysztof Krogulski -- 14. EU and CEE: productivity and convergence / Boris Vujčić -- 15. Peering into the crystal ball: can the CESEE countries be an engine of growth for the EU? / Iain Begg.
    Abstract: In the global financial crisis, competitiveness gaps between euro area countries caused additional strain. This book discusses the various dimensions of competitiveness, with a special focus on emerging Central, Eastern and Southeastern European countries. For Europe to proceed with convergence and to resist global competitive pressures, it argues that policies to boost productivity abelka, nd innovation are vital. With products becoming ever more technically sophisticated and global interconnectedness on a relentless rise, it also demonstrates that quality, customer orientation and participation in global production networks and global value chains are at least as important as relative costs and prices. This book delves into the literature and dissects the complexity of competitiveness, aiming to offer tangible policy advice focused on how well the European economy is performing and how it could improve. The key findings of the book, from a mix of academics and policymakers, constitute a state-of-the-art assessment of competitiveness that may challenge traditional perceptions of how economies can return to a path of sustainable growth. Comprehensive and forward-looking, this enlightening book will appeal to academics, researchers and policymakers with a particular interest in European economies and economic integration
    Note: Contributors include: D. Andrews, B.B. Bakker, I. Begg, M. Belka, K. Benkovskis, Z. Darvas, A. de Serres, M. Gradzewicz, D. Hanzl-Weiss, B.S. Javorcik, A. Kosior, K. Krogulski, M. Landesmann, E. Nowotny, B. Pinto, D. Ritzberger Grünwald, M. Rubaszek, P. Samecki, M. Silgoner, P. Sinclair, K. Vondra, B. Vujčić, J. Wörz, L. Yueh , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, Mass : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783479139
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xliii, 300 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurship and talent management from a global perspective
    DDC: 658.3
    RVK:
    Keywords: Hochqualifizierte Arbeitskräfte ; Personalbeschaffung ; Rückwanderung ; Wissenstransfer ; Welt ; Personnel management ; Creative ability in business ; Employee selection ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I. Returnees, talent and public policy: the case of China -- pt. II. A global perspective on entrepreneur, talent and entrepreneurship ecosystem.
    Abstract: Talent has become the most important resource for organizations across a wide range of sectors throughout the world including business, non-profit, and government. These organizations are now engaged in an increasingly fierce competition to acquire the best talent as they seek to gain the upper hand in today's fast changing environment. By combining the body of knowledge on entrepreneurship and talent management from a global perspective, this book provides a synthesized understanding of entrepreneurial mobility and talent management in the entrepreneurship and innovation ecosystem. The expert contributors combine empirical evidence and case studies to provide a nuanced understanding of global talent management from an international comparative perspective. The topics discussed include China's return migration and its impact on Chinese development, local engagement and transformation of Chinese communities in England, and reverse migration from the US to China. Furthermore, from a comparative perspective, contributors examine global talent and entrepreneurial mobility in the contexts of Silicon Valley, European university spin-off practices and entrepreneurial ecosystems in France, Italy, and South Korea, respectively. Scholars and students in entrepreneurship and talent management will find the scope for future research useful in their work. Entrepreneurs, managers, and policymakers will benefit from the examination of global perspectives and different national contexts
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783476947
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (400 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gartner, William B. Entrepreneurship as organizing
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship ; Organisationstheorie ; Entrepreneurship ; Entrepreneurship ; Organisationstheorie ; Unternehmensgründung ; Electronic books ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship ; Organisationstheorie
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. A conceptual framework for describing the phenomenon of new venture creation -- 2. Did River City really need a boy's band -- 3. The Oz in organization -- 4. "Who is an entrepreneur?" is the wrong question -- 5. Properties of emerging organizations -- 6. A taxonomy of new business ventures -- 7. A profile of new venture success and failure in an emerging industry -- 8. What are we talking about when we talk about entrepreneurship? -- 9. Acting as if: differentiating entrepreneurial from organizational behavior -- 10. Words lead to deeds: towards an organizational emergence vocabulary -- 11. A longitudinal study of cognitive factors influencing start-up behaviors and success at venture creation -- 12. Exploring start-up event sequences -- 13. Predicting new venture survival : an analysis of "anatomy of start-up." Cases from INC. Magazine -- 14. The career reasons of nascent entrepreneurs -- 15. The language of opportunity -- 16. The effects of pre-venture plan timing and perceived environmental uncertainty on the persistence of emerging firms -- 17. A "critical mess" approach to entrepreneurship scholarship -- 18. Entrepreneurial narrative and a science of the imagination -- 19. Entrepreneurship as organizing -- 20. Opportunities as attributions : categorizing strategic issues from an atributional perspective -- 21. A new path to the waterfall : a narrative on a use of entrepreneurial narrative -- Conclusion: an 'entrefesto'.
    Abstract: This book draws together William B. Gartner's key contributions to entrepreneurship research over the past 25 years. An original introduction by the author offers a comprehensive overview and analysis of his work as it pertains to the development of entrepreneurship as a scholarly field, and the articles demonstrate the many ways in which his research has explored entrepreneurship in relation to individuals, firms, environments, and processes
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    ISBN: 9781785363153
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Evolution of family business
    DDC: 338.6/1
    RVK:
    Keywords: Familienunternehmen ; Unternehmensgeschichte ; Lateinamerika ; Spanien ; Family-owned business enterprises ; Family-owned business enterprises ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I: Comparative analysis -- pt. II: Large national markets and large family groups (Mexico, Brazil, Argentina) -- pt. III: Business families and politics in small and medium sized markets (Colombia, Costa Rica, Honduras) -- pt. IV: Business families between dictatorship And democracy (Spain, Peru, Chile): from narrow regulated markets to the global market.
    Abstract: Family businesses are everywhere, but there is little information regarding their growth and development. This book is one of the few to analyses the identity and evolution of the largest family businesses in Latin America and Spain. With contributions from 20 scholars from 12 different countries, the book compares the relationship of families in business within their national economies, foreign capital, migration, and politics. The authors deny the existence of a 'Latin type' of family capitalism in their countries, and highlight diversity, and national and regional differences. This interdisciplinary book will be useful for students and scholars of economics, management, history, sociology, and anthropology. Politicians, family business consultants, family businesses, and international institutions will also benefit from insights within this book. Family businesses are everywhere, but there is little information regarding their growth and development. This book is one of the few to analyses the identity and evolution of the largest family businesses in Latin America and Spain. With contributions from 20 scholars from 12 different countries, the book compares the relationship of families in business within their national economies, foreign capital, migration, and politics. The authors deny the existence of a 'Latin type' of family capitalism in their countries, and highlight diversity, and national and regional differences. This interdisciplinary book will be useful for students and scholars of economics, management, history, sociology, and anthropology. Politicians, family business consultants, family businesses, and international institutions will also benefit from insights within this book
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, Mass : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781782546368
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 387 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of contemporary research on emerging markets
    DDC: 330.9172/4
    RVK:
    Keywords: Volkswirtschaft ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Branchenentwicklung ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Schwellenländer ; Markets Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Commerce ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I. Extending theoretical and conceptual thinking about emerging markets -- pt. II. Operational practices in emerging markets and their implications -- pt. III. Looking forward : eclectic perspectives on emerging markets.
    Abstract: The Handbook brings together leading scholars in international business as well as other disciplines to contribute state-of-the-art thinking on emerging markets. The volume extends theoretical and conceptual thinking, looks at operational practices and their implications and provides a research agenda to move the field forward. Contributors include a mix of new and established authors from around the world, for a diverse and current set of scholarly perspectives on emerging markets. Combining academic and operationally focused chapters, they offer a multifaceted, in-depth look at specific geographies and functional areas to enrich our understanding of emerging markets. This energetic and varied look at a burgeoning field will be an invaluable resource for academics and for students at the post-doctoral, PhD and MBA levels
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781781004920
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Universities and colleges Business management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. Towards a market oriented university -- 2. Competition and rankings -- 3. Delivering student satisfaction -- 4. Disrupting higher education -- 5. From marketing to market orientation -- 6. Developing and maintaining a market-oriented university -- 7. Understanding the market -- 8. Developing strategic directions -- 9. Differentiating, positioning and branding the university.
    Abstract: The next decade will be transformative for the higher education sector. Government funding is decreasing. Through their marketing activities universities have created the 'student consumer.' The student consumer is prepared to shop around, compare prices and value, and once purchased expects a return on their investment. Disruptive innovations are challenging traditional forms of learning and in many cases are viewed as better alternatives to traditional learning in the classroom. Competition from private educational providers is increasing. Their cost base is lower, and their customer focus is superior. In short, universities around the world are facing a perfect storm. While experts don't expect the higher education sector to collapse under these challenges, they do believe that for some institutions the future looks bleak. If universities are to avoid closures or mergers, they will need to adopt a market-oriented approach. This timely book urges readers to view students as customers and focuses on how universities need to reinvent themselves in order to stay relevant. Striking a difference between market-oriented and marketing, the authors provide various examples of institutions around the world that are making efforts to reposition themselves. Additionally, this book delves into the issue of undervalued faculty, arguing that education practices are in desperate need of being reimagined due to the abundance of MOOCs and adaptive and experiential learning practices within universities these days. Both university and academic leaders alike, including presidents, provosts, deans, and faculty will find value in the instructional aspects of this book as they relate to their involvement with institutional advancement agendas as well as providing insight into the changing nature of higher education and the evolving definition of what an academic career now entails
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783470464
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (424 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of employment relations in sport
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Profisport ; Arbeitsbeziehungen ; Sportökonomik ; Professional sports Law and legislation ; Labor laws and legislation ; Electronic books ; Berufssport ; Sportwirtschaft ; Management ; Arbeitsbeziehungen ; Arbeitsrecht
    Abstract: 1. Sidelined: employment relations in professional sports / Michael Barry, James Skinner and Terry Engelberg -- Part I the regulation of professional sports -- 2. The regulation of professional football at the European Union level. Towards supranational employment relations in the football industry? / Berndt Keller -- 3. Performance expectations, contracts and job security / Peter Von Allmen and John Solow -- 4. Making sense of labour regulation in Major League Baseball: some insights from regulatory theory / Matt Nichol -- 5. Regulating player agents / Lisa Masteralexis -- Part II the employment relations of professional sports -- 6. The evolution of collective bargaining in sports / James B. Dworkin -- 7. Arbitration, negotiation and contracts in sport / Jack Anderson -- 8. Industrial action in professional sport: strikes and lockouts / Craig Depken III -- 9. Power games: understanding the true nature of season ending labour disputes in Major League Baseball and the National Hockey League / Peter Bouris and Rafael Gomez -- Part III the management of professional sports and sporting careers -- 10. The game of (your) life: professional sports careers / Christine Coupland -- 11. If you want to play sport professionally, which sport should you choose? / Greg Maynes, Heather Mitchell, Peter Schuwalow and Mark Stewart -- 12. Discrimination issues and related law / Klaus Vieweg and James A.R. Nafziger -- 13. Hiding in plain sight: sexual harassment in sport / Terry Engelberg and Stephen Moston -- 14. The evolution of anti-doping policy: workplace implications for athletes / James Skinner, Terry Engelberg and Stephen Moston -- Part IV the economics of professional sports -- 15. Player trades, free agents and transfer polices in professional sport / Simon Gardiner and Roger Welch -- 16. Similarities and differences between competitive balance and uncertainty of outcome: a simple comparison of recent history in the NBA and NFL / Rodney Paul and Andrew Weinbach -- 17. Playing quotas / Simon Gardiner and Roger Welch.
    Abstract: Employment relations, much discussed in other industries, has often been neglected in professional sports despite its unique characteristics. The book aims to explore in detail the unique nature of the employment relationship in professional sports and the sport industry. In four parts the book examines, firstly the regulation of sporting competition both within and across sporting codes; secondly a range of employment law issues such as how contracting and negotiation are handled, how disputes are resolved, and the role of sporting representatives such as player associations. The third section discusses the economic issues related to employment such as transfers, drafts and efforts to achieve "competitive balance". The final section of the book explores contemporary issues in sports management and governance, including anti-discrimination and anti-doping policy. Through this analysis the book identifies the complex and unique issues surrounding employment relations within professional sports and the sport industry
    Note: Contributors include: J. Anderson, M. Barry, P. Bouris, C. Coupland, C. Depken III, J.B. Dworkin, T. Engelberg, S. Gardiner, R. Gomez, B. Keller, L. Masteralexis, G. Maynes, H. Mitchell, S. Moston, J.A.R. Nafziger, M. Nichol, R. Paul, P. Schuwalow, J. Skinner, J. Solow, M. Stewart, K. Vieweg, P. Von Allmen, A. Weinbach, R. Welch , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785368325
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (944 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar mini series
    Keywords: Industrial policy ; Business and politics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): E. E. Schattschneider (1948), 'Pressure Groups Versus Political Parties', Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 259, September, 17-23 -- Theodore J. Lowi (1964), 'American Business, Public Policy, Case-Studies, and Political Theory', World Politics, 16 (4), July, 677-93, 695, 697, 699, 701, 703, 705, 707, 709, 711, 713, 715 -- George J. Stigler (1971), 'The Theory of Economic Regulation', Bell Journal of Economics and Management Science, 2 (1), Spring, 3-21 -- Charles E. Lindblom (1977), 'The Priviledged Position of Business', in Politics and Markets: The World's Political-Economic Systems, Chapter 13, New York, NY, USA: Basic Books, 170-88 -- David Vogel (1978), 'Why Businessmen Distrust Their State: The Political Consciouness of American Corporate Executives', British Journal of Political Science, 8 (1), January, 45-78 -- Gary S. Becker (1985), 'Public Policies, Pressure Groups, and Dead Weight Costs', Journal of Public Economics, 28 (3), December, 329-47 -- Robert H. Salisbury (1984), 'Interest Representation: The Dominance of Institutions, ' American Political Science Review,78 (1), March, 64-76 -- Philippe C. Schmitter (1974), 'Still the Century of Corporatism?', Review of Politics, 36 (1), January, 85-131 -- Hugh Heclo (1978), 'Issue Networks and the Executive Establishment', in Anthony King (ed.) The New American Political System, Chapter 3, Washington, DC, USA: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 87-124 -- Mancur Olson (1971) [1965]), 'A Taxonomy of Groups' and 'Group Size and Group Behavior', in The Logic of Collective Action: Public Goods and the Theory of Groups, Chapter 1, Section F and Chapter 2, Cambridge, Massachusetts and London,UK: Harvard University Press, 43-52, 53-65 -- Terry M. Moe (1981), 'Toward a Broader View of Interest Groups', Journal of Politics, 43 (2), May, 531-43 -- David M. Hart (2004), '"Business" Is Not an Interest Group: On the Study of Companies in American National Politics', Annual Review of Political Science, 7, 47-69 -- Wendy L. Hansen, Neil J. Mitchell and Jeffrey M. Drope (2004), 'Collective Action, Pluralism, and the Legitimacy Tariff: Corporate Activity or Inactivity in Politics', Political Research Quarterly, 57 (3), September, 421-9 -- Kevin B. Grier, Michael C. Munger and Brian E. Roberts (1994), 'The Determinants of Industry Political Activity, 1978-1986', American Political Science Review, 88 (4), December, 911-26 -- Wendy L. Hansen and Neil J. Mitchell (2000), 'Disaggregating and Explaining Corporate Political Activity: Domestic and Foreign Corporations in National Politics', American Political Science Review, 94 (4), December, 891-903 -- Holly Brasher and David Lowery (2006), 'The Corporate Context of Lobbying Activity', Business and Politics, 8 (1), i, 1-2 -- Graham K. Wilson (1990), 'Corporate Political Strategies', British Journal of Political Science, 20 (2), April, 281-8 -- David B. Yoffie and Sigrid Bergenstein (1985), 'Creating Political Advantage: The Rise of the Corporate Political Entrepreneur', California Management Review, XXVIII (1), Fall, 124-39 -- Wyn Grant (1984), 'Large Firms and Public Policy in Britain', Journal of Public Policy, 4 (1), February, 1-17.
    Abstract: Kathleen A. Getz (2001), 'Public Affairs and Political Strategy: Theoretical Foundations', Journal of Public Affairs: Special Issue Papers, 1 (4), December, 305-29 394 -- David Austen-Smith and John R. Wright (1996), 'Theory and Evidence for Counteractive Lobbying', American Journal of Political Science, 40 (2), May, 543-64 -- Marie Hojnacki and David C. Kimball (1998), 'Organized Interests and the Decision of Whom to Lobby in Congress', American Political Science Review, 92 (4), December, 775-90 -- John M. De Figueiredo (2002), 'Lobbying and Information in Politics', Business and Politics, 4 (2), 125-29 -- Andreas Broscheid and David Coen (2003), 'Insider and Outsider Lobbying of the European Commission: An Informational Model of Forum Politics', European Union Politics, 4 (2), June, 165-89 -- Richard L. Hall and Alan V. Deardorff (2006), 'Lobbying as Legislative Subsidy', American Political Science Review, 100 (1), February, 69-84 -- Sam Peltzman (1976), 'Toward a More General Theory of Regulation', Journal of Law and Economics, 19 (2), August, 211-40 -- Pablo T. Spiller (1990), 'Politicians, Interest Groups, and Regulators: A Multiple-Principals Agency Theory of Regulation, or "Let Them be Bribed"', Journal of Law and Economics, 33 (1), April, 65-101 -- Michael Moran (2000), 'The Frank Stacey Memorial Lecture: From Command State to Regulatory State?', Public Policy and Administration, 15 (4), Winter, 1-13 -- David Coen (1998), 'The European Business Interest and The Nation State: Large-firm Lobbying in the European Union and Member States', Journal of Public Policy, 18 (1), January-April, 75-100 -- Jason Webb Yackee and Susan Webb Yackee (2006), 'A Bias Towards Business? Assessing Interest Group Influence on the U.S Bureaucracy', Journal of Politics, 68 (1), February, 128-39 -- Peter A. Hall and Daniel W. Gingerich (2009), 'Varieties of Capitalism and Institutional Complementarities in the Political Economy: An Empirical Analysis', British Journal of Political Science, 39 (3), July, 449-82 -- Beth L. Leech, Frank R. Baumgartner, Timothy M. La Pira and Nicholas A. Semanko (2005), 'Drawing Lobbyists to Washington: Government Activity and the Demand for Advocacy', Political Research Quarterly, 58 (1), March, 19-30 -- David Coen (1997), 'The Evolution of the Large Firm as a Political Actor in the European Union', Journal of European Public Policy, 4 (1), March, 91-108 -- Wyn Grant, Alberto Martinelli and William Paterson (1989), 'Large Firms as Political Actors: A Comparative Analysis of the Chemical Industry in Britain, Italy and West Germany', West European Politics, 12 (2), 72-90 -- Jean C. Oi (1992), 'Fiscal Reform and the Economic Foundations of Local State Corporatism in China', World Politics, 45 (1), October, 99-126 -- Kent E. Calder (1989), 'Elites in an Equalizing Role: Ex- Bureaucrats as Coordinators and Intermediaries in the Japanese Government-Business Relationship', Comparative Politics, 21 (4), July, 379-403 -- William A. Brock and Stephen P. Magee (1978) 'Decentralization, Bureaucracy, and Government: The Economics of Special Interest Politics: The Case of the Tariff', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings of the Ninetieth Annual Meeting of the American Economic Association, 68 (2), May, 246-50 -- Helen Milner (1987), 'Resisting the Protectionist Temptation: Industry and the Making of Trade Policy in France and the United States during the 1970s', International Organization, 41 (4), Autumn, 639-65.
    Abstract: Gene M. Grossman and Elhanan Helpman (1994), 'Protection for Sale', American Economic Review, 84 (4), September, 833-50 -- A. Claire Cutler (1997), 'Artiface, Ideology and Paradox: The Public/Private Distinction in International Law', Review of International Political Economy, 4 (2), Summer, 261-85 -- John Gerard Ruggie (2004), 'Reconstituting the Global Public Domain - Issues, Actors, and Practices', European Journal of International Relations, 10 (4), 499-531 -- David Vogel (2008), 'Private Global Business Regulation', Annual Review of Political Science, 11, 261-82 -- Aseem Prakash and Matthew Potoski (2014), 'Global Private Regimes, Domestic Public Law: ISO 14001 and Pollution Reduction', Comparative Political Studies, 47 (3), 369-94.
    Abstract: This comprehensive research review identifies the key articles on relations between business and government from a variety of perspectives and disciplines. The editors have selected works that explore the themes of business and the state, organizing the firm for political action, managing government affairs, lobbying models, business governance and regulation, comparative business and political systems and internationaliastion and transanational business regulation. This research review is an essential resource for scholars, students and policymakers interested in political science, business studies and economics
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781782547990
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The Elgar companion to Ronald H. Coase
    DDC: 330.92
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Coase, R. H. ; Coase, R. H Criticism and interpretation ; Coase, R. H. (Ronald Harry) ; Ökonomen ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Großbritannien ; USA ; Economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Coase, R. H. 1910-2013 ; Coase-Theorem
    Abstract: pt. I: Coase in context -- pt. II: Foundations : key concepts -- pt. III: Firm and organization theory -- pt. IV: Market : structure and regulation -- pt. V: Law and property rights.
    Abstract: Ronald H. Coase, one of the most innovative and provocative economists of the twentieth century, has had a lasting influence in economics, law and economics, organization theory, management and political science. In this comprehensive Companion, 31 leading economists, social scientists and legal scholars, including two Nobel Laureates, offer the first global assessment of the initial impact of Coase's work and the continuing inspiration that researchers and policy makers find in his contributions. The book presents a review of the continuing power of Coase's work, including the reshaping of public policies with particular respect to public utilities and network industries. Further chapters explore research programmes that he initiated including the concept of transaction costs and the analysis of property rights, especially in terms of the regulation of the communications industry and the creation of markets for the right to pollute. The book clearly demonstrates the originality of Coase's work and the challenge that it posed to conventional perspectives which has been a hallmark of his research throughout his life, from his initial view on the nature of the firm to his recent analysis of the development of capitalism in China. Less well-known features of Coase's research going beyond his famous papers on 'The Nature of the Firm' and 'The Problem of Social Cost' are also explored in detail. From economics to public policy, this complete and thorough assessment of Coase's vast contribution will be an invaluable reference to all those interested in the many areas influenced by this great economist
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784716141
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (832 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of terrorism
    DDC: 363.3/25
    Keywords: Terrorismus ; Terrorismusbekämpfung ; Terrorism Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Terrorismus ; Politische Ökonomie
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): David C. Rapport (2004), 'The Four Waves of Modern Terrorism', in Audrey Kurth Cronin and James M. Ludes (eds), Attacking Terrorism: Elements of a Grand Strategy, Chapter 2, Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press, 46-72 -- Martha Crenshaw (1981), 'The Causes of Terrorism', Comparative Politics, 13 (4), July, 379-99 -- Max Abrahms (2008), 'What Terrorists Really Want: Terrorist Motives and Counterterrorism Strategy', International Security, 32 (4), Spring, 78-105 -- Robert A. Pape (2003), 'The Strategic Logic of Suicide Terrorism', American Political Science Review, 97 (3), August, 343-61 -- Walter Enders and Xuejuan Su (2007), 'Rational Terrorists and Optimal Network Structure', Journal of Conflict Resolution, 51 (1), February, 33-57 -- Ethan Bueno de Mesquita (2005), 'The Quality of Terror', American Journal of Political Science, 49 (3), July, 515-30 -- Burcu Savun and Brian J. Phillips (2009), 'Democracy, Foreign Policy, and Terrorism', Journal of Conflict Resolution, 53 (6), December, 878-904 -- W. Kip Viscusi and Richard J. Zeckhauser (2003) 'Sacrificing Civil Liberties to Reduce Terrorism Risks', Journal of Risk and Uncertainty, 26 (2-3), March, 99-120 -- James A. Piazza (2008), 'Incubators of Terror: Do Failed and Failing States Promote Transnational Terrorism?', International Studies Quarterly, 52 (3), September, 469-88 -- William Eubank and Leonard Weinberg (2001), 'Terrorism and Democracy: Perpetrators and Victims', Terrorism and Political Violence, 13 (1), Spring, 155-64 -- Quan Li (2005), 'Does Democracy Promote or Reduce Transnational Terrorist Incidents?', Journal of Conflict Resolution, 49 (2), April, 278-97 -- Paul S. Nelson and John L. Scott (1992), 'Terrorism and the Media: An Empirical Analysis', Defence Economics, 3 (4), 329-39 -- Darren W. Davis and Brian D. Silver (2004), 'Civil Liberties vs. Security: Public Opinion in the Context of the Terrorist Attacks on America', American Journal of Political Science, 48 (1), January, 28-46 -- Alan B. Krueger and Jitka Malečková (2003), 'Education, Poverty and Terrorism: Is There a Causal Connection?', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 17 (4), Fall, 119-44 -- Alberto Abadie (2006), 'Poverty, Political Freedom, and the Roots of Terrorism', American Economic Review, 96 (2), May, 50-56 -- Walter Enders, Gary A. Hoover and Todd Sandler (2012), 'The Changing Nonlinear Relationship between Income and Terrorism', Journal of Conflict Resolution, online first, 1-31 -- James A. Piazza (2011), 'Poverty, Minority Economic Discrimination, and Domestic Terrorism', Journal of Peace Research, 48 (3), May, 339-53 -- Efraim Benmelech, Claude Berrebi and Esteban F. Klor (2012), 'Economic Conditions and the Quality of Suicide Terrorism', Journal of Politics, 74 (1), January, 113-28 -- Claude Berrebi (2007), 'Evidence about the Link Between Education, Poverty and Terrorism Among Palestinians', Peace Economics, Peace Science and Public Policy, 13 (1), i, 1-38 --
    Abstract: S. Brock Blomberg, Gregory D. Hess and Athanasios Orphanides (2004), 'The Macroeconomic Consequences of Terrorism', Journal of Monetary Economics, 51 (5), July, 1007-32 -- Todd Sandler and Walter Enders (2008), 'Economic Consequences of Terrorism in Developed and Developing Countries: An Overview', in Philip Keefer and Norman Loayza (eds), Terrorism, Economic Development, and Political Openness, Chapter 1, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 17-47 -- Zvi Eckstein and Daniel Tsiddon (2004), 'Macroeconomic Consequences of Terror: Theory and the Case of Israel', Journal of Monetary Economics, 51 (5), July, 971-1002 -- Alberto Abadie and Javier Gardeazabal (2003), 'The Economic Cost of Conflict: A Case Study of the Basque Country', American Economic Review, 93 (1), March, 113-32 -- Bruno S. Frey, Simon Luechinger and Alois Stutzer (2009), 'The Life Satisfaction Approach to Valuing Public Goods: The Case of Terrorism', Public Choice, 138 (3-4), March, 317-45 -- William M. Landes (1978), 'An Economic Study of U.S. Aircraft Hijacking, 1961-1976', Journal of Law and Economics, 21 (1), April, 1-31, errata -- Walter Enders and Todd Sandler (1993), 'The Effectiveness of Antiterrorism Policies: A Vector-Autoregression-Intervention Analysis', American Political Science Review, 87 (4), December, 829-44 -- Victor Asal and R. Karl Rethemeyer (2008), 'The Nature of the Beast: Organizational Structures and the Lethality of Terrorist Attacks', Journal of Politics, 70 (2), April, 437-49 -- Howard Kunreuther and Geoffrey Heal (2003), 'Interdependent Security', Journal of Risk and Uncertainty, 26 (2-3), March, 231-49 -- Bruno S. Frey and Simon Luechinger (2003), 'How to Fight Terrorism: Alternatives to Deterrence', Defence and Peace Economics, 14 (4), August, 237-49 -- Jean-Paul Azam and Véronique Thelen (2010), 'Foreign Aid Versus Military Intervention in the War on Terror', Journal of Conflict Resolution, 54 (2), April, 237-61 -- Navin A. Bapat (2011), 'Transnational Terrorism, US Military Aid, and the Incentive to Misrepresent', Journal of Peace Research, 48 (3), May, 303-18 -- Subhayu Bandyopadhyay, Todd Sandler and Javed Younas (2014), 'Foreign Direct Investment, Aid, and Terrorism', Oxford Economic Papers, 66 (1), January, 25-50 -- Audrey Kurth Cronin (2006), 'How al-Qaida Ends: The Decline and Demise of Terrorist Groups', International Security, 31 (1), Summer, 7-48 -- Audrey Kurth Cronin (2014), 'The "War on Terrorism": What Does it Mean to Win?', Journal of Strategic Studies, 37 (2), 174-97 -- Khusrav Gaibulloev and Todd Sandler (2014), 'An Empirical Analysis of Alternative Ways that Terrorist Groups End', Public Choice, 160 (1-2), July, 25-44.
    Abstract: The evolving field of the economics of terrorism has been and continues to be the subject of much research. Professor Enders, in this authoritative research review, charts the development of this topic over the past century. The areas discussed include incentive regulation, competition in generation, market power, transmission and system operation as well as retail competition and future developments
    Note: Includes index , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781785361517
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (968 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 317
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of creative industries
    RVK:
    Keywords: Kreativsektor ; Theorie ; Welt ; Cultural industries Economic aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Alan Kirman (1993), 'Ants, Rationality, and Recruitment', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 108 (1), February, 137-56 -- Sherwin Rosen (1981), 'The Economics of Superstars', American Economic Review, 71 (5), December, 845-58 -- Israel M. Kirzner (1997), 'Entrepreneurial Discovery and the Competitive Market Process: An Austrian Approach', Journal of Economic Literature, 35 (1), March, 60-85 -- Ulrich Witt (2001), 'Learning to Consume - A Theory of Wants and the Growth of Demand', Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 11 (1), January, 23-36 -- A.T. Peacock (1994), 'Welfare Economics and Public Subsidies to the Arts', Journal of Cultural Economics, 18 (2), June, 151-61 -- Tyler Cowen (1996), 'Why I Do Not Believe in the Cost-Disease: Comment on Baumol', Journal of Cultural Economics, 20 (3), 207-14 -- Tyler Cowen and Alexander Tabarrok (2000), 'An Economic Theory of Avant-Garde and Popular Art, or High and Low Culture', Southern Economic Journal, 67 (2), October, 232-53 -- Bryan Caplan and Tyler Cowen (2004), 'Do We Underestimate the Benefits of Cultural Competition?', American Economic Review, 94 (2), May, 402-7 -- Richard Swedberg (2006), 'The Cultural Entrepreneur and the Creative Industries: Beginning in Vienna', Journal of Cultural Economics, 30 (4), December, 243-61 -- Elizabeth Currid (2007), 'The Economics of a Good Party: Social Mechanics and the Legitimization of Art/Culture', Journal of Economics and Finance, 31 (3), Fall, 386-94 -- Michael Hutter (2011), 'Infinite Surprises: On the Stabilization of Value in the Creative Industries', in Jens Beckert and Patrik Aspers (eds), The Worth of Goods: Valuation and Pricing in the Economy, Chapter 9, Oxford, UK and New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 201-20 -- Gary B. Magee (2005), 'Rethinking Invention: Cognition and the Economics of Technological Creativity', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 57 (1), May, 29-48 -- R. Alexander Bentley (2009) 'Fashion versus Reason in the Creative Industries', in Michael J. O'Brien and Stephen J. Shennan (eds), Innovation in Cultural Systems: Contributions from Evolutionary Anthropology, Chapter 8, Cambridge, MA and London, UK: MIT Press, 121-26 -- John Hartley and Lucy Montgomery (2009), 'Fashion as Consumer Entrepreneurship: Emergent Risk Culture, Social Network Markets, and the Launch of Vogue in China', Chinese Journal of Communication, 2 (1), March, 61-76 -- John Banks and Jason Potts (2010), 'Co-creating Games: A Co-evolutionary Analysis', New Media and Society, 12 (2), March, 253-70 -- Jason Potts, John Hartley, John Banks, Jean Burgess, Rachel Cobcroft, Stuart Cunningham and Lucy Montgomery (2008), 'Consumer Co-creation and Situated Creativity', Industry and Innovation, 15 (5), October, 459-74 -- Richard E. Caves (2003), 'Contracts between Art and Commerce', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 17 (2), Spring, 73-84 -- John Quiggin (2013), 'The Economics of New Media', in John Hartley, Jean Burgess and Axel Bruns (eds), A Companion to New Media Dynamics, Chapter 5, Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell, 90-103 -- Arthur De Vany and W. David Walls (1996), 'Bose-Einstein Dynamics and Adaptive Contracting in the Motion Picture Industry', Economic Journal, 106 (439), November, 1493-514.
    Abstract: Arthur S. De Vany and W. David Walls (2004), 'Motion Picture Profit, the Stable Paretian Hypothesis, and the Curse of the Superstar', Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control, 28 (6), March, 1035-57 -- Jason Potts, Simon Cunningham, John Hartley and Paul Ormerod (2008), 'Social Network Markets: A New Definition of the Creative Industries', Journal of Cultural Economics, 32 (3), September, 167-85 -- Jason Potts (2012), 'Novelty-Bundling Markets', Advances in Austrian Economics, 16, 291-312 -- Pierre-Michel Menger (1999), 'Artistic Labor Markets and Careers', Annual Review of Sociology, 25, 541-74 -- Martin Kretschmer, George Michael Klimis and Chong Ju Choi (1999), 'Increasing Returns and Social Contagion in Cultural Industries', British Journal of Management, 10 (1), September, S61-S72 -- Peter E. Earl and Jason Potts (2013), 'The Creative Instability Hypothesis', Journal of Cultural Economics, 37 (2), May, 153-73 -- Christian Handke (2006), 'Plain Destruction or Creative Destruction? Copyright Erosion and the Evolution of the Record Industry', Review of Economic Research on Copyright Issues, 3 (2), 29-51 -- Stuart Cunningham (2012), 'Emergent Innovation through Coevolution of Informal and Formal Media Economies', Television and New Media, 13 (5), September, 415-30 -- Hasan Bakhshi and Eric McVittie (2009), 'Creative Supply-Chain Linkages and Innovation: Do the Creative Industries Stimulate Business Innovation in the Wider Economy?', Innovation: Management, Policy and Practice, 11 (2), August, 169-89 -- Kathrin Müller, Christian Rammer and Johannes Trüby (2009), 'The Role of Creative Industries in Industrial Innovation', Innovation: Management, Policy and Practice, 11 (2), August, 148-68 -- Ron Martin and Peter Sunley (2003), 'Deconstructing Clusters: Chaotic Concept or Policy Panacea?', Journal of Economic Geography, 3 (1), January, 5-35 -- Richard Florida (2002), 'Bohemia and Economic Geography', Journal of Economic Geography, 2 (1), January, 55-71 -- Allen J. Scott (2006), 'Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Industrial Development: Geography and the Creative Field Revisited,' Small Business Economics, 26 (1), February, 1-24 -- Luciana Lazzeretti, Rafael Boix and Francesco Capone (2008), 'Do Creative Industries Cluster? Mapping Creative Local Production Systems in Italy and Spain', Industry and Innovation, 15 (5), October, 549-67 -- Michele Boldrin and David Levine (2002), 'The Case Against Intellectual Property', American Economic Review, Papers and Proceedings, 92 (2), May, 209-12 -- Benjamin Klein, Andres V. Lerner and Kevin M. Murphy (2002), 'The Economics of Copyright "Fair Use" in a Networked World', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 92 (2), May, 205-8 -- Hal R. Varian (2005), 'Copying and Copyright', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 19 (2), Spring, 121-38 -- Ruth Towse (2010), 'Creativity, Copyright and the Creative Industries Paradigm', Kyklos, 63 (3), August, 461-78 -- Christian Handke (2012), 'Digital Copying and the Supply of Sound Recordings', Information Economics and Policy, 24 (1), March, 15-29.
    Abstract: Mikko Mustonen (2003), 'Copyleft - the Economics of Linux and Other Open Source Software', Information Economics and Policy, 15 (1), March, 99-121 -- Josh Lerner and Jean Tirole (2002) 'Some Simple Economics of Open Source' Journal of Industrial Economics, 50 (2), June, 197-234 -- Erik Brynjolfsson, Ju (Jeffrey) Yu and Michael D. Smith (2002), 'Consumer Surplus in the Digital Economy: Estimating the Value of Increased Product Variety at Online Booksellers', Management Science, 49 (11), November, 1580-96 -- Peter Tschmuck (2003), 'How Creative are the Creative Industries? A Case of the Music Industry', Journal of Arts Management, Law, and Society, 33 (2), Summer, 127-41 -- John Quiggin (2006), 'Blogs, Wikis and Creative Innovation', International Journal of Cultural Studies, 9 (4), December, 481-96 -- Stuart Cunningham (2002), 'From Cultural to Creative Industries: Theory, Industry and Policy Implications', Media Information Australia, 102, February, 54-65 -- Ann Markusen, Gregory H. Wassall, Douglas DeNatale and Randy Cohen (2008), 'Defining the Creative Economy: Industry and Occupational Approaches', Economic Development Quarterly, 22 (1), February, 24-45 -- Peter Higgs and Stuart Cunningham (2008), 'Creative Industries Mapping: Where Have We Come From and Where Are We Going?', Creative Industries Journal, 1 (1), 7-30 -- Kate Oakley (2004), 'Not So Cool Britannia: The Role of Creative Industries in Economic Development', International Journal of Cultural Studies, 7 (1), March, 67-77 -- Jason Potts (2009), 'Why Creative Industries Matter to Economic Evolution', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 18 (7), October, 663-73 -- Jason Potts and Stuart Cunningham (2008), 'Four Models of the Creative Industries', International Journal of Cultural Policy, 14 (3), August, 233-47 -- Francisco Marco-Serrano, Pau Rausell-Koster and Raul Abeledo-Sanchis (2014), 'Economic Development and the Creative Industries: A Tale of Causality', Creative Industries Journal, 7 (2), 81-91 -- Jason Potts (2009), 'Creative Industries & Innovation Policy', Innovation: Management, Policy and Practice, 11 (2), August, 138-47 -- Phil Cooke and Lisa De Propris (2011), 'A Policy Agenda for EU Smart Growth: The Role of Creative and Cultural Industries', Policy Studies, 32 (4), July, 365-75.
    Abstract: This timely research review explores the emerging concept of the economics of creative industries. Professor Potts analyses key papers authored by leading scholars in the field which cover the evolution and development of this new area of study. Topics addressed in this review include economic theory foundations, creative economic agents, contracts and organizations, creative industries dynamics and innovation, creative cities and clusters and digital new media and intellectual property
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784716202
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,984 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 318
    Keywords: Manpower policy ; Labor market ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Anders Björklund and Robert Moffitt (1987), 'The Estimation of Wage Gains and Welfare Gains in Self-Selection Models', Review of Economics and Statistics, 69 (1), February, 42-49 -- James J. Heckman, Jeffrey Smith and Nancy Clements (1997), 'Making the Most Out Of Programme Evaluations and Social Experiments: Accounting for Heterogeneity in Programme Impacts', Review of Economic Studies, 64 (4), October, 487-535 -- James Heckman and Salvador Navarro-Lozano (2004), 'Using Matching, Instrumental Variables, and Control Functions to Estimate Economic Choice Models', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (1), February, 30-57 -- James J. Heckman and Edward Vytlacil (2005), 'Structural Equations, Treatment Effects, and Econometric Policy Evaluation', Econometrica, 73 (3), May, 669-738 -- Edward Vytlacil (2002), 'Independence, Monotonicity, and Latent Index Models: An Equivalence Result', Econometrica, 70 (1), January, 331-41 -- J.P. Florens, J.J. Heckman, C. Meghir and E. Vytlacil (2008), 'Identification of Treatment Effects Using Control Functions in Models with Continuous, Endogenous Treatment and Heterogeneous Treatment Effects', Econometrica, 76 (5), September, 1191-206 -- Pedro Carneiro, James J. Heckman and Edward Vytlacil (2010), 'Evaluating Marginal Policy Changes and the Average Effect of Treatment for Individuals at the Margin', Econometrica, 78 (1), January, 377-94 -- Jeffrey M. Woolridge (1997), 'On Two Stage Least Squares Estimation of the Average Treatment Effect in a Random Coefficient Model', Economics Letters, 56 (2), October, 129-33 -- Whitney K. Newey (2009), 'Two-step Series Estimation of Sample Selection Models', Econometrics Journal, 12 (S1), January, S217-S219 -- Jinyong Hahn and Geert Ridder (2013), 'Asymptotic Variance of Semiparametric Estimators with Generated Regressors', Econometrica, 81 (1), January, 315-40 -- James J. Heckman (1996), 'Randomization as an Instrumental Variable', Review of Economics and Statistics, 78 (2), May, 336-41 -- Joel L. Horowitz and Charles F. Manski (2000), 'Nonparametric Analysis of Randomized Experiments with Missing Covariate and Outcome Data', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 95 (449), March, 77-84 -- James Heckman, Hidehiko Ichimura, Jeffrey Smith and Petra Todd (1998), 'Characterizing Selection Bias Using Experimental Data', Econometrica, 66 (5), September, 1017-98 -- Paul R. Rosenbaum and Donald B. Rubin (1983), 'The Central Role of the Propensity Score in Observational Studies for Causal Effects', Biometrika, 70 (1), April, 41-55 -- Donald B. Rubin and Neal Thomas (1996), 'Matching Using Estimated Propensity Scores: Relating Theory to Practice', Biometrics, 52 (1), March, 249-64 -- James J. Heckman, Hidehiko Ichimura and Petra E. Todd (1998), 'Matching as an Econometric Evaluation Estimator', Review of Economic Studies, 65 (2), April, 261-94 -- Jinyong Hahn (1998), 'On the Role of the Propensity Score in Efficient Semiparametric Estimation of Average Treatment Effects', Econometrica, 66 (2), March, 315-31 -- Keisuke Hirano, Guido W. Imbens and Geert Ridder (2003), 'Efficient Estimation of Average Treatment Effects Using the Estimated Propensity Score', Econometrica, 71 (4), July, 1161-89 -- Alberto Abadie and Guido W. Imbens (2006), 'Large Sample Properties of Matching Estimators for Average Treatment Effects', Econometrica, 74 (1), January, 235-67.
    Abstract: Alberto Abadie and Guido W. Imbens (2008), 'On The Failure of the Bootstrap for Matching Estimators', Econometrica, 76 (6), November, 1537-57 -- Alberto Abadie and Guido W. Imbens (2011), 'Bias-Corrected Matching Estimators for Average Treatment Effects', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 29 (1), January, 1-11 -- James Heckman (1997), 'Instrumental Variables: A Study of Implicit Behavioral Assumptions Used in Making Program Evaluations', Journal of Human Resources, 32 (3), Summer, 441-62 -- Guido W. Imbens (2004), 'Nonparametric Estimation of Average Treatment Effects under Exogeneity: A Survey', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (1), February, 4-29 -- Guido W. Imbens and Joshua D. Angrist (1994), 'Identification and Estimation of Local Average Treatment Effects', Econometrica, 62 (2), March, 467-75 -- Joshua D. Angrist and Guido W. Imbens (1995), 'Two-Stage Least Squares Estimation of Average Causal Effects in Models with Variable Treatment Intensity', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 90 (430), June, 431-42 -- Joshua D. Angrist, Guido W. Imbens and Donald B. Rubin (1996), 'Identification of Causal Effects Using Instrumental Variables', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 91 (434), June, 444-55 -- James J. Heckman, Sergio Urzua and Edward Vytlacil (2006), 'Understanding Instrumental Variables in Models with Essential Heterogeneity', Review of Economics and Statistics, LXXXVIII (3), August, 389-432 -- Whitney K. Newey and James L. Powell (2003), 'Instrumental Variable Estimation of Nonparametric Models', Econometrica, 71 (5), September, 1565-78 -- Jinyong Hahn, Petra Todd and Wilbert Van der Klaauw (2001), 'Identification and Estimation of Treatment Effects with a Regression-Discontinuity Design', Econometrica, 69 (1), January, 201-9 -- David S. Lee and David Card (2008), 'Regression Discontinuity Inference with Specification Error', Journal of Econometrics, 142 (2), February, 655-74 -- David S. Lee and Thomas Lemieux (2010), 'Regression Discontinuity Designs in Economics', Journal of Economic Literature, 48 (2), June, 281-355 -- Justin McCrary (2008), 'Manipulation of the Running Variable in the Regression Discontinuity Design: A Density Test', Journal of Econometrics, 142 (2), February, 698-714 -- Marianne Bertrand, Esther Duflo and Sendhil Mullainathan (2004), 'How Much Should We Trust Differences-in-Differences Estimates?', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 119 (1), February, 249-75 -- Charles F. Manski (1997), 'The Mixing Problem in Programme Evaluation', Review of Economic Studies, 64 (4), October, 537-53 -- Jeffrey M. Woolridge (2007), 'Inverse Probability Weighted Estimation for General Missing Data Problems', Journal of Econometrics, 141 (2), December, 1281-301 -- Jaap H. Abbring and Gerard J. Van den Berg (2003), 'The Nonparametric Identification of Treatment Effects in Duration Models', Econometrica, 71 (5), September, 1491-517, Corrigendum -- James J. Heckman and Salvador Navarro (2007), 'Dynamic Discrete Choice and Dynamic Treatment Effects', Journal of Econometrics, 136 (2), February, 341-96 -- Richard K. Crump, V. Joseph Hotz, Guido W. Imbens and Oscar A. Mitnik (2009), 'Dealing with Limited Overlap in Estimation of Average Treatment Effects', Biometrika, 96 (1), March, 187-99.
    Abstract: David Friedlander, David H. Greenberg and Philip K. Robins (1997), 'Evaluating Government Training Programs for the Economically Disadvantaged', Journal of Economic Literature, XXXV (4), December, 1809-55 -- David Card, Jochen Kluve and Andrea Weber (2010), 'Active Labour Market Policy Evaluations: A Meta-Analysis', Economic Journal, 120, 548, November, F452-F477 -- Howard S. Bloom, Larry L. Orr, Stephen H. Bell, George Cave, Fred Doolittle, Winston Lin and Johannes M. Bos (1997), 'The Benefits and Costs of JTPA Title II-A Programs: Key Findings from the National Job Training Partnership Act Study', Journal of Human Resources, 32 (3), Summer, 549-76 -- Jere R. Behrman, Susan W. Parker and Petra E. Todd (2011), 'Do Conditional Cash Transfers for Schooling Generate Lasting Benefits?: A Five-Year Follow-up of PROGRESA/Oportunidades', Journal of Human Resources, 46 (1), Winter, 93-122 -- Peta Z. Schochet, John Burghardt and Sheena McConnell (2008), 'Does Job Corps Work? Impact Findings from the National Job Corps Study', American Economic Review, 98 (5), December, 1864-86 -- Michael Lechner (1999), 'Earnings and Employment Effects of Continuous Off-the-Job Training in East Germany after Unification', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 17 (1), January, 74-90 -- Markus Frölich, Almas Heshmati and Michael Lechner (2004), 'A Microeconometric Evaluation of Rehabilitation of Long-Term Sickness in Sweden', Journal of Applied Econometrics, 19 (3), May/June, 375-96 -- Michael Gerfin and Michael Lechner (2002), 'A Microeconometric Evaluation of the Active Labour Market Policy in Switzerland', Economic Journal, 112 (482), October, 854-93 -- James J. Heckman and Paul A. LaFontaine (2006), 'Bias-Corrected Estimates of GED Returns', Journal of Labor Economics, 24 (3), July, 661-700 -- Louis Jacobson, Robert Lalonde and Daniel G. Sullivan (2005), 'Estimating the Returns to Community College Schooling for Displaced Workers', Journal of Econometrics, 125 (1-2), March-April, 271-304 -- Michael Lechner (2002), 'Program Heterogeneity and Propensity Score Matching: An Application to the Evaluation of Active Labor Market Policies', Review of Economics and Statistics, 84 (2), May, 205-20 -- Pedro Carneiro, James J. Heckman and Edward J. Vytlacil (2011), 'Estimating Marginal Returns to Education', American Economic Review, 101 (6), October, 2754-81 -- Joshua D. Angrist (1989), 'Lifetime Earnings and the Vietnam Era Draft Lottery: Evidence from Social Security Administrative Records', American Economic Review, 80 (3), June, 313-36 -- Dan A. Black, Jeffrey A. Smith, Mark C. Berger and Brett J. Noel (2003), 'Is the Threat of Reemployment Services More Effective Than the Services Themselves? Evidence from Random Assignment in the UI System', American Economic Review, 93 (4), September, 1313-27 -- Wilbert Van der Klaauw (2002), 'Estimating the Effect of Financial Aid Offers on College Enrollment: A Regression-Discontinuity Approach', International Economic Review, 43 (4), November, 1249-87 -- James J. Heckman, Hidehiko Ichimura and Petra E. Todd (1997), 'Matching as an Econometric Evaluation Estimator: Evidence from Evaluating a Job Training Programme', Review of Economic Studies, 64 (4), October, 605-54 -- Martin Huber, Michael Lechner and Conny Wunsch (2013), 'The Performance of Estimators Based on the Propensity Score', Journal of Econometrics, 175 (1), July, 1-21 -- Michael Lechner and Conny Wunsch (2013), 'Sensitivity of Matching-Based Program Evaluations to the Availability of Control Variables', Labour Economics, 21, April, 111-21 -- Matias Busso, John DiNardo and Justin McCrary (2014), 'New Evidence on the Finite Sample Properties of Propensity Score Reweighting and Matching Estimators', Review of Economics and Statistics, 96 (5), December, 885-97.
    Abstract: James Heckman, Jeffrey Smith and Chrsitopher Taber (1998), 'Accounting for Dropouts in Evaluations of Social Programs', Review of Economic and Statistics, LXXX (1), February, 1-14 -- James J. Heckman and Jeffrey A. Smith (1999), 'The Pre-Programme Earnings Dip and the Determinants of Participation in a Social Programme. Implications for Simple Programme Evaluation Strategies', Economic Journal, 109 (457), July, 313-48 -- James J. Heckman, Carolyn Heinrich and Jeffrey Smith (2002), 'The Performance of Performance Standards', Journal of Human Resources, 37 (4), Autumn, 778-811 -- John C. Ham and Robert J. Lalonde (1996), 'The Effect of Sample Selection and Initial Conditions in Duration Models: Evidence from Experimental Data on Training', Econometrica, 64 (1), January, 175-205 -- Curtis Eberwein, John C. Ham and Robert J. Lalonde (1997), 'The Impact of Being Offered and Receiving Classroom Training on the Employment Histories of Disadvantaged Women: Evidence from Experimental Data', Review of Economic Studies, 64 (4), October, 655-82 -- Gerard J. van den Berg, Bas van der Klaauw and Jan C. van Ours (2004), 'Punitive Sanctions and the Transition Rate from Welfare to Work', Journal of Labor Economics, 22 (1), January, 211-41 -- Jaap H. Abbring, Gerard J. van den Berg and Jan C. van Ours (2005), 'The Effect of Unemployment Insurance Sanctions on the Transition Rate from Unemployment to Employment', Economic Journal, 115 (505), July, 602-30 -- Barbara Sianesi (2004), 'An Evaluation of the Swedish System of Active Labor Market Programs in the 1990s', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (1), February, 133-55 -- Peter Fredriksson and Per Johansson (2008), 'Dynamic Treatment Assignment: The Consequences for Evaluations Using Observational Data', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 26 (4), October, 435-45 -- Daniel Friedlander and Philip K. Robins (1995), 'Evaluating Program Evaluations: New Evidence on Commonly Used Nonexperimental Methods', American Economic Review, 85 (4), September, 923-37 -- Rajeev H. Dehejia and Sadek Wahba (1999), 'Causal Effects in Nonexperimental Studies: Reevaluating the Evaluation of Training Programs', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 94 (448), December, 1053-62 -- Rajeev H. Dehejia and Sadek Wahba (2002), 'Propensity Score-Matching Methods for Nonexperimental Causal Studies', Review of Economics and Statistics, 84 (1), February, 151-61 -- Juan Jose Diaz and Sudhanshu Handa (2006), 'An Assessment of Propensity Score Matching as a Nonexperimental Impact Estimator: Evidence from Mexico's PROGRESA Program', Journal of Human Resources, 41 (2), Spring, 319-45 -- Stevem Glazerman, Dan M. Levy and David Myers (2003), 'Nonexperimental versus Experimental Estimates of Earnings Impacts', Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 589, September, 63-93 -- Charles Michalopoulos, Howard S. Bloom and Carolyn J. Hill (2004), 'Can Propensity-Score Methods Match the Findings from a Random Assignment Evaluation of Mandatory Welfare-to-Work Programs?', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (1), February, 156-79 -- Jeffrey A. Smith and Petra E. Todd (2005), 'Does Matching Overcome LaLonde's Critique of Nonexperimental Estimators?', Journal of Econometrics, 125 (1-2), March-April, 305-53 -- Elizabeth Ty Wilde and Robinson Hollister (2007), 'How Close Is Close Enough? Evaluating Propensity Score Matching Using Data from a Class Size Reduction Experiment', Journal of Policy Analysis and Management, 26 (3), Summer, 455-77.
    Abstract: This timely research review pinpoints seminal works on active labour market policies. Topics covered in this review include econometric policy evaluation, social experiments, regression discontinuity designs, evaluations of active labour market policies and ending with final conclusions on evaluating the evaluations
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    ISBN: 9781785369155
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 p) , ill
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: ADBI series on Asian economic integration and cooperation
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The Asian "poverty miracle"
    DDC: 339.4/6
    RVK:
    Keywords: Armut ; Einkommensverteilung ; Asien ; Poverty ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Asien ; Armut ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Einkommensverteilung ; Messung
    Abstract: Introduction / Jacques Silber and Guanghua Wan -- 1. An Asian poverty line? issues and options / Stephan Klasen -- 2. A poverty line contingent on reference groups: implications for the extent of poverty in some Asian countries / Satya R. Chakravarty, Nachiketa Chattopadhyay, and Jacques Silber -- 3. Concepts and measurement of vulnerability to poverty and other issues: a review of literature / Tomoki Fujii -- 4. Measuring the impact of vulnerability on the number of poor: a new methodology with empirical illustrations / Satya R. Chakravarty, Nachiketa Chattopadhyay, Jacques Silber, and Guanghua Wan -- 5. Climate change and vulnerability to poverty: an empirical investigation in rural Indonesia / Tomoki Fujii -- 6. Measuring multidimensional poverty in three Southeast Asian countries using ordinal variables / Valérie Bérenger -- 7. Poverty and nutrition: a case study of rural households in Thailand and Viet Nam / Hermann Waibel and Lena Hohfeld -- 8. Poverty and ethnicity in Asian countries / Carlos Gradín.
    Abstract: Following rapid economic growth in recent decades, Asia and the Pacific experienced an impressive reduction in extreme poverty, but this drop was not uniform and achievements are still incomplete. Vulnerability to natural disasters, the increasing impact of climate change and economic crises should all be taken into account. There is also a need to consider the multidimensional nature of poverty and the non-uniformity of the decrease across different ethnic groups. This book explores the Asian 'poverty miracle' and argues for the development and use of an Asia-specific poverty line. This is a timely and multidimensional assessment of the much-neglected issues of, and links between, poverty, vulnerability, and ethnicity in Asia. It will be of great interest to lecturers and researchers of Asian development and economics, along with policy makers, public and private institutions, NGOs, and international aid agencies
    Note: Contributors include: V. Berenger, S.R. Chakravarty, N. Chattopadhyay, T. Fujii, C. Gradín, L. Hohfeld, S. Klasen, J. Silber, H. Waibel, G. Wan , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786433053
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (176 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New directions in modern economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Ferri, Piero, 1942 - Aggregate demand, inequality and instability
    DDC: 339.4
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Makroökonomisches Modell ; Einkommensverteilung ; Vermögensverteilung ; Konjunktur ; Theorie ; Income distribution ; Distribution (Economic theory) ; Equality ; Income distribution ; Macroeconomics ; Electronic books ; Makroökonomie ; Gesamtwirtschaftliche Nachfrage ; Einkommensverteilung ; Soziale Ungleichheit ; Wirtschaftliche Stabilität
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- Part I: basic concepts -- 2. Piketty's contribution -- 3. Measurement -- 4. Inequality and aggregate demand -- Part II: endogenous dynamics and instability -- 5. Aggregate demand, growth and instability -- 6. Wealth, public debt and instability -- 7. Recursive workhorses -- Part III: the macro inference of inequality -- 8. Rent, wealth and bubbles -- 9. A model with heterogeneous supply -- 10. Wealth and capital gains in financial markets -- Part IV: inequality, finance and instability -- 11. Inequality and the financial instability hypothesis -- 12. Instability in a regime switching model -- Part V: concluding remarks -- 13. A summary -- 14. The challenges.
    Abstract: This book studies the relationships between aggregate demand, inequality and instability. It extends the traditional approach by introducing wealth and inequality into a dynamic macroeconomic model. Furthermore, it examines the role that debt and financial instability can play in turbulent times such as the Great Recession and its aftermath. Unlike Piketty, the author analyses the relationships between instability and inequality, and the feedbacks from the latter to the former, in a system approach where real and monetary factors interact to generate complex patterns. The book does not discover 'iron laws' because the results depend on the nature of the model, the values of the parameters and the policy pursued. However, the role of inequality is proven to play a decisive role in shaping dynamics. Finally, the author discusses the link between medium and long-run problems, and the challenges that remain to be faced. Piero Ferri's original application of economic principles to the topic of inequality will make this book essential reading for all economists, particularly those of a macro orientation
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785360589
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (3 v. (2,608 p.))) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics 327
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of sovereign debt
    Keywords: Öffentliche Schulden ; Wirtschaftswissenschaft ; Debts, Public ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Robert J. Barro (1974), 'Are Government Bonds Net Wealth?', Journal of Political Economy, 82 (6), November-December, 1095-117 -- Robert J. Barro (1979), 'On the Determination of the Public Debt', Journal of Political Economy, 87 (5, Part 1), October, 940-71 -- Martin Feldstein (1985), 'Debt and Taxes in the Theory of Public Finance', Journal of Public Economics, 28 (2), November, 233-45 -- Jonathan Eaton and Mark Gersovitz (1981), 'Debt with Potential Repudiation: Theoretical and Empirical Analysis', Review of Economic Studies, XLVII (2), April, 289-309 -- Jonathan Eaton, Mark Gersovitz and Joseph E. Stiglitz (1986), 'The Pure Theory of Country Risk', European Economic Review, 30 (3), June, 481-513 -- Herschel I. Grossman and John B. Van Huyck, (1988), 'Sovereign Debt as a Contingent Claim: Excusable Default, Repudiation, and Reputation', American Economic Review, 78 (5), December, 1088-97 -- Jeremy Bulow and Kenneth Rogoff (1989), 'Sovereign Debt: Is to Forgive to Forget?', American Economic Review, 79 (1), March, 43-50 -- Jeremy Bulow and Kenneth Rogoff (1989), 'A Constant Recontracting Model of Sovereign Debt', Journal of Political Economy, 97 (1), February, 155-78 -- Harold L. Cole and Patrick J. Kehoe (1998), 'Models of Sovereign Debt: Partial Versus General Reputations', International Economic Review, 39 (1), February, 55-70 -- Kenneth M. Kletzer and Brian D. Wright (2000), 'Sovereign Debt as Intertemporal Barter', American Economic Review, 90 (3), June, 621-39 -- John M. Veitch (1986), 'Repudiations and Confiscations by the Medieval State', Journal of Economic History, 46 (1), March, 31-6 -- J. Bradford De Long and Andrei Shleifer (1993), 'Princes and Merchants: European City Growth Before the Industrial Revolution', Journal Of Law and Economics, XXXVI (2), October, 671-702 -- James Conklin (1998), 'The Theory of Sovereign Debt and Spain under Philip II', Journal of Political Economy, 106 (3), June, 483-513 -- Mauricio Drelichman and Hans-Joachim Voth (2010), 'The Sustainable Debts of Philip II: A Reconstruction of Castile's Fiscal Position, 1566-1596', Journal of Economic History, 70 (4), December, 813-42 -- Mauricio Drelichman and Hans-Joachim Voth (2011), 'Lending to the Borrower from Hell: Debt and Default in the Age of Philip II', Economic Journal, 121 (557), December, 1205-27, technical appendix -- Mauricio Drelichman and Hans-Joachim Voth (2011), 'Serial Defaults, Serial Profits: Returns to Sovereign Lending in Habsburg Spain, 1566-1600', Explorations in Economic History, 48 (1), January, 1-19 -- Mauricio Drelichman and Hans-Joachim Voth (2015), 'Risk Sharing with the Monarch: Contingent Debt and Excusable Defaults in the Age of Philip II, 1556-1598', Cliometrica, 9 (1), January, 49-75 -- Earl J. Hamilton (1947), 'Origin and Growth of the National Debt in Western Europe', American Economic Review, 37 (2), May, 118-30 -- David R. Weir (1989), 'Tontines, Public Finance, and Revolution in France and England, 1688-1789', Journal of Economic History, 49 (1), March, 95-124.
    Abstract: Douglass C. North and Barry R. Weingast (1989), 'Constitutions and Commitment: The Evolution of Institutional Governing Public Choice in Seventeenth-Century England', Journal of Economic History, XLIX (4), December, 803-32 -- David Stasavage (2002), 'Credible Commitment in Early Modern Europe: North and Weingast Revisited', Journal of Law Economics and Organization, 18 (1), April, 155-86 -- Kenneth A. Schultz and Barry R. Weingast (2003), 'The Democratic Advantage: Institutional Foundations of Financial Power in International Competition', International Organization, 57 (1), Winter, 3-42 -- Sebastian M. Saiegh (2005), 'Do Countries Have a 'Democratic Advantage"?: Political Institutions, Multilateral Agencies, and Sovereign Borrowing', Comparative Political Studies, 38 (4), May, 366-87 -- David Stasavage (2007), 'Cities, Constitutions, and Sovereign Borrowing in Europe, 1274-1785', International Organization, 61 (3), July, 489-525 -- Candace C. Archer, Glen Biglaiser and Karl DeRouen Jr. (2007), 'Sovereign Bonds and the 'Democratic Advantage": Does Regime Type Affect Credit Rating Agency Ratings in the Developing World?', International Organization, 61 (2), April, 341-65 -- Glen Biglaiser and Joseph L. Staats (2012), 'Finding the 'Democratic Advantage" in Sovereign Bond Ratings: The Importance of Strong Courts, Property Rights Protection, and the Rule of Law', International Organization, 66 (3), July, 515-35 -- Emanuel Kohlscheen (2007), 'Why Are There Serial Defaulters? Evidence from Constitutions', Journal of Law and Economics, 50 (4), November, 713-30 -- Juan Carlos Hatchondo and Leonardo Martinez (2010), 'The Politics of Sovereign Defaults', Economic Quarterly, 96 (3), Third Quarter, 291-317 -- Atif Mian, Amir Sufi and Francesco Trebbi (2014), 'Resolving Debt Overhangs: Political Constraints in the Aftermath of Financial Crises', American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, 6 (2), April, 1-28 -- Mark Dincecco (2010), 'The Political Economy of Fiscal Prudence in Historical Perspective', Economics and Politics, 22 (1), March, 1-36 -- Michael D. Bordo (1999), 'International Rescues versus Bailouts: A Historical Perspective', Cato Journal, 18 (3), Winter, 363-75 -- John Joseph Wallis (2000), 'American Government Finance in the Long Run: 1790 to 1990', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 14 (1), Winter, 61-82 -- Carmen M. Reinhart and Vincent R. Reinhart (2015), 'Financial Crises, Development, and Growth: A Long-Term Perspective', World Bank Economic Review, Annual Bank Conference on Development Economics 'The Role of Theory in Development Economics" June 2-3, 2014 Washington D.C., 29 (Supplement 1), April, S57-S76 -- Carmen M. Reinhart, Vincent R. Reinhart and Kenneth S. Rogoff (2012), 'Public Debt Overhangs: Advanced-Economy Episodes Since 1800', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 26 (3), Summer, 69-86 -- Moritz Schularick and Alan M. Taylor (2012), 'Credit Booms Gone Bust: Monetary Policy, Leverage Cycles, and Financial Crises, 1870-2008', American Economic Review, 102 (2), April, 1029-61 -- Michael D. Bordo and Eugene N. White (1991), 'A Tale of Two Currencies: British and French Finance During the Napoleonic Wars', Journal of Economic History, 51 (2), June, 303-16 -- Marc Flandreau and Juan H. Flores (2009), 'Bonds and Brands: Foundations of Sovereign Debt Markets, 1820-1830', Journal of Economic History, 69 (3), September, 646-84 -- Gerardo della Paolera and Alan M. Taylor (2013), 'Sovereign Debt in Latin America, 1820-1913', Revista de Historia Económica/Journal of Iberian and Latin American Economic History, 31 (2), September, 173-217.
    Abstract: Richard Sicotte, Catalina Vizcarra and Kirsten Wandschneider (2010), 'Military Conquest and Sovereign Debt: Chile, Peru and the London Bond Market, 1876-1890', Cliometrica, 4 (3), October, 293-319 -- Marc D. Weidenmier (2005), 'Gunboats, Reputation, and Sovereign Repayment: Lessons from the Southern Confederacy', Journal of International Economics, 66 (2), July, 407-22 -- Michael D. Bordo and Hugh Rockoff (1992), 'The Gold Standard as a 'Good Housekeeping Seal of Approval"', Journal of Economic History, 56 (2), June, 389-428 -- Niall Ferguson and Moritz Schularick (2006), 'The Empire Effect: The Determinants of Country Risk in the First Age of Globalization, 1880-1913', Journal of Economic History, 66 (2), June, 283-312 -- Theodore Roosevelt (1904) 'President Theodore Roosevelt's Annual Message to Congress', delivered December 6th, 1904 -- Kris Mitchener and Marc Weidenmier (2005), 'Empire, Public Goods, and the Roosevelt Corollary', Journal of Economic History, 65 (3), September, 658-92 -- Kris James Mitchener and Marc D. Weidenmier (2010), 'Supersanctions and Sovereign Debt Repayment', Journal of International Money and Finance, 29 (1), February, 19-36 -- Barry Eichengreen and Ricardo Hausmann (1999) 'Exchange Rates and Financial Fragility' in Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City (eds.), New Challenges for Monetary Policy, 329-68 -- Michael D. Bordo and Christopher M. Meissner (2006), 'The Role of Foreign Currency Debt in Financial Crises: 1880-1913 versus 1972-1997', Journal of Banking and Finance, 30 (12), December, 3299-329 -- Lyndon Moore and Jakub Kaluzny (2005), 'Regime Change and Debt Default: The Case of Russia, Austro-Hungary, and the Ottoman Empire following World War One', Explorations in Economic History, 42 (2), April, 237-58 -- Kim Oosterlinck and John S. Landon-Lane (2006), 'Hope Springs Eternal - French Bondholders and the Soviet Repudiation (1915-1919)', Review of Finance, 10 (4), 507-35 -- Barry Eichengreen and Richard Portes (1986), 'Debt and Default in the 1930s: Causes and Consequences', European Economic Review, 30 (3), June, 599-640 -- Barry Eichengreen (1991), 'Historical Research on International Lending and Debt', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 5 (2), Spring, 149-69 -- Peter Boone and Simon Johnson (2014), 'Forty Years of Leverage: What Have We Learned About Sovereign Debt?', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 104 (5), May, 266-71 -- Paolo Manasse and Nouriel Roubini (2009), ''Rules for Thumb' for Sovereign Debt Crises', Journal of International Economics, 78 (2), July, 192-205 -- Bergljot Barkbu, Barry Eichengreen and Ashoka Mody (2012), 'Financial Crises and the Multilateral Response: What the Historical Record Shows', Journal of International Economics, 88 (2), November, 422-35 -- Allan H. Meltzer (1984), 'The International Debt Problem', Cato Journal, 4 (1), Sping/Summer, 63-9 -- Jeffrey Sachs (1986), 'Managing the LDC Debt Crisis', Brookings Paper on Economic Activity, No. 2, 397-431 -- Jeffrey Sachs and Harry Huizinga (1987), 'U.S. Commercial Banks and the Developing-Country Debt Crisis', Brookings Paper on Economic Activity, No. 2, 555-601.
    Abstract: Jeremy Bulow (2002), 'First World Governments and Third World Debt', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, No. 1, 229-55 -- Allan H. Meltzer (2004), 'Argentina 2002: A Case of Government Failure', Cato Journal, 23 (1), Spring/Summer, 29-31 -- Eugenio Andrea Bruno (2006), 'The Failure of Debt-Based Development: Lessons from Argentina', Cato Journal, 26 (2), Spring/Summer, 357-65 -- Juan Carlos Hatchondo, Leonardo Martinez and Horacio Sapriza (2007), 'The Economics of Sovereign Default', Economic Quarterly, 93 (2), Spring, 163-87 -- Ugo Panizza, Federico Sturzenegger and Jeromin Zettelmeyer (2009), 'The Economics and Law of Sovereign Debt and Default', Journal of Economic Literature, 47 (3), September, 651-98 -- Michael Tomz and Mark L. J. Wright (2013), 'Empirical Research on Debt and Default', Annual Review of Economics, 5, August, 247-72 -- Fernando Broner, Alberto Martin and Jaume Ventura (2010), 'Sovereign Risk and Secondary Markets', American Economic Review, 100 (4), September, 1523-55 -- Michael Tomz and Mark L. J. Wright (2007), 'Do Countries Default in 'Bad Times'?', Journal of the European Economic Association, 5 (2-3), April-May, 352-60 -- Edward I. Altman and Herbert A. Rijken (2011), 'Toward a Bottom-Up Approach to Assessing Sovereign Default Risk', Journal of Applied Corporate Finance, 23 (1), Winter, 20-31 -- Federico Sturzenegger and Jeromin Zettelmeyer (2008), 'Haircuts: Estimating Investor Losses in Sovereign Debt Restructurings, 1998-2005', Journal of International Money and Finance, 27 (5), September, 780-805 -- Juan J. Cruces and Christoph Trebesch (2013), 'Sovereign Defaults: The Price of Haircuts', American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, 5 (3), July, 85-117 -- Miguel Fuentes and Diego Saravia (2010), 'Sovereign Defaulters: Do International Capital Markets Punish Them?', Journal of Development Economics, 91 (2), March, 336-47 -- Eduardo Levy Yeyati and Ugo Panizza (2011), 'The Elusive Costs of Sovereign Defaults', Journal of Development Economics, 94 (1), January, 95-105 -- Alberto Alesina and David Dollar (2000), 'Who Gives Foreign Aid to Whom and Why?', Journal of Economic Growth, 5 (1), March, 33-63 -- Alberto Alesina and Beatrice Weder (2002), 'Do Corrupt Governments Receive Less Foreign Aid?', American Economic Review, 92 (4), September, 1126-37 -- Craig Burnside and David Dollar (2000), 'Aid, Policies and Growth', American Economic Review, 90 (4), September, 847-68 -- Robert J. Barro and Jong-Wha Lee (2005), 'IMF Programs: Who is Chosen and What Are the Effects?', Journal of Monetary Economics, 52 (7), October, 1245-69 -- William Easterly (2002), 'How Did Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Become Heavily Indebted? Reviewing Two Decades of Debt Relief', World Development, 30 (10), October, 1677-96 -- Serkan Arslanalp and Peter Blair Henry (2005), 'Is Debt Relief Efficient?', Journal of Finance, LX (2), April, 1017-51.
    Abstract: Federico Sturzenegger and Jeromin Zettelmeyer (2007), 'Creditors' Losses Versus Debt Relief: Results From a Decade of Sovereign Debt Crises', Journal of the European Economic Association, 5 (2-3), April-May, 343-51 -- Rutsel Silvestre J. Martha (1990), 'Preferred Creditor Status under International Law: The Case of the International Monetary Fund', International and Comparative Law Quarterly, 39 (4), October, 801-26 -- Raghuram G. Rajan (2005), 'Institutional Reform and Sovereign Debt Crises', Cato Journal, 25 (1), Winter, 17-24 -- Nouriel Roubini and Jeffrey Sachs (1989), 'Government Spending and Budget Deficits in the Industrial Countries', Economic Policy, 4 (8), April, 99-132 -- Marina Azzimonti, Eva de Francisco and Vincenzo Quadrini (2014), 'Financial Globalization, Inequality, and the Rising Public Debt', American Economic Review, 104 (8), August, 2267-302 -- Viral Acharya, Itamar Drechsler and Philipp Schnabl (2014), 'A Pyrrhic Victory? Bank Bailouts and Sovereign Credit Risk', Journal of Finance, LXIX (6), December, 2689-739 -- Mark Aguiar, Manuel Amador, Emmanuel Farhi and Gita Gopinath (2014), 'Sovereign Debt Booms in Monetary Unions', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 104 (5), May, 101-6 -- Laurence J. Kotlikoff (2004), 'Fiscal Policy and the Future of the Euro', Cato Journal, 24 (1-2), Spring/Summer, 51-5 -- Jerome L. Stein (2011), 'The Diversity of Debt Crises in Europe', Cato Journal, 31 (2), Spring/Summer, 199-215 -- Philip R. Lane (2012), 'The European Sovereign Debt Crisis', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 26 (3), Summer, 49-67 -- Kevin H. O'Rourke and Alan M. Taylor (2013), 'Cross of Euros', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 27 (3), March, 167-91 -- John Beirne and Marcel Fratzscher (2013), 'The Pricing of Sovereign Risk and Contagion During the European Sovereign Debt Crisis', Journal of International Money and Finance, 34, April, 60-82 -- Carmen M. Reinhart and Kenneth S. Rogoff (2010), 'Growth in a Time of Debt', American Economic Review, 100 (2), May, 573-78 -- Thomas Herndon, Michael Ash and Robert Pollin (2014), 'Does High Public Debt Consistently Stifle Economic Growth? A Critique of Reinhart and Rogoff', Cambridge Journal of Economics, 38 (2), December, 257-79 -- Ugo Panizza and Andrea F. Presbitero (2013), 'Public Debt and Economic Growth in Advanced Economies: A Survey', Swiss Journal of Economics in Statistics, 149 (2), 175-204 -- Anja Baum, Cristina Checherita-Westphal and Philipp Rother (2013), 'Debt and Growth: New Evidence from the Euro Area', Journal of International Money and Finance, 32, February, 809-21 -- Alan J. Auerbach, Jagadeesg Gokhale and Laurence J. Kotlikoff (1994), 'Generating Accounting: A Meaningful Way to Evaluate Fiscal Policy', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 8 (1), Winter, 73-94 -- Pierre Lemieux (2013), 'American and European Welfare States: Similar Causes, Similar Effects', Cato Journal, 33 (2), Spring/Summer, 227-32 -- Michael Tanner (2013), 'Is America Becoming Greece?', Cato Journal, 33 (2), Spring/Summer, 211-25.
    Abstract: John H. Cochrane (2011), 'Inflation and Debt', National Affairs, Fall, 56-78 -- Carmen Reinhart and M. Belen Sbrancia (2015), 'The Liquidation of Government Debt', Economic Policy, 30 (82), April, 291-333 -- James M. Buchanan (1986), 'The Ethics of Debt Default', in James M. Buchanan, Charles K. Rowley and Robert D. Tollison (eds.), Deficit, Oxford, UK: Basil Blackwell, 361-73 -- Geoffrey Brennan and Giuseppe Eusepi (2002), 'The Dubious Ethics of Debt Default', Public Finance Review, 30 (6), November, 546-61 -- Seema Jayachandran and Michael Kremer (2006), 'Odious Debt', American Economic Review, 96 (1), March, 82-92 -- Albert H. Choi and Eric A. Posner (2007), 'A Critique of the Odious Debt Doctrine', Law and Contemporary Problems, 70 (3), Summer, 33-51 -- Nouriel Roubini (2002), 'Do We Need a New Bankruptcy Regime?', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, 1, 321-33 -- Andrei Shleifer (2003), 'Will the Sovereign Debt Market Survive?', American Economic Review, 93 (2), May, 85-90 -- Rohan Pitchford and Mark L. J. Wright (2012), 'Holdouts in Sovereign Debt Restructuring: A Theory of Negotiation in a Weak Contractual Environment', Review of Economic Studies, 79 (2), April, 812-37 -- Robert W. Kolb (2015), 'The Virtue of Vultures: Distressed Debt Investors in the Sovereign Debt Market', Journal of Social, Political, and Economic Studies, 40 (4), Winter, 368-412.
    Abstract: This extensive research review discusses more than one hundred of the very best and most influential scholarly articles on the sovereign debt of central governments around the world. It examines discussions of the debt of many emerging nations as well as the largest sovereign debtors in the world thus providing a thorough understanding of sovereign debt as seen by the best economists from around the world. This research review is an essential tool to libraries, academic institutions, economic scholars and students alike
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781784711153
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (400 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on employee turnover
    RVK:
    Keywords: Labor turnover ; Personnel management Methodology ; Employee turnover ; Organizational turnover ; Fluktuation
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / Cary Cooper and George Saridakis -- 2. Employee turnover / Harald Dale-Olsen -- 3. Understanding and measuring employee turnover / Kevin Morrell -- 4. Two decades of employee retention, tenure and turnover / Peter Urwin and Emma Parry -- 5. Analysing, monitoring and costing labour turnover / Stephen Bevan -- 6. Employee turnover as a cost factor of organisations / Anne-Marie Mohammed, Yanqing Lai, Maria Daskalaki and George Saridakis -- 7. Inter- and intra-firm mobility of workers / Tor Eriksson -- 8. Perception of training and turnover intention / Choi Sang Long and Mikkay Wong El Leen -- 9. Compensation policy and employee turnover / Stephen Taylor -- 10. Turnover amongst Generation Y / Linda Holbeche -- 11. A role perspective on turnover intentions: examining behavioral predictors / Jui-Tang Kao and Wan-Jing April Chang -- 12. A diagnostic methodology for discovering the reasons for employee turnover using shocks and events / Justin Purl, Kathleen Hall and Rodger W. Griffeth -- 13. Quit turnover and the business cycle: a survey / Carlos Carrillo-Tudela and Melvyn Coles -- 14. Employment, turnover and career progress / Priscila Ferreira -- 15. Employee turnover and the expansion and contraction of employers / Mario Bossler and Richard Upward -- 16. High performance human resource practices and voluntary employee turnover / Inmaculada Beltrán Martín.
    Abstract: Covering the period of the financial crisis, this Research Handbook discusses the degree of importance of different driving forces on employee turnover. The discussions contribute to policy agendas on productivity, firm performance and economic growth. The contributors provide a selection of theoretical and empirical research papers that deal with aspects of employee turnover, as well as its effects on workers and firms within the current socio-economic environment. It draws on theories and evidence from economics, management, social sciences and other related disciplines. With its interdisciplinary approach, this book will appeal to a variety of students and academics in related fields. It will also be of interest to policy makers, HR experts, firm managers and other stakeholders
    Note: Contributors include: I. Beltrán Martín, S. Bevan, M. Bossler, C. Carrillo-Tudela, W.-J.A. Chang, M. Coles, H. Dale-Olsen, M. Daskalaki, T. Eriksson, P. Ferreira, R.W. Griffeth, K. Hall, L. Holbeche, J.-T. Kao, Y. Lai, C.S. Long, A.-M. Mohammed, K. Morrell, E. Parry, J. Purl, G. Saridakis, S. Taylor, R. Upward, P. Urwin, M. Wong El Leen , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781785366314
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Grand, Simon, 1968 - Routines, strategies and management
    DDC: 658.4012
    Keywords: Strategisches Management ; Strategic planning ; Management Methodology
    Abstract: 1. Researching routines as strategies - a strategy-as-practice view -- 2. Theorizing routine dynamics - a practice view -- 3. Managerial engagement - a practice view on strategic management -- 4. Managing routines as strategies - a case in haute couture textiles -- 5. Routinizing strategic management - a case in software engineering -- Conclusion -- References.
    Abstract: The dynamic interplay of routines, strategies and management allows companies to successfully move forward within their industries. This book contributes to a coherent conceptualization of strategy, organization and management from a practice perspective, identifying strategy as realized in the action. Simon Grand provides a theoretical framework and detailed exploration in the context of two attractive empirical cases. He discusses topics such as theorizing routine dynamics, managerial engagement and managing routines as strategies to provide a detailed exploration of the importance of organizational routines for strategy. This book will be of interest to researchers in the areas of organizational studies, strategic management, technological innovation and the creative industries. The empirical case studies will also be of use to students and scholars of various disciplines
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    ISBN: 9781783479849
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (336 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The McGill international entrepreneurship series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; International business enterprises ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / Hamid Etemad -- Part I: Examination of entrepreneurial orientation-performance relations -- 2. International entrepreneurship and performance: what are the important factors in markets with high cultural distance? / Elena Cedrola, Loretta Battaglia and Anna Grazia Quaranta -- 3. Risk-seeking behaviors in SMEs' internationalization / Noémie Dominguez -- 4. Psychological traits, experiences, foreign language knowledge of entrepreneurs, and re-internationalization strategies of SMEs: a theoretical analysis / Huu Le Nguyen and Sören Kock -- Part II: Collaborative inter-dependence -- 5. The dynamic development of international entrepreneurial networks / Vaiva Stanisauskaite and Sören Kock -- 6. The influence of the entrepreneur and the accelerator in the internationalization process of web-based firms / Diala Kabbara -- 7. Formal inter-firm cooperation and international expansion: how Italian SMEs are using the network contract / S. Aureli and M. Del Baldo -- 8. How are knowledge acquisition and SMEs' internationalization related? empirical evidence from Gruppo Germani / Mirella Migliaccio and Francesca Rivetti -- 9. Value chain activities in born global companies / Ingemar Wictor -- Part III: Institutional context -- 10. The creation and internationalization of border firms / Eva J.B. Jørgensen and Einar Rasmussen -- 11. Institutional entrepreneurship and the embedded roles of the leaders and state: an historical case study of Abu Dhabi / Jasem Almarri, Katariina Juusola and John Meewella -- 12. Concluding remarks, implications and lessons / Hamid Etemad.
    Abstract: The Changing Global Economy and its Impact on International Entrepreneurship addresses different changes and challenges that small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) face in an economy where they need to compete at home and cannot refrain from participating in international markets. Contributors examine diverse SMEs that have succeeded in the face of adversity. They offer a combination of practical strategies and efficient tactics, grounded in solid theory and research, for firms in different competitive industries. This volume presents a collection of 12 carefully selected chapters that highlight challenging real-world cases to illustrate a variety of difficult problems. The editors present an analytical framework with three levels of analysis - entrepreneurial level, firm level, and institutional level - to document comprehensive, realistic and experientially-based entrepreneurial initiatives, potent firm and public policy strategies and informative and applicable results. The interactive structural design of this book offers progressively higher levels of analysis and incisive lessons, which make it perfect for academics interested in the rich range of theories, methodologies and topics surrounding SMEs' internationalization processes. Its analysis will also inform management and effective policy formulation for entrepreneurs, managers, and policymakers
    Note: Contributors include: J. Almarri, S. Aureli, H. Etemad, M. Del Baldo, N. Dominguez, E.J.B. Jørgensen, K. Juusola, D. Kabbara, S. Kock, J. Meewella, H. Le Nguyen, M. Migliaccio, E. Rasmussen, F. Rivetti, V. Stanisauskaite, I. Wictor , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785365553
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurship, innovation and regional development
    DDC: 658.4/21
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Innovation ; Regionalentwicklung ; Mittelstandspolitik ; Entrepreneurship ; Europa ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Unternehmer ; Innovation ; Regionalentwicklung ; Unternehmer ; Innovation ; Regionalentwicklung
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / David Smallbone, Markku Virtanen and Arnis Sauka -- Part I innovation -- 2. Innovation processes in adverse institutional settings: connectedness and disconnectedness in three regions of Ukraine / Christos Kalantaridis. Svitlana Slava, Olga Savchenko and Oleksandra Gumenna -- 3. Smart specialisation as a development opportunity for the peripheral regions of eastern poland / Anna Rogut and Bogdan Piasecki -- Part II entrepreneurial activity and regional development -- 4. Entrepreneurship and industrial policy in Ireland / Colm O'Gorman and Declan Curran -- 5. Towards Europe: the small business charter and sme policy up-grading in the western Balkans / Stephen Roper and Anita Richter -- 6. Is Estonia becoming better home for "born globals"? / Tõnis Mets -- Part III entrepreneurship and SME policy -- 7. Entrepreneurial activity of the Russian population: factors of cross-regional diversity - methodology, indicators, preliminary findings / Alexander Chepurenko, Vladimir Elakhovskiy and Ekaterina Popovskaya -- 8. Entrepreneurial perceptions and entrepreneurial activity in core and peripheral regions in Estonia / Urve Venesaar and Merle Küttim -- 9. The capitalization of new firms: exploring the influence of entrepreneurial characteristics on start-up finance / Paul Robson, Tyler Chamberlin and Mark Freel -- 10. Conclusions / David Smallbone, Markku Virtanen and Arnis Sauka.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship and innovation are arguably the main drivers of economic development today. This book explores the two in depth, at both the national and regional levels, using a variety of methodologies. The expert contributors discuss the subject from a policy perspective, with case studies from a host of countries including new member states of the EU as well as established EU member states. Split into three parts, the book focuses on: innovation, entrepreneurial activity and regional development, and entrepreneurship and SME policy. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of entrepreneurship and related subjects as well as to practitioners and policy-makers in the field
    Note: Contributors include: T. Chamberlin, A. Chepurenko, D. Curran, V. Elakhovskiy, M. Freel, O. Gumenna, C. Kalantaridis, M. Kuttim, T. Mets, C. O'Gorman, B. Piasecki, E. Popovskaya, A. Richter, P. Robson, A. Rogut, S. Roper, O. Savchenko, S. Slava, U. Venesaar , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    ISBN: 9781785367113
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Fast growing firms in a slow growth economy
    DDC: 338.6/420945
    Keywords: Unternehmenswachstum ; Hochtechnologie ; Innovation ; KMU ; Institutionelle Infrastruktur ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Steady-State-Ökonomie ; Italien ; Small business Case studies ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Klein- und Mittelbetrieb ; Unternehmensentwicklung ; Italien ; Klein- und Mittelbetrieb ; Unternehmensentwicklung ; Italien
    Abstract: Preface and acknowledgements -- 1. Introduction: innovation beyond national systems fragility: institutional bricolage for SMEs growth / D. Lauto G. Pittino and F. Visintin -- Part I the context -- 2. Entrepreneurship and technological clusters. the influence of contextual factors on the birth and growth of new businesses / T. Pucci and L. Zanni -- 3. Tie formation through venture concept development in emerging innovative start-ups / A. Comacchio, S. Bonesso and V. Finotto -- 4. Micro-context and institutional entrepreneurship: multiple case studies and innovative start-ups / D. Giacomini, C. Muzzi, S. Albertini -- Part II the actors -- 5. Innovative start-ups and growth factors / G. Antonelli, A. Berni and S. Consiglio -- 6. Family firms as the incubators of new ventures: a transgenerational perspective / M. Brumana, T. Minola, L. Cassia, D. Gamba and P. Pressiani -- 7. Evolution of university spinoffs' business model. / C.e. De Marco and A. Piccaluga -- 8. 'reassembling the social', in entrepreneurial innovation and academic entrepreneurship studies: the 'amphibious scientists' phenomenon / F. Crisci and P.a.m. Mazzurana -- Part III the strategy -- 9. Learning from critical internationalisation events. insights from two fast growing Italian SMEs / C. Dossena, A. Francesconi, G. Magnani, A. Onetti, A. Pisoni, M. Talaia and A. Zucchella -- 10. Spin-offs and social capital: contingent social networking towards growth / B. Masiello, F. Izzo, M. Pezzillo Iacono and M. Martinez -- 11. Business model evolution and the drivers of the growth of high-tech new ventures / A. Tracogna, G. Bortoluzzi and B. Balboni -- 12. Quasi-successful and quasi-failing academic spin-offs: the role of technological and commercial alliances / P. Gubitta, A. Tognazzo, D. Campagnolo and M. Gianecchini.
    Abstract: Europe needs more innovative companies that grow quickly and end up big. This book examines SME growth, innovation and success, to suggest that fast growing firms could offer a major contribution to the recovery of a European economy. The contributors examine 11 case studies from Italian firms, breaking the book up into three parts: context, actors and strategy. The topics discussed include entrepreneurship and technological clusters, innovative start-ups and growth factors, and family firms as the incubators of new ventures. Students and scholars of entrepreneurship and other related disciplines will find this book to be of interest. It will also be of use to practitioners in the field, working with and alongside SMEs
    Note: Contributors: S. Albertini, G. Antonelli, B. Balboni, A. Berni, S. Bonesso, G. Bortoluzzi, M. Brumana, D. Campagnolo, L. Cassia, A. Comacchio, S. Consiglio, F. Crisci, C.E. De Marco, C. Dossena, V. Finotto, A. Francesconi, D. Gamba, D. Giacomini, M. Gianecchini, P. Gubitta, M.P. Iacono, F. Izzo, G. Lauto, G. Magnani, M. Martine, B. Masiello, P.A.M. Mazzurana, T. Minola, C. Muzzi, A. Onetti, A. Piccaluga, A. Pisoni, D. Pittino, P. Pressiani, T. Pucci, M. Talaia, A. Tognazzo, A. Tracogna, F. Visintin, L. Zanni, A. Zucchella , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717025
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for management and organization studies
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Operations Research ; Management ; Organisationsforschung ; Wissenschaftstheorie ; Management Methodology ; Management ; Management Research ; Organization ; Organization Research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Management
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. History of management - what is the future for research on the past? / Marie Laure Djelic -- 2. In search of what accounting is not: speculations on the future of valuing, transparency and a new aesth-etics for governing capitalism and democracy / Paolo Quattrone -- 3. From marketing to "market-things" and "market-iting": accounting for technicized and digitalized consumption / Franck Cochoy, Jan Smolinski and Jean-Sébastien Vayre -- 4. Stepping on the toes of giants, or how to review the future of strategy research / Martin Kornberger -- 5. Humanistic management / Monika Kostera -- 6. Well trodden paths and roads less traveled: research directions for gender in management and organization / Yvonne Benschop -- 7. Making humans and nonhumans talk in diversity research / Andreas Diedrich -- 8. Organizational communication: a wish list for the next fifteen years / François Cooren -- 9. Digital work: a research agenda / Wanda J. Orlikowski and Susan V. Scott -- 10. Global and comparative studies of organization and management: moving from "sameness or difference" to "glocalization and orientation" / Gili S. Drori -- 11. Waste management: the other of production, distribution, and consumption / Hervé Corvellec -- 12. Art, aesthetics and organization / Timon Beyes -- 13. Popular culture and management / Carl Rhodes -- 14. Invisible organizations - a research agenda / Christopher Grey and Jana Costas -- 15. Towards an alternative business school: a school of organizing / Martin Parker.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Managing and organizing are now central phenomena in contemporary societies. It is essential that they are studied from a variety of perspectives, and with equal attention paid to their past, their present and their future. This book collects opinions of trailblazing scholars concerning the most important research topics, essential for study in the next 15-20 years. The opinions concern both traditional functions, such as accounting and marketing, personnel management and strategy, technology and communication, but also new challenges, such as diversity, equality, waste and cultural encounters. The collection is intended to be inspirational for young scholars and an invitation to a dialogue with practitioners. The book's contributions are written by well-established scholars. Each is a leader in their field and will remain important figures for the next 20 years and beyond. Each chapter starts with a short summary of the present situation but focuses on the future of the discipline. The contributors cover practically all subfields of what is called business administration, or management and organization studies, containing topics that are new, such as invisible organizations or encounters between art, popular culture and organizing. Outlining the future and the state of the art, this comprehensive and innovative book is an essential resource for students and academics seeking to be at the forefront of future research in management and organization studies
    Note: Contributors include: Y. Benschop, T. Beyes, F. Cochoy, F. Cooren, H. Corvellec, J. Costas, A. Diedrich, M.-L. Djelic, G.S. Drori, C. Grey, M. Kornberger, M. Kostera, W.J. Orlikowski, M. Parker, P. Quattrone, C. Rhodes, S.V. Scott, J. Smolinski, J.-S. Vayre , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    ISBN: 9781784717384
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Academic spin-offs and technology transfer in Europe
    DDC: 338.4/73784
    Keywords: Ausgründung ; Technologietransfer ; Forschungskooperation ; Unternehmensgründung ; Erfolgsfaktor ; Europa ; USA ; Academic spin-outs ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Höheres Bildungswesen ; Technologiemanagement ; Spin-off-Unternehmensgründung
    Abstract: Introduction: what is the current state of knowledge transfer at research institutions in Europe, what are the main challenges and why does it matter? / Sven H. De Cleyn and Gunter Festel -- Part I shaping the ecosystem -- 1. I3P as university business incubator - a dual mission in technology transfer and start-up ecosystem development / Marco Cantamessa -- 2. Strategies for designing new venture units in complex contexts / Elco van Burg, Isabelle M.M.J. Reymen, A. Georges L. Romme and Victor A. Gilsing -- 3. TU Berlin - an entrepreneurial university in an entrepreneurial city / Matthias Mrozewski, Agnes Von Matuschka, Jan Kratzer and Gunter Festel -- Part II supporting and coaching spin-offs -- 4. Systematic spin-off processes in university-industry ecosystems / Helmut Schönenberger -- 5. Supporting new spin-off ventures - experiences from a university start-up program / Magnus Klofsten and Erik Lundmark -- 6. 'Intrapreneurship at the Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft': how to stimulate greater entrepreneurship among researchers / Julia Bauer, Matthias Keckl, Thorsten Lambertus and Björn Schmalfuss -- Part III financing spin-offs and technology transfer -- 7. Incubation to address the 'innovation gap' / Ulrich Mahr and Florian Kirschenhofer -- 8. The seed challenge / Michael Brandkamp -- Part IV innovative tools for technology transfer -- 9. Founding angels as an emerging angel investment model to support early stage high-tech spin-offs / Gunter Festel -- 10. Flipping the knowledge transfer model using start-ups: how entrepreneurs can stimulate faster adoption of academic knowledge / Sven H. De Cleyn and Frank Gielen -- 11. Stimulating student entrepreneurship within a traditional university model: the AU-student incubator as a case / Mia L. Justesen, Rajiv V. Basaiawmoit, Flemming K. Fink and Kirstine V. Moltzen -- Part V international perspective on academic spin-offs and technology transfer -- 12. What Europe still has to learn from the US in academic innovation / Hervé Lebret -- Part V conclusion -- 13. Academic spin-offs and technology transfer in Europe - concluding insights and outlook / Sven H. De Cleyn and Gunter Festel.
    Abstract: While the US has traditionally been successful in commercialising new technologies, Europe is confronted with an increasing dependency upon fast developing technologies like biotechnology or ICT, despite having some of the best universities in the world. This book will explore the key attributes of commercialising academic knowledge, focusing on spin-offs. Bringing together the visions and best practices used by leading academics and professionals across Europe, Sven H. De Cleyn and Gunter Festel offer new and practical insights on technology transfer in an attempt to resolve the European Paradox. Innovative contributions provide new insights into the special approaches used by European institutes when it comes to fostering and supporting technology transfer activities and the creation of new academic spin-off ventures. This book illustrates the tools they have developed via compelling examples of successful corporate alliances with academic institutes and public research organisations. Practical and insightful, this book will appeal to researchers, policy-makers and educators interested in technology transfer and high-tech entrepreneurship. Investors will also gain from a greater understanding of the benefits of academic spin-offs and technology transfer offices will find a wealth of information to help improve operations for their creation
    Note: Contributors include: J. Bauer, M. Brandkamp, M. Cantamessa, S.H. De Cleyn, G. Festel, F.K. Fink, F. Gielen, V.A. Gilsing, M.L. Justesen, M. Keckl, M. Klofsten, F. Kirschenhofer, J. Kratzer, T. Lambertus, H. Lebret, E. Lundmar, U. Mahr, K.V. Moltzen, M. Mrozewski, I.M.M.J. Reymen, A.G.L. Romme, B. Schmalfuss, H. Schönenberger, R.V. Basaiawmoit, E. van Burg, A. von Matuschka , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    ISBN: 9781784716646
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , ill
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als International perspectives on business innovation and disruption in design
    DDC: 658.4063
    RVK:
    Keywords: Produktentwicklung ; Innovationsmanagement ; Wettbewerbsvorteil ; Disruptive Innovation ; Welt ; Design Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Innovationsmanagement ; Technologie ; Produktgestaltung
    Abstract: Introduction -- Part I business models -- 1. Disrupting the aged care business model / Erez Nusem, Cara Wrigley and Judy Matthews -- 2. Mobility horizons: design in a disruptive market / Alex Garrett, Cara Wrigley, Nick Russell and Judy Matthews -- 3. The changing role of the designer in new business models based around 3D printing technologies / Paola Pisano, Marco Pironti and Alison Rieple -- 4. Designing for disruption: strategic business model innovation / Julian Jenkins and Tim Fife -- Part II service design -- 5. Disrupting conventions in development: from 'beneficiaries' to 'co-designers' / Ledia Andrawes, Anitha Moorthy and Adela Mcmurray -- 6. The customer journey as a tool for business innovation and transformation / Judith Gloppen, Berit Lindquister and Hans-Peter Daae -- Part III international and multinational design interventions -- 7. Researching the design innovation process in a multinational: an empathic approach to the application of delphi technique / Mersha Aftab and Robert Young -- 8. The application of design as an enabler to the disruptive delivery of innovation through both the offshore and outsourcing of new product creation to India / Les Wynn -- Part IV aesthetics and psycho-spatial dynamics -- 9. Breaking the routines: artistic and design interventions as a tool for developing creativity in organizations / Marja Soila-Wadman and Lisbeth Svengren Holm -- 10. The psycho-spatial dynamics of workplace designs for creative disruption / Laura H. Malinin, Alison Williams and Katharine Leigh -- Part V design capabilities -- 11. The role of emotion, experience and meaning: the comparative case of Apple and Samsung / Karla Straker and Cara Wrigley -- 12. Design capabilities and business innovation / Marzia Mortati and Beatrice Villari -- 13. In design we trust: dealing with the innovation imperative / Henning Berthold, Shiona Chillas and Barbara Townley.
    Abstract: Design is increasingly recognized as an important source of competitive advantage and an important element in innovation and new product development. In this third volume of the International Perspectives on Business Innovation and Disruption book series, editors Robert DeFillippi, Alison Rieple and Patrik Wikström focus on the role of design innovation in transforming industry practice. With an international cast of scholars and practitioners, this book examines how design innovation impacts the creation of new business models, innovative forms of service delivery, multinational innovation practices, the role of aesthetics and psycho-spatial dynamics in fostering innovation, and the types of design capabilities found in the most innovative businesses worldwide. Split into five sections, many chapters focus upon design thinking and conceptualize design as a user-centered, empathic and participative practice that allows diverse stakeholders to creatively contribute to business innovation. This instructive and insightful volume will be an essential resource for practitioners and managers across all organization types, both in the public and private sector, who wish to transform the way they do business, as well as for design, management and social science students and scholars
    Note: Contributors include: M. Aftab, L. Andrawes, H. Berthold, S. Chillas, H.-P. Daae, T. Fife, A. Garrett, J. Gloppen, J. Jenkins, K. Leigh, B. Lindquister, L.H. Malinin, J. Matthews, A. McMurray, A. Moorthy, M. Mortati, E. Nusem, M. Pironti, P. Pisano, A. Rieple, N. Russell, M. Soila-Wadman, K. Straker, L. Svengren Holm, B. Townley, B. Villari, A. Williams, C. Wrigley, L. Wynn, R. Young , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783471720
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (432 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks in venture capital
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on business angels
    RVK:
    Keywords: Business Angels ; Risikokapital ; Welt ; Angels (Investors) ; Electronic books ; Finanzierung ; Unternehmensgründung ; Business Angel
    Abstract: 1. Business angels as a research field / Hans Landström and Colin Mason -- 2. Researching business angels: definitional and data challenges / Colin Mason -- 3. The economic significance of business angels: towards comparable indicators / Sofia Avdeitchikova and Hans Landström -- 4. Categorisations of business angels: an overview / Roger Sørheim and Tiago Botelho -- 5. Women business angels: theory and practice / Frances M. Amatucci -- 6. Investment decision making by business angels / Andrew Maxwell -- 7. Business angels as smart investors: a systematic review of the evidence / Diamanto Politis -- 8. Angel-entrepreneur relationships: demytisfying their conflicts / Veroniek Collewaert -- 9. Business angels in China: characteristics, policies and international comparison / Jiani Wang, Yi Tan and Manhong Liu -- 10. Business angels in emerging economies: Southeast Asia / William Scheela -- 11. Business angels in Sub-saharan Africa / David Lingelbach -- 12. Business angels in developing economies: the experience of Latin America / Gianni Romani and Miguel Atienza -- 13. The effectiveness of tax incentives for business angels / Cécile Carpentier and Jean-Marc Suret -- 14. Business angel networks: a review and assessment of their value to entrepreneurship / Tom Lahti and Henrik Keinonen -- 15. Crowdinvesting - angel investing for the masses? / Lars Hornuf and Armin Schwienbacher.
    Abstract: Business angels are recognized as playing a key role in financing the start-up and early stages of new ventures. However, our knowledge of how business angels operate remains limited and highly fragmented. This Handbook provides a synthesis of research on business angels. It adopts an international perspective to reflect the spread of angel investing around the world. The increasing number of government initiatives to promote angel investing is also reflected in the book with an assessment of the most common support schemes. Adopting an international focus, the expert group of contributors examine business angels themselves, the evolution of the market, the various stages of the investment process and the role of public policy in influencing angel investment. They each conclude their chapters with an agenda for future research on business angels. Students and scholars of entrepreneurship, entrepreneurial finance and related subjects will find this book to be an invaluable resource for their work. In particular, they will benefit from the research agendas that conclude each chapter. This Handbook will also be of interest to policy-makers and other practitioners looking to enhance their understanding of the design and need for such interventions
    Note: Contributors include: F.M. Amatucci, M. Atienza, S. Avdeitchikova, T. Botelho, C. Carpentier, V. Collewaert, L. Hornuf, H. Keinonen, T. Lahti, H. Landström, D. Lingelbach, M. Liu, C. Mason, A. Maxwell, D. Politis, G. Romani, W. Scheela, A. Schwienbacher, J.-M. Suret, R. Sørheim, Y. Tan, J. Wang , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784711740
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (576 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of employee commitment
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of employee commitment
    DDC: 658.314
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mitarbeiterbindung ; Verhalten in Organisationen ; Personalführung ; Nationalkultur ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Employee loyalty ; Electronic books ; Mitarbeiter ; Unternehmen ; Soziale Bindung ; Mitarbeiter ; Organisationshandeln ; Commitment ; Führung
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. Employee commitment: an introduction and roadmap / J.P. Meyer -- Part I Conceptualization of commitment -- 2. Commitment as a unidimensional construct / H.J. Klein and H. Park -- 3. Commitment as a multi-dimensional construct / N.J. Allen -- 4. Multiple foci of workplace commitments / T.E. Becker -- Part II related constructs -- 5. A motivational model of employee attachment to an organization / M. Gagné and J. Howard -- 6. Organizational commitment and employee engagement: 10 key questions / S.L. Albrecht and O.J. Dineen -- 7. Job embeddedness, employee commitment and related constructs / B.C. Holtom -- 8. Organizational identification / R. van Dick -- 9. Psychological contracts / S.D. Hansen and Y. Griep -- Part III foci of commitment -- 10. Occupational commitment / J.P. Meyer and J.A. Espinoza -- 11. Social commitments / C. Vandenberghe -- 12. The rise, decline, resurrection, and growth of union commitment research / P. Horsman, D.G. Gallaghar and E.K. Kelloway -- 13. Action commitments / J.P. Meyer and B.K. Anderson -- Part IV consequences of commitment -- 14. Employee turnover and absenteeism / I.R. Gellatly and L.M. Hedberg -- 15. Employee commitment and performance / D.J. Stanley and J.P. Meyer -- 16. Counterproductive work behavior / B. Marcus -- 17. Employee commitment and well-being / A.C. Chris, E.R. Maltin and J.P. Meyer -- 18. Affective consequences of workplace commitments / H.J. Klein and C.T. Brinsfield -- Part V drivers of commitment -- 19. Individual differences as causes of the development of commitment / M.E. Bergman and V.A. Jean -- 20. Person-environment fits as drivers of commitment / A.E.M. van Vianen, M.R.W. Hamstra and J. Koen -- 21. Strategic human resource management and organizational commitment / K. Jiang -- 22. Organizational leadership and employee commitment / M. Trivisonno and J. Barling -- 23. Employee empowerment and organizational commitment / H.K. Laschinger, E. Read and Z. Junhong -- 24. Perceived organizational support / F. Stinglhamber, G. Caesens, L. Clark and R. Eisenberger -- 25. Organizational justice and employee commitment: a review of contemporary research / D.R. Bobocel and F. Mu -- Part VI commitment across cultures -- 26. Understanding commitment across cultures / S.A. Wasti -- 27. Commitment in Europe / J. Felfe and J. Wombacher -- 28. Employee commitment in China / A. Newman and D. Wang -- 29. An examination of the social-institutional, cultural, and organizational antecedents of commitment in India / V.L. Dhir, N.L. Bremner and S. Datta -- 30. Commitment in the Middle East / A. Cohen -- 31. Organizational commitment: a Latin American soap opera / L.M. Arciniega -- Part VII methodological issues -- 32. A contemporary update on testing for measurement equivalence and invariance / R.J. Vandenberg and N.A. Morelli -- 33. Tracking change in commitment over time: the latent growth modeling approach / K. Bentein -- 34. Capturing the process of committing: design requirements for a temporal measurement instrument / W. van Olffen, O.N. Solinger and R.A. Roe -- 35. Person-centered research strategies in commitment research / A.J.S. Morin -- Part VIII conclusion -- 36. Employee commitment: a back and moving forward / J.P. Meyer.
    Abstract: A high level of employee commitment holds particular value for organizations owing to its impact on organizational effectiveness and employee well-being. This Handbook provides an up-to-date review of theory and research pertaining to employee commitment in the workplace, outlining its value for both employers and employees and identifying key factors in its development, maintenance or decline. Including chapters from leading theorists and researchers from around the world, this Handbook presents cumulated and cutting-edge research exploring what commitment is, the different forms it can take, and how it is distinct from related concepts such as employee engagement, work motivation, embeddedness, the psychological contract, and organizational identification. Examining topics such as high-commitment work systems, work attitudes and motivation, the Handbook provides integration with related literatures. Internationally applicable, sections also discuss the implications of culture differences for commitment and present the latest developments in research methods and analytic techniques that can be used to advance our understanding of commitment. Comprehensive and engaging, the Handbook of Employee Commitment is essential reading for commitment scholars and researchers interested in the latest developments in the field as well as for international scholars who will benefit from its guidance on how to approach research in unique cultures. It will also prove of prime interest to managers and management consultants with its wealth of suggestions to guide evidence-based practice
    Note: Contributors include: S.L. Albrecht, N.J. Allen, B.K. Anderson, L.M. Arciniega, J. Barling, T.E. Becker, K. Bentein, M.E. Bergman, D.R. Bobocel, N.L. Bremner, C.T. Brinsfield, G. Caisens, A.C. Chris, L. Clark, A. Cohen, S. Datta, V.L. Dhir, O.J. Dineen, R. Eisenberger, J.A. Espinoza, J. Felfe, M. Gagné, D.G. Gallagher, I.R. Gellatly, Y. Griep, S.D. Hansen, L.M. Hedberg, M.R.W. Hamstra, B.C. Holtom, P. Horsman, J. Howard, V.A. Jean, K. Jiang, Z. Junhong, E.K. Kelloway, H.J. Klein, J. Koen, E.R. Maltin, B. Marcus, J.P. Meyer, N.A. Morelli, A.J.S. Morin, F. Mu, A. Newman, H. Park, E. Read, R.A. Roe, O.N. Solinger, H. Spence Laschinger, D.J. Stanley, F. Stinglhamber, M. Trivisonno, R. Van Dick, W. Van Olffen, A.E.M. Van Vianen, R.J. Vandenberg, C. Vandenberghe, D. Wang, S.A. Wasti, J. Wombacher , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785368738
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (336 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on corporate entrepreneurship
    RVK:
    Keywords: Intrapreneurship ; Dynamische Kompetenzen ; Risikokapital ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Corporate Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Introduction / Shaker A. Zahra, Donald O. Neubaum and James C. Hayton -- Part I corporate entrepreneurship and internal venturing -- 1. Internal corporate venturing: a review of (almost) five decades of literature / Susan A. Hill and Stylianos Georgoulas -- 2. Who is the corporate entrepreneur? insights from opportunity discovery and creation theory / Henri Burgers and Vareska van De Vrande -- 3. A dynamic human capital perspective on corporate opportunity identification / Mathew Hughes, Deniz Ucbasaran and Miranda Lewis -- Part II corporate entrepreneurship and organizational capability -- 4. Towards a relational view of corporate entrepreneurship / Zeki Simsek and Ciaran Heavey -- 5. Institutionalizing corporate entrepreneurship as the firm's innovation function: reflections from a longitudinal research program / Gina Colarelli O'Connor -- 6. Strategic renewal and firm performance: implication of incremental versus radical change after environmental upheavals / Elton L. Scifres, James J. Chrisman and Esra Memili -- Part III corporate venture capital and external venturing -- 7. Corporate venture capital: important themes and future directions / Sandip Basu, Anu Wadhwa and Suresh Kotha -- 8. InnoVen and the Monsanto paradox: strategic exploration with the first external corporate venture capital fund / Mariann Jelinek and Diana Day -- 9. Explorative and exploitative learning from corporate venture capital: a model of program level determinants / Thomas Keil, Shaker A. Zahra and Markku Maula -- 10. What inventions do corporate entrepreneurship programs access? corporate venture capital investment in complementary and substituting ventures / Gary Dushnitsky and Miles Shaver.
    Abstract: Corporate entrepreneurship is about remaking organizations; it affects organizational cultures and systems which, in turn, influence the magnitude, direction and content of corporate entrepreneurship activities. This Handbook hopes to synthesize what we know and clarify what we need to know about key issues such as strategic renewal, innovation and venturing activities within established companies, giving direction to future research. This Handbook combines conceptual and empirical contributions covering a wide gamut of theories and perspectives that include: opportunity discovery vs. creation, the behavioral theory of the firm, learning, human capital, agency, and dynamic capabilities. The chapters uncover who the corporate entrepreneur is, how corporate entrepreneurs vary from their independent counterparts, how corporate entrepreneurship influences organizational performance, and the effect of incremental versus radical strategic renewal undertaken within corporate entrepreneurship on financial performance. They also investigate what an organization learns from corporate entrepreneurship, as well as the types of innovation that companies gain through corporate venturing capital investments. The diversity of authors, perspectives and foci of the chapters highlight the growing depth and breadth of the worldwide research on corporate entrepreneurship and the growing maturity of this research. This book will appeal to scholars and students of entrepreneurship and/or strategic management, as well as managers of established firms
    Note: Contributors include: S. Basu, H. Burgers, J.J. Chrisman, D. Day, G. Dushnitsky, S. Georgoulas, J. Hayton, C. Heavey, S.A. Hill, M. Hughes, M. Jelinek, T. Keil, S. Kotha, M. Lewis, M. Maula, E. Memili, D.O. Neubaum, G.C. O'Connor, E.L. Scifres, M. Shaver, Z. Simsek, D. Ucbasaran, V. Van De Vrande, A. Wadhwa, S.A. Zahra , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785360831
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Income distribution ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings may be found on Edward Elgar's website; they are too numerous to include here.
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781783477388
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 502 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the economics of retailing and distribution
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Handelsmanagement ; Vertrieb ; Retail trade Handbooks, manuals, etc Economic aspects ; Physical distribution of goods Handbooks, manuals, etc Economic aspects ; Agricultural economics ; Development economics ; Economics ; Marketing ; Electronic books ; Einzelhandel ; Vertrieb ; Strukturwandel
    Abstract: pt. I. Development -- pt. II. Vertical organization -- pt. III. Horizontal organization and competition -- pt. IV. Sectors -- pt. V. Addendum.
    Abstract: This Handbook explores and critically examines current research in economics and marketing science on key issues in retailing and distribution. Providing a rich perspective for the discussion of public policy, contributions from several disciplines and continents range from the history of chains and the impact of multinational retailers on international trade patterns to US merger policy in the retail context, the rise of the Internet, and consumer-to-consumer sales. The chapters address methodological issues such as the structural estimation of entry games between retailers, productivity measurement when both inputs and output are not fully observable, and demand estimation with variable assortment. Policy issues explored include mergers, zoning, and the regulation of buyer power, while other chapters address some of the recent exciting developments in technology, retail formats, and data availability. The book goes on to study the changes in online retailing and 'big data', and to examine competition in specific retail sectors including gasoline stations, automobile dealerships, supermarkets, and 'big box' retail. This state-of-the-art Handbook is an essential reference for students and academics of economics and marketing science, and offers an outsider's perspective to specialists in operations research, data analytics, geography, and sociology
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    ISBN: 9781785363481
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 396 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: ADBI series on Asian economic integration and cooperation
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Connecting Asia
    DDC: 337.1/54
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Regionale Wirtschaftsintegration ; Verkehrsinfrastruktur ; Grenzüberschreitender Verkehr ; Institutionelle Infrastruktur ; Infrastrukturinvestition ; CGE-Modell ; Südasien ; Südostasien ; South Asia Economic integration ; Southeast Asia Economic integration ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Südasien ; Südostasien ; Integration ; Südasien ; Verkehrsinfrastruktur ; Internationaler Verkehr ; Regionale Wirtschaftskooperation ; Südostasien
    Abstract: pt. I. Hard infrastructure and financing -- pt. II. Soft infrastructure and impacts -- pt. III. National strategies for connectivity.
    Abstract: This book analyses how closer regional connectivity and economic integration between South Asia and Southeast Asia can benefit both regions. With a focus on the role played by infrastructure and public policies in facilitating this process, it provides a detailed and up-to-date discussion of issues, innovations, and progress. Country studies of national connectivity issues and policies cover Bangladesh, India, Myanmar, Nepal, Sri Lanka, and Thailand, examining major developments in trade and investment, economic cooperation, the role of economic corridors, and regional cooperation initiatives. Thematic chapters explore investment in land and sea transport infrastructure, trade facilitation, infrastructure investment financing, supporting national and regional policies, and model-based estimates of the benefits of integration. They also identify significant opportunities for strengthening these integration efforts as a result of the recent opening up of Myanmar in political, economic, and financial terms. For the first time for these regions, the book employs a state-of-the-art computable general equilibrium (CGE) model incorporating heterogeneous firms to estimate the advantages of integration. Providing perspective on the latest thinking on integration policy, Connecting Asia is an essential resource for academics, policymakers, and business people alike
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781782548461
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (640 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methods and applications in heterodox economics
    DDC: 330.072/1
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Heterodoxe Ökonomik ; Economics Methodology ; Economics Research ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Heterodoxe Ökonomie
    Abstract: Introduction -- Part I. Philosophical foundation and research strategy -- 1. Critical realism as a social ontology for economics / Jamie Morgan -- 2. Critical realism, method of grounded theory, and theory construction / Frederic S. Lee -- 3. An interdisciplinary perspective on heterodoxy / Rick Szostak -- Part II. Research methods and data collection -- 4. Separate or symbiotic? Quantitative and qualitative methods in (heterodox) economics research / Lynda Pickbourn and Smita Ramnarain -- 5. Historical method and data / Natalia Bracarense -- 6. Using survey methods in heterodox economic research / Tiago Cardão-Pito -- 7. Qualitative and ethnographic methods in economics / Amit Basole and Smita Ramnarain -- 8. Experimental methods and data / Andrew Mearman -- 9. Factor analysis, cluster analysis, and nonparametric research methods for heterodox economic analysis / Michael J. Murray -- 10. Regression analysis: a review / Paul Downward -- 11. Critical realism, econometrics, and heterodox economics / Nuno Ornelas Martins -- 12. Social network analysis / Bruce Cronin -- 13. Agent-based computational economics: simulation tools for heterodox research / Jonathan F. Cogliano and Xiao Jiang -- 14. Modeling as a research method in heterodox economics / Frederic S. Lee -- 15. Mixed research methods and data triangulation: an answer for economics? / Ioana Negru -- Part III. Applications -- 16. A mixed methods approach to investment behavior / Armağan Gezici -- 17. Price stability / Gyun Cheol Gu -- 18. Studying low-income households / Lynne Chester -- 19. Marketization and human service providers: an industry study / Bob Davidson -- 20. A qualitative case study of the Mexican stock market (BMV) from the perspective of critical realism and grounded theory / Jesús Muñoz -- 21. Looking into the black box: policy as a contested process / Jamee K. Moudud -- 22. Modeling the economy as a whole: stock-flow models / Gennaro Zezza -- 23. A mixed methods approach to investigating the employment decisions of aged care workers in Australia / Therese Jefferson, Siobhan Austen, Rhonda Sharp, Rachel Ong, Valerie Adams and Gill Lewin -- 24. Combining qualitative and quantitative methods in field work: an application to research on gender, migration and remittances in Ghana / Lynda Pickbourn -- 25. A data triangulation approach to understanding the behavior of small landholders in Bulgaria / Mieke Meurs -- 26. Measuring the intra-household distribution of wealth in Ecuador: qualitative insights and quantitative outcomes / Carmen Diana Deere and Zachary Catanzarite -- 27. The use of quasi-experimental design in urban and regional research and political economy / Thomas E. Lambert and Michael Bewley -- 28. Detecting business cycles / Susan K. Schroeder -- 29. A régulationist analysis of an industry sector using mixed research methods / Lynne Chester.
    Abstract: Despite the important methodological critiques of the mainstream offered by heterodox economics, the dominant research method taught in heterodox programmes remains econometrics. This compelling Handbook provides a comprehensive introduction to a range of alternative research methods, invaluable for analysing the data prominent in heterodox studies. Providing a solid basis for a mixed methods approach to economic investigations, the expertly crafted contributions are split into three distinct sections: philosophical foundation and research strategy, research methods and data collection, and applications. Introductions to a host of invaluable methods such as survey, historical, ethnographic, experimental and mixed approaches, together with factor, cluster, complex and social network analytics, are complemented by descriptions of applications in practice. Practical and expansive, this Handbook is highly pertinent for students and scholars of economics, particularly those dedicated to heterodox approaches, as it provides a solid reference for mixed methods not available in mainstream economics research methods courses
    Note: Contributors include: V. Adams, S. Austen, A. Basole, M. Bewley, T. Cardão-Pito, Z.B. Catanzarite, G. Cheol Gu, L. Chester, J.F. Cogliano, B. Cronin, B. Davidson, C.D. Deere, P. Downward, A. Gezici, T. Jefferson, X. Jiang, A.R. Johnson, T.E. Lambert, F.S. Lee, G. Lewin, N.O. Martins, A. Mearman, M. Meurs, J. Morgan, J.K. Moudud, J. Muñoz, M.J. Murray, I. Negru, R. Ong, L. Pickbourn, S. Ramnarain, S. Schroeder, R. Sharp, R. Szostack, G. Zezza , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9780857939852
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (608 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the economics of the internet
    DDC: 338/.064
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Internet ; Electronic Commerce ; Online-Handel ; Internet Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Internetökonomie
    Abstract: Preface -- Introduction: The economics of the internet: an overview / Johannes M. Bauer and Michael Latzer -- Part II Theoretical foundations -- 1. The industrial organization of the internet / Günter Knieps and Johannes M. Bauer -- 2. The internet as a complex layered system / Stephen J. Schultze and Richard S. Whitt -- 3. A network science approach to the internet / Volker Schneider and Johannes M. Bauer -- 4. Peer production and cooperation / Yochai Benkler -- 5. The internet and productivity / Carol Corrado and Bart Van Ark -- 6. Cultural economics and the internet / Christian Handke, Paul Stepan and Ruth Towse -- 7. A political economy approach to the internet / Patricia Mazepa and Vincent Mosco -- Part II Institutional arrangements and internet architecture -- 8. Competition and antitrust in internet markets / Justus Haucap and Torben Stühmeier -- 9. The economics of internet standards / Stanley M. Besen and George Sadowsky -- 10. The economics of copyright and the internet / Sacha Wunsch-Vincent -- 11. The economics of privacy, data protection and surveillance / Ian Brown -- 12. Economics of cybersecurity / Michel Van Eeten, Hadi Asghari and Johannes M. Bauer -- 13. Internet architecture and innovation in applications / Barbara Van Schewick -- 14. Organizational innovations, ICTs and knowledge governance: the case of platforms / Cristiano Antonelli and Pier Paolo Patrucco -- 15. Interconnection in the internet: peering, interoperability and content delivery / David D. Clark, William H. Lehr and Steven Bauer -- Part III Economics and management of applications and services -- 16. Internet business strategies / Johann J. Kranz and Arnold Picot -- 17. The economics of internet search / Hal R. Varian -- 18. The economics of algorithmic selection on the internet / Michael Latzer, Katharina Hollnbuchner, Natascha Just and Florian Saurwein -- 19. Online advertising economics / Wenjuan Ma and Steven S. Wildman -- 20. Online news / Lucy Küng, Nic Newman and Robert Picard -- 21. The economics of online video entertainment / Ryland Sherman and David Waterman -- 22. Business strategies and revenue models for converged video services / Yu-Li Liu -- 23. The economics of virtual worlds / Isaac Knowles and Edward Castronova -- 24. Economics of big data / Claudio Feijóo, José-Luis Gómez-Barroso and Shivom Aggarwal -- Part IV Trajectories -- 25. The evolution of the internet: a socioeconomic account / D. Linda Garcia -- 26. From the internet of science to the internet of entertainment / Eli M. Noam.
    Abstract: The Internet is connecting an increasing number of individuals, organizations, and devices into global networks of information flows. It is accelerating the dynamics of innovation in the digital economy, affecting the nature and intensity of competition, and enabling private companies, governments, and the non-profit sector to develop new business models. In this new ecosystem many of the theoretical assumptions and historical observations upon which economics rests are altered and need critical reassessment. This Handbook brings together twenty-seven original chapters that discuss theoretical and applied frameworks for the study of the economics of the Internet, encompassing: its unique economics as a global information and communications infrastructure; the effects of the Internet on economic transactions, including social production, advertising, innovation, and intellectual property rights; the economics and management of Internet-based industries, such as search, news, entertainment, culture, and virtual worlds; the effects of the Internet on the economy at large Interdisciplinary in its approach, the Handbook synthesizes the state of knowledge and offers new perspectives for researchers, practitioners, and students
    Note: Contributors include: S. Aggarwal, C. Antonelli, H. Asghari, J.M. Bauer, S. Bauer, Y. Benkler, S.M. Besen, I. Brown, E. Castronova, D.D. Clark, C. Corrado, C. Feijóo, D.L. Garcia, J.-L. Gómez-Barroso, C. Handke, J. Haucap, K. Hollnbuchner, N. Just, G. Knieps, I. Knowles, J.J. Kranz, L. Küng, M. Latzer, W.H. Lehr, Y.-L. Liu, W. Ma, P. Mazepa, V. Mosco, N. Newman, E.M. Noam, P.P. Patrucco, R. Picard, A. Picot, G. Sadowsky, F. Saurwein, V. Schneider, S.J. Schultze, R. Sherman, P. Stepan, T. Stühmeier, R. Towse, B. van Ark, M. van Eeten, B. van Schewick, H.R. Varian, D. Waterman, R.S. Whitt, S.S. Wildman, S. Wunsch-Vincent , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...